hide results

    Mercenaries Guide by Berserker

    Version: 1.4 | Updated: 10/09/09 | Printable Version | Search This Guide

    - - - - - - - - - - - -  R E S I D E N T  E V I L  5  - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
                                 _____  _           
                                |_   _|| |__    ___ 
                                  | |  | '_ \  / _ \
                                  | |  | | | ||  __/
                                  |_|  |_| |_| \___|
             __  __                                            _            
            |  \/  |  ___  _ __  ___  ___  _ __    __ _  _ __ (_)  ___  ___ 
            | |\/| | / _ \| '__|/ __|/ _ \| '_ \  / _` || '__|| | / _ \/ __|
            | |  | ||  __/| |  | (__|  __/| | | || (_| || |   | ||  __/\__ \
            |_|  |_| \___||_|   \___|\___||_| |_| \__,_||_|   |_| \___||___/
    
                                      G U I D E
    
                               Authored by: Berserker
    
                      My site: www.berserkersblog.blogspot.com
    
                                    Version: 1.4
    
                               Last update: 4/30/11
    
                               Visit my youtube page:
                           www.youtube.com/BerserkerSTARS
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    
    ===============================================================================
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
    ===============================================================================
    
    -- Introduction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [IN00]
    
    -- Mercenary Basics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [MB00]
    
    -- Top 10 Leaderboards Info  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LE00]
    
    -- Mercenary Stages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST00]
    
     - Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST01]
     - The Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST02]
     - Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST03]
     - Ancient Ruins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST04]
     - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST05]
     - Missile Area  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST06]
     - Ship Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST07]
     - Prison  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST08]
    
    -- Mercenary Characters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS00]
    
      - Chris (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS01]
      - Chris (Safari) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS02]
      - Chris (S.T.A.R.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS03]
      - Sheva (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS04]
      - Sheva (Clubbin') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS05]
      - Sheva (Tribal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS06]
      - ???? (BSAA)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS07]
      - ???? (Battle Suit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS08]
      - ?????? (Midnight)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS09]
      - ?????? (S.T.A.R.S.)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS10]
    
    -- Frequently Asked Questions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FA00]
    
    -- Everything Else . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EE00]
    
    
    ===============================================================================
                                    INTRODUCTION                             [IN00]
    ===============================================================================
    
    - PAST RESIDENT EVIL MERCS
    The Mercenaries minigame first debuted in Resident Evil 3 Nemesis where players 
    could take control of one of three U.B.C.S. soldiers and attempt to reach their 
    destination through the zombie-infested streets of Raccoon City all in single 
    player.  The player was required to rescue civilians along the way and fight 
    off enemies for time and points.  Resident Evil 4 brought in a new single 
    player Mercenaries mode where players were given a choice of 4 characters and 4 
    stages then had a certain amount of time per stage to chain as many kills as 
    possible to gain points.  Time bonuses could be found to extend the time per 
    stage and combo bonuses could be found to increase the point value per enemy 
    for a certain amount of time.
    
    - RESIDENT EVIL 5 MERCS
    Resident Evil 5 continues The Mercenaries tradition in much the same style of 
    The Mercenaries minigame that Resident Evil 4 was well known for.  This time 
    players can choose from a total of 8 different stages and have the ability to 
    play with a total of 10 characters all with unique weapon setups exclusive to 
    that particular character along with different outfits per character type.  The 
    game still has the usual single player mode per stage, but this time players 
    can now play through a stage with a partner through both console's online 
    service (Playstation Network or Xbox LIVE) or split screen play.
    
    - RESIDENT EVIL 5 MERCS GUIDE
    This Mercenaries guide gives the reader a full breakdown of each stage with 
    links to maps that detail item locations, time and combo bonus locations, areas 
    for enemy spawning, enemy spawn points, and I also give you the option to print 
    out your own blank map and label it as you see fit.  This guide also contains a 
    full analysis of each character available in The Mercenaries minigame for 
    Resident Evil 5 that details many methods to get the most out of each character 
    and a way to achieve melee kills with each character to help you get higher 
    scores.
    
    This guide is as hardcore as I can make it and will be updated as I find out 
    new techniques and ideas.  I cannot guarantee that you'll be walking away from 
    each stage with an SS-rank, that's more up to individual by utilizing their own 
    skills and techniques that the gamer has learned, but I will tell you one 
    thing:  After all the work that has been put into this guide, it very much 
    tries to give you that SS-rank that you so desire and if it doesn't then maybe 
    you and I can meet online and help you achieve it (that option comes later mind 
    you).
    
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    - FULL RESIDENT EVIL 5 GUIDE BY BERSERKER
    
    If you want to completely tear through Resident Evil 5 and get full enjoyment 
    out of your many playthroughs of the game then check out my full Resident Evil 
    5 guide (version "Haymaker") on GameFAQs:
    
    http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/ps3/file/929198/56203
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    
    - PLAYING ONLINE MERCS WITH ME
    I sometimes host online Mercs games on Xbox 360 and PS3.  My gamertags are 
    "Berserker Kev" on Xbox 360 and "Berserker_Kev" on PS3.  I don't accept random 
    friend request anymore.  Feel free to message me on either console if you ever 
    feel the need to for any purpose.
    
    I use all Chris types but my main character is Chris (S.T.A.R.S.).  All of my 
    high scores are with STARS Chris since he is my personal favorite character and 
    I've gotten some rather high scores on Solo and Duo play with him thanks 
    partially to some very good partners and friends that have influened me to play 
    both modes.  Check the Xbox LIVE leaderboards to view the majority of my high 
    scores - just look for the higher STARS Chris scores.  I'm also trying for 
    higher scores on PS3 now.
    
    
    ===============================================================================
                                  MERCENARY BASICS                           [MB00]
    ===============================================================================
    
    ===========================
    OVERVIEW OF THE MERCENARIES
    ===========================
    
    The main goal of The Mercenaries challenge mode is to chain kills on enemies 
    and kill as many enemies as possible all while collecting time extenders and 
    attempting melee kills on Majini to extend the current clock for more time on 
    the current stage.  Your character will start out with a total of 2 minutes and 
    will face up to 150 enemies total in each stage.  Once the stage timer has 
    expired or the full amount of enemies have been killed, the stage will end and 
    the score will be tallied based on your performance.
    
    Mercenaries may be played through Solo play (by yourself) or Duo play (with a 
    friend or online gamer).  Mercenaries characters have a fixed equipment list 
    that may not be changed from the start but each character can pick up different 
    items and a few different weapons as the stage progresses.  New stages will be 
    unlocked as each stage is completed with at least a B-rank and new characters 
    are unlocked per stage completed with an A-rank (Single = 40,000, Duo = 
    80,000).
    
    ****************** IMPORTANT NOTE ABOUT RESIDENT EVIL 5 MERCS *****************
    Before skipping to the stage or character sections, make sure you read over the 
    "5 Second Bonus Per Melee Kill" section.  Melee kills will give a player the 
    highest score while killing off enemies, mainly in Duo mercs. Playing Duo mercs 
    with another player that does not attempt melee kills can severely limit the 
    score for that run and cause much frustration for a partner that actually is 
    attempting melee kills.  Simply going on a shotgun rampage is NOT the way to 
    play Mercenaries and get a high leaderboard score in Resident Evil 5.
    
    High Score
    ----------
    + Weaken Majini for a Melee Kill
    + Stun Majini for a Melee Kill
    + Perform Melee Kill to Majini
    + Instant Kill Majini With a High Powered Weapon Only to Save Kill Streak
    + Use High Powered Weapon for Boss Enemy But Try For Melee Finish
    
    Low Score
    ---------
    + Frequent Instant Kills With High Powered Weapons
    + Frequent Instant Multiple Kills Through Explosives
    + Robbing a Partner of a Chance at a Melee Kill by Spamming Gunfire
    
    *******************************************************************************
    
    ==========
    DIFFICULTY
    ==========
    
    Mercenaries has two fixed difficulties that cannot be changed while playing in 
    a chosen mode.  Single player mode has a difficulty of 6, which is equal to 
    that of Normal mode in the main game and Duo mode has a difficulty of 8, which 
    is equal to Veteran difficulty.  In short, while playing on duo mode, players 
    will experience much more aggressive enemies along with more random parasitic 
    enemy spawnings.
    
    ============
    DYING STATUS
    ============
    
    Dying in a Mercenaries stage will automatically end the stage without any 
    points.  In Duo mode, whenever a character enters dying status, the other 
    player will have to rush toward that character and heal or resuscitate that 
    character.  In single player, the player can resuscitate the controlled 
    character by tapping the assist button to revive the current character while 
    that character staggers in the dying status.  The player's life will begin to 
    restore as the assist button is tapped.
    
    ===================
    ENEMY SCORE AMOUNTS
    ===================
    
    Each enemy that is killed in a stage will yield a specific amount of points 
    based on the enemy type and overall difficulty of the enemy.  Normal enemies 
    will yield a small amount while boss type enemies will add a much greater 
    amount to the overall point total.  There are a total of 150 enemies per stage.
    
     -- Normal Enemy Points List         -- Boss Enemy Points List
    .---------------------------------. .-----------------------------------------.
    | ENEMY TYPE       | POINT AMOUNT | | ENEMY TYPE               | POINT AMOUNT |
    |=================================| |=========================================|
    | Majini (Town)    =         300  | | Executioner Majini       =       5,000  |
    | Majini (Wetland) =         400  | | Giant Majini             =       5,000  |
    | Majini (Base)    =         400  | | Reaper                   =       6,000  |
    | Bui Kichwa       =         400  | | Chainsaw Majini          =       7,000  |
    | Kipepeo          =         700  | | Gatling Gun Majini       =      10,000  |
    | Cephalo          =         800  | | Executioner Majini (Red) =      15,000  |
    | Licker Beta      =         900  | '-----------------------------------------'
    | Duvalia          =         900  |
    | Big Man Majini   =       1,000  |
    | Chicken          =       2,000  |
    '---------------------------------'
    
    ==============
    COMBOING KILLS
    ==============
    
    Kills can be chained if enemies are defeated within 10 seconds apart from each 
    other.  Directly after two kills have been chained, an indicator of the current 
    amount of kills, shown in white text font, will display in the top right hand 
    corner of the screen.  The indictor will flash a blue color for each multiple 
    of 10 that has been reached.  As the 10 seconds go by the current indicator 
    will begin to flash and when the 10 seconds are almost up, the indicator will 
    flash rapidly.  Once the chain kill indicator disappears it will instantly 
    begin to award the combo score amount based on the current kills that have been 
    chained.
    
             .---------------------------------------------------------.
             | CURRENT COMBO | NORMAL ENEMY BONUS |  BOSS ENEMY BONUS  |
             |=========================================================|
             |       2       |     + 20 per kill  |    + 500 per kill  |
             |       3       |     + 50 per kill  |  + 1,000 per kill  |
             |       4       |    + 100 per kill  |  + 1,500 per kill  |
             |       5       |    + 200 per kill  |  + 2,000 per kill  |
             |       6       |    + 250 per kill  |  + 2,500 per kill  |
             |       7       |    + 300 per kill  |  + 3,000 per kill  |
             |       8       |    + 350 per kill  |  + 3,500 per kill  |
             |       9       |    + 400 per kill  |  + 4,000 per kill  |
             |     10-19     |    + 500 per kill  |  + 4,500 per kill  |
             |     20-29     |    + 600 per kill  |  + 5,000 per kill  |
             |     30-39     |    + 700 per kill  |  + 5,500 per kill  |
             |     40-49     |    + 850 per kill  |  + 6,000 per kill  |
             |      50+      |  + 1,000 per kill  |  + 7,000 per kill  |
             '---------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Chaining kills is necessary to receive a high score.  For instance, by killing 
    the Executioner Majini with a 50+ combo chain active, you will receive the 
    normal 5,000 points for killing him then you will receive an additional 7,000 
    bonus points because the current combo gauge is over 50; so instead of 5,000 
    points for a normal Executioner Majini kill, you will receive 12,000 points for 
    killing him.
    
    =============
    COMBO BONUSES
    =============
    
    Blue egg-timers are hidden in chests throughout each stage.  Once these are 
    collected the players will enter a 30 second period where "Combo Bonus" will 
    displayed on the upper right hand portion of the screen.  During this Combo 
    Bonus period, each kill is worth an additional 1,000 points each.  So defeating 
    a normal Town Majini will now yield 1,300 points instead of the normal 300 
    points like usual.
    
    A combo bonus takes the place of a kill chain point amount.  Basically, 
    grabbing one of these is like having a kill chain of 50+ for a 30 second 
    period.  Since these act like a combo chain bonus, they have no effect once the 
    combo kill chain is over 50.
    
    -> Collecting a combo bonus with a kill chain of 50+ is useless since the 
       player(s) are already receiving 1,000 bonus points for each normal Majini 
       kill.
    
    ==========
    TIME BONUS
    ==========
    
    Hidden throughout each Mercenaries stage are orange colored time extenders that 
    can extend the clock by a certain amount of seconds.  There are altogether 3 
    different type of time extenders that can be collected in Mercenaries mode.  
    Each time extender will add a certain amount of seconds to the clock as shown 
    below:
    
                              .----------------------.
                              |    TIME EXTENDERS    |
                              |======================|
                              |         +30          |
                              |         +60          |
                              |         +90          |
                              '----------------------'
    
    There is also a +5 second per kill resulting from a melee kill.  Even though 
    the time extension is minimal per melee kill this little bonus can be exploited 
    beyond belief with certain characters.  Characters that have heavy damaging 
    melee attacks can easily perform constant melee moves to keep adding seconds to 
    the clock.
    
    Ending a stage by killing all 150 enemies early will give the player an extra 
    1,000 points per second leftover.  So if a player ends a stage early with 60 
    seconds left over then that player will gain a bonus 60,000 points added to the 
    score total once the stage ends.  This time left over bonus can be severely 
    exploited through the use of certain character melees that can constantly add 5 
    seconds to the clock through their instant kill ability.
    
    ================================================
    BREAKING TIME BONUSES BEFORE ENEMY KILLS OR NOT?
    ================================================
    
    In duo mode, a player can actually score higher by killing Majini on the way to 
    each time bonus per stage. It's going to be harder to keep the kill streak 
    going by doing this but the kill streak doesn't matter as much if you're trying 
    to go for all melee kills, however a player should try to keep the kill streak 
    going as much as possible.
    
    Killing Majini on your way to the time bonuses is much harder since you'll get 
    surrounded before breaking all the time bonuses.  You'll likely have to leave 
    in the midst of a horde due to time constraints from the clock.  This can 
    really be the best method for obtaining a really high score that will put your 
    name higher on the leaderboards however, but it is not needed in order to gain 
    enough for an SS-rank.
    
    In solo mode, it is almost always best to run and break the time bonuses before 
    attempting any kills unless the enemy only stays in a certain area (chicken). 
    You'll likely keep a better kill streak by not having to worry about time.  The 
    game plan for most stages in solo mode is to run and break all the time bonuses 
    then find an area to fight and stay there.
    
    =============================
    5 SECOND BONUS PER MELEE KILL
    =============================
    
    As mentioned in the time bonus description above, 5 bonus seconds will be added 
    to the clock per melee kill, so it is very important to try to gain a melee 
    kill on each enemy as much as possible.  The enemy must actually be killed by a 
    melee attack to gain this score.  Weakening an enemy with melee attacks will 
    not give any sort of bonus.
    
    Multiple enemies that are killed with one melee will yield 5 bonus seconds per 
    enemy defeated, so if two enemies are finished off with the same Straight punch 
    then a Chris player will gain 10 bonus seconds instead of 5.  Melee attacks 
    such as Wesker's Cobra Strike have a tendency to hit more than one enemy when 
    enemies are grouped and with its extreme power, it will finish off any normal 
    enemy that it manages to hit.
    
    Melee kills are most useful in Duo play since all the enemies will not group up 
    on one character and both players will be adding bonus seconds to the clock 
    more quickly since they will both be killing around the same time.  In solo 
    mode, it is much harder for a player to perform melee kills to build bonus time 
    and keep the chain going at all times.  Sometimes the enemies simply group up 
    too much or grab a character and a player has no choice but to quickly shoot 
    with a powerful weapon to keep the kill streak going or relieve the intense 
    pressure.
    
    ==============
    RANKING SYSTEM
    ==============
    
    Once the timer has run out or once all 150 enemies in a stage have been 
    defeated, a rank will be given at the end of the stage based on the player(s) 
    performance. Exchange points will be awarded and the score will be posted up on 
    the leaderboards.
    
           .---------------------------------------------------------------.
           | RANK GRADE | SOLO SCORE |  DUO SCORE  | EXCHANGE POINT AMOUNT |
           |===============================================================|
           |     D      |  0 - 9,999 | 0 - 19,999  |          200          |
           |     C      |   10,000+  |   20,000+   |          600          |
           |     B      |   20,000+  |   40,000+   |         1,000         |
           |     A      |   40,000+  |   80,000+   |         1,500         |
           |     S      |   60,000+  |  120,000+   |         3,000         |
           |    SS      |   90,000+  |  150,000+   |         5,000         |
           '---------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Rank differs depending on the mode that a player chooses to play on.  While 
    playing in single player, the game is more forgiving in terms of grading, 
    allowing for a player to get a lower score and still get a high overall grade 
    when compared to duo mode.  In duo mode, the player must work nearly twice as 
    hard all the time in order to gain a high rank.
    
    ============
    SPAWN POINTS
    ============
    
    Spawn points are portions of a map where enemies will drop into the stage from. 
    These might be a certain portion of a fence or a hole in the ceiling.  A player 
    can camp out next to these spawn points and shoot enemies as they drop but the 
    area factor mentioned below will keep a player from gaining too many point from 
    one particular spawn point.  Even boss enemies spawn from these locations.  
    Every map has several spawn points and knowing their locations can really help 
    out when enemies begin to stop appearing once so many have been killed.  Each 
    stage listed in the stages section has a full map of the various spawn points 
    per stage.
    
    =====
    AREAS
    =====
    
    Each map has multiple areas that a player must visit in order to make some 
    enemies spawn from certain spawn points.  Some areas cover a wide range of the 
    full map while other areas are much smaller.  A player must visit all areas 
    throughout the course of the battle in order to make enemies spawn since the 
    enemies will stop appearing if a player chooses to stay in one area range for 
    too long.  Each stage listed in the stages section has a full map of the 
    various areas associated with that stage.
    
    =============================
    MERCENARY ADVANCED TECHNIQUES
    =============================
    
    The following section is a list of techniques that should be utilized to help a 
    player gain the most out of The Mercenaries minigame.  Learning these will help 
    your overall game greatly during intense situations.  All of these are taken 
    from the advanced basics section of my RE5 guide, but they come in even greater 
    use in the Mercenaries, so they need to be emphasized here strongly.  With the 
    type of pressure that your character will be under sometimes, making use of the 
    following techniques is very necessary.
    
    --------------------
    INVINCIBILITY FRAMES
    --------------------
    
    An invincibility frame is a frame of animation when your character is 
    completely or partially (during a certain point) invincible to any type of 
    enemy attack.  Your character cannot be controlled once these animations have 
    started up till the point that they stop; the inventory menu can be pulled up 
    during most of these animations - keep that in mind.  Some of these obviously 
    cause your character to lose health, but the character can't be hit with any 
    other attack during that time.
    
    Here's the full list of invincibility animations:
    
    - While grabbing an item
    - While jumping from a platform/vaulting over an object
    - Giving an item
    - Performing a melee attack
    - While recovering from an attack
    - While a partner performs a Resuscitation in Duo mode(both character are 
      invincible; a player cannot pull up inventory during this)
    - While climbing a ladder
    - While grounded
    - While on fire (burning animation)
    - While electrified (shocking animation)
    - While holding up arms to block debris from an explosion
    - Door kick animation
    - During a hold, when your character is winning/losing the struggle
    
    In The Mercenaries, knowing about these invincibility frames will help out 
    considerably!  For instance, if a player sees an item that the player wants to 
    grab, but it is near a Majini, that player can quickly run toward the item then 
    wait for the Majini to attack.  Right when the Majini attacks, pick up the item 
    to avoid the attack due to the invincibility of picking up the item then shoot 
    the Majini while it recovers from the attack.
    
    NOTE: Check the Basics section of my full RE5 guide for a much greater 
    description of each invincibility frame listed above.
    
    --------------------------------------------
    EXCLUSIVE MERCENARY INVINCIBILITY ANIMATIONS
    --------------------------------------------
    
    See the advanced techniques section under basics for a full list of 
    invincibility animations in the main game of Resident Evil 5.  All of the same 
    invincibility animations from the main game can be take advantage of in the 
    Mercenaries mode, but there are also a few that are exclusive to the 
    Mercenaries minigame:
    
    --> COLLECTING A COMBO BONUS
    
    Whenever a character opens a chest containing a combo bonus, that character 
    cannot be hit with an enemy attack while the chest is being opened.  While 
    collecting the time bonus, the character can also not be hit much like 
    collecting an item.  A player can actually take advantage of the chest opening 
    animation invincibility even further and pull up the inventory to cycle through 
    it if needed.
    
    --> HITTING A TIME EXTENDER
    
    A character cannot be hit from the moment a melee command is issued to hit a 
    time extender.  The entire makes the character invincible much like a normal 
    melee attack.  Did you know that this melee attack can hit enemies that happen 
    to be in close range of the time extender item?  You do now, buddy!  The melee 
    staggers Majini just like any normal arm stun melee.
    
    TIP: Keep in mind that a player can pull up the inventory and quickly make 
    adjustments during the combo bonus pickup and the melee hit to destroy a time 
    extender listed above.  Hitting a time extender is a melee animation, so one 
    could easily reload through the inventory or make some much needed inventory 
    adjustments at that time.
    
    ----------------------------------
    PULLING UP THE INVENTORY ON THE GO
    ----------------------------------
    
    Learn to take advantage of certain actions when pulling up the inventory menu. 
    The following actions will allow you to pull up the inventory menu while the 
    character is in the middle of the animation and most of these animations will 
    leave your character invincible to attacks.
    
    - the moment when your character tosses off or receives a hit from a grappling
      enemy
    - after sustaining a hit
    - while climbing a ladder
    - while vaulting over an obstacle/jumping/jumping through a window
    - while quick turning (NOT INVINCIBLE)
    - in between gunshots (NOT INVINCIBLE)
    - during a melee attack, ground melee or partner assist melee
    - while reaching down to pick up an item
    - while healing (NOT INVICIBLE)
    - during reloading animations (NOT INVINCIBLE)
    - during a taunt (NOT INVINCIBLE) [it's the novelty that counts here]
    
    NOTE: The full animation for some of these instances must be fully finished 
    before an item can be equipped, but anytime during the animation, you can have 
    the "Equip" option ready to trigger as the animation ends.  So, say if a player 
    jumps through a window, the player can select an item and pull up the equip 
    option, but the player can't actually equip the item until the player's 
    character fully stands.
    
    NOTE: Check the Basics section of my full RE5 guide for a much greater 
    description of each invincibility frame listed above.
    
    ----------------------------------------
    ADVANCED RELOADING (INVENTORY RELOADING)
    ----------------------------------------
    
    - Pull up the inventory menu
    - Select the desired ammo
    - Combine the ammo with the proper gun that needs reloading for an instant 
      reload
    - Quickly cancel the inventory menu by pressing the assist button
    
    NOTE: A player can press the aiming button while an item or weapon is 
    highlighted to cancel the inventory screen and equip the current item or 
    weapon.
    
    Reloading via the inventory menu does not require your character to perform any 
    reloading animation and it is instant.  This can also be done while in the 
    middle of melee attack or jump.  STARS Wesker players will be SEVERLY crippled 
    while using his Hydra if the Wesker player does not reload through the 
    inventory because of his near 4 second reload time.
    
    --> INVENTORY RELOAD WITH AMMO IN THE MIDDLE
    
    Since your cursor will always start in the middle slot on the inventory grid 
    for every time that you open the inventory menu, you can place the desired ammo 
    in the middle of the inventory grid then place the corresponding gun to the 
    immediate right, left, top middle or bottom middle slot, so you can quickly 
    select the ammo upon opening the menu then press in either of those four 
    directions to combine it quickly.
    
    When you reload through inventory, use the action button to quickly combine the 
    ammo with the gun.  For my setup, I always place shotgun or rifle ammo in my 
    middle inventory slot then place the shotgun or rifle to the left of that slot, 
    so basically, for every reload with the shotgun or rifle, I perform the 
    following button sequence:
    
    Xbox 360 - Y, X, left, X, B (to cancel inventory)
    PS3      - /\, [], left, [], O (to cancel inventory)
    
    And my inventory menu looks much like the inventory menu shown below:
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       | Dragunov <--- Rifle   |           |
                       | SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | First Aid |           |
                       |           |   Spray   |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    --> INVENTORY RELOAD WITH AMMO ON THE TOP LEFT AND RIGHT SIDES
    
    Many players like to use this setup for inventory reloading:
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |   Rifle   |           |Machine Gun|
                       | Ammo (50) |           | Ammo (150)|
                       |     |     |           |     |     |
                       |-----|-----+-----------+-----|-----|
                       |     |     |           |     |     |
                       |     v     |           |     v     |
                       | Dragunov  |           |   VZ61    |
                       | SVD (RIF) |           |   (MG)    |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | First Aid |           |
                       |           |   Spray   |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Through the above display, we see that players have a gun on the right and left 
    side of the middle portion of the inventory menu then they quickly pull up the 
    inventory and select ammo from the top left or top right row then quickly 
    combine it with the gun below the ammo.  The above setup basically requires 
    that your character reloads while in the middle of an animation.
    
    --> A COMBINATION OF THE TWO
    
    Whenever I inventory reload, I use a mix of the two above and usually have ammo 
    for a gun in the middle of my inventory along with a gun on the center right 
    square with the ammo in the square above it.  So here is a look at my usual 
    setup:
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |Machine Gun|
                       |           |           | Ammo (150)|
                       |           |           |     |     |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----|-----|
                       |           |           |     |     |
                       |           |           |     v     |
                       | Dragunov <--- Rifle   |    VZ61   |
                       | SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) |    (MG)   |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | First Aid |           |
                       |           |   Spray   |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    As you can imagine, I have to perform a lot of adjustments constantly to gain 
    the above inventory appearance, but it sure is worth it, especially in The 
    Mercenaries mode.
    
    --> RELOAD FRAME CANCELING
    
    Make sure that the melee attack button prompt appears first then reload in 
    front of an enemy that is stunned.  During any portion of the reload animation 
    hit the Action button to instantly end the reload animation and cancel into a 
    melee attack.  The reload will still take place but the animation will be 
    cancelled early and this will give your character a full reload.
    
    ----------------------
    QUICK SIDE TURN AIMING
    ----------------------
    
    (Control types A and B only)
    
    Command: While holding the right thumbstick to the right or left, press the Aim 
    button when a weapon is equipped.
    
    Your character will quickly turn toward the viewpoint direction and aim when 
    the aiming button is pressed.  This technique can be used to aim to the side 
    quickly.  This is an old technique from Resident Evil 4.  Many hardcore RE fans 
    that use Control Type A or B can really use this to their advantage for turning 
    to face different directions.
    
    ===============================
    TIPS AND OTHER MERCENARY EXTRAS
    ===============================
    
    ----------
    BASIC TIPS
    ----------
    
    - SKIP THE DIALOGUE BEFORE EACH ROUND
    Press the Select (PS3) or Back (Xbox 360) button in order to skip the beginning 
    dialogue when Josh speaks before each round of Mercs.  In duo mode, both 
    players will have to press the button in order to skip the dialogue.  If the 
    other player doesn't skip the dialogue then it will continue to play and you 
    will know that the gamer on the other end most likely never did take a look at 
    Berserker's Resident Evil 5 Mercs guide.  Poor performance indeed!
    
    - QUICLY CYCLE BETWEEN CHARACTERS ON THE CHARACTER SELECT MENU
    On the character select screen, a player can press the []/X button to choose a 
    character, but to quick select a character without having to go to the 
    character select screen, press the L2 and R2/LT and RT trigger buttons to 
    quickly cycle between the available characters.
    
    - INVINCIBILITY FRAMES
    Learn to take advantage of invincibility frames as listed in the basics 
    section.  For instance, when an enemy is preparing to attack and an item is on 
    the ground below your character, quickly pick up the item and your character 
    will remain invincible during the entire item pickup animation allowing the hit 
    to pass right through your character.
    
    - TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THE 5 SECOND BONUS PER MELEE KILL
    Try to set up melee kills when possible and make sure that the melee attack 
    will kill the enemy that is hit so that a 5 second bonus will be received after 
    the kill.  Players that take advantage of melee kills, literally making every 
    kill a melee kill, while attempting to chain kills WILL get a higher score 
    because of the 5 second bonus.  Midnight Wesker and Jill players should take 
    notice to this and read their sections below.
    
    - KEEP THE KILL STREAK GOING AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE
    Don't do this often, but if you are about to lose your current kill streak (the 
    number is flashing) you might want to think about taking out your most powerful 
    weapon and aiming at the closest Majini then blasting it for (hopefully) a one-
    hit kill.  A precise long range magnum shot can be a godsend for a fading kill 
    streak.  In single player mode, when your character is grabbed or knocked down, 
    take out your most powerful weapon and kill the closest Majini to keep the kill 
    streak going.  This is actually much more effective in single player since it's 
    harder to melee every enemy.
    
    Maintaining a kill streak is really not as important as performing as many 
    melee kills as possible, but keeping the kill streak active will definitely 
    help out in the long run.  Performing melee kills on as many enemies as 
    possible is really the most important part of achieving a high score, but 
    trying for high kill streak while doing so will help out a bit as well.
    
    - KILL THE CHICKEN
    Each stage has at least one chicken.  The chicken is an actual enemy and counts 
    toward the 150 enemies that must be defeated in a stage.  It will always drop 
    some type of egg, most of the time it is a gold egg but the one on the upper 
    floor of The Mines stage drops a white egg.
    
    - MAJINI PARASITES
    Majini that mutate into Cephalos and Duvalias only count as a kill once the 
    mutated form is defeated.  The actual Majini kill is not considered a kill.  
    Whenever a Kipepeo bursts forth from a Majini's head, that Majini death WILL 
    count as a kill however, so the Majini that spawns a Kipepeo will count as a 
    kill and Kipepeo will count as a kill as well.  Kipepeos are only found in the 
    the Village stage.
    
    - ITEM DROPS
    Item drops from normal enemies will eventually disappear after about one 
    minute, so pick them up quickly if needed.  Boss item drops such as first aid 
    sprays will remain in the area and not disappear.
    
    - PREPARATION AS A ROUND BEGINS
    From the beginning of a round of Mercs, do the following to help out your game 
    at bit:
    
    1) Make inventory adjustments
    2) Press R2/RB to pull up the mini-map (GPS)
    3) Pull up the inventory menu and press R2/RB to showcase the partner's 
       inventory in duo play.
    
    All of the above can be done during or shortly after action animation such as a 
    melee attack or falling or jumping among many other animations.
    
    --------------
    INVENTORY TIPS
    --------------
    
    - RELOAD THROUGH THE INVENTORY MENU
    Reload through the inventory!  Pull up the inventory menu and combine ammo with 
    the appropriate gun to avoid any reload animations.  Make appropriate 
    adjustments to the inventory menu at the beginning of the stage to help in 
    inventory reloading, such as placing ammo for your most used gun in the middle 
    of the inventory so the cursor will start right on top of the ammo, allowing it 
    to be selected quickly when combining it with a gun.  Place the gun into one of 
    the fast equip slots.  Many players like to position the ammo at the top or 
    bottom of the gun slot for quick selection as well, which helps for multiple 
    guns.
    
    - MAINTAIN THE INVENTORY WHILE ON THE RUN
    Pull up the inventory during long melee attack animations such as instant kill 
    melees then use that time to make adjustments to the inventory slots or reload 
    through the inventory menu.  This technique can also be used during many other 
    animations such as climbing a ladder or while recovering from an attack.  A 
    full list of recommended animations is in the basics section.
    
    - DISCARD USELESS WEAPONS
    If a character has a weapon that you are not going to use in that character's 
    starting inventory, discard the weapon right as the round starts. This will 
    keep your character from gaining the ammo or weapon (if it's a proximity bomb, 
    etc) as a regular drop from enemies.
    
    - COMBINE HERBS OFTEN TO SAVE INVENTORY SPACE
    Combine green herbs into a green herb + green herb mixture to avoid crowding 
    the inventory menu when no red herbs can be found.  Give a green herb to your 
    partner if that player has a red herb and vice versa.  This advice is very 
    useful for the Village and Ancient Ruins stages where green herbs are more 
    common.
    
    - COMBINE AMMO PICKUPS IN THE INVENTORY MENU
    If ammo pickups can be combined, then combine it quickly through the inventory 
    menu. Don't leave 10 handgun bullets in one slot and 2 handgun bullets in 
    another slot, combine them for 12 to take up less space.
    
    - DON'T DISCARD ITEMS OFTEN
    Discarding an item can REALLY leave a character open to an enemy attack so 
    always try to give your partner a certain ammo if your character can't use it.  
    If your character needs to get rid of a grenade or rotten egg then equip it and 
    toss it.  Throwing a weapon is much quicker than discarding it.  With a rotten 
    egg, try to make use of it and toss it a Majini if you don't intend to melee 
    kill it.  It might even come in handy as the final hit against a boss enemy!
    
    - DISCARDING AN ITEM
    When your character absolutely must discard an item, pull up the inventory 
    while performing some sort of action so your character is not a sitting duck 
    while you cycle through the menu.  Pull up the inventory during a melee attack 
    and then select "Discard" then choose "Yes" and the command will already be 
    inputted so that your character will immediately discard after the action.  A 
    player is likely to get hit while trying to discard out in the open though.  If 
    an enemy interrupts the discard animation with an attack about halfway through 
    the discard then the discard will still be successful but if the enemy 
    interrupts the early stages of a discard then your character may still hold the 
    item in the inventory.
    
    - DON'T CAKE UP ANOTHER PERSON'S INVENTORY
    Sure shotgun shells are nice for a BSAA Chris player to have, right?  But when 
    a BSAA Chris player already has 30 shotgun shells that fill a whole slot and 
    his shotgun is loaded to the max, he doesn't need anymore shotgun shells, so if 
    your character accidentally picks some up then don't cake up his inventory with 
    an overabundance of ammo.
    
    This goes for all characters.  Don't give my STARS Chris 12 more electric 
    rounds when I already have 12 in the grenade launcher.  Don't give him another 
    pickup of 150 machine gun ammo when I already have 300 in my inventory.  Don't 
    give my STARS Chris handgun ammo when I only have a magnum... wait, why the 
    hell did you just do that!?
    
    Long story short, if you must then simply discard the ammo.  Characters like 
    Midnight Wesker go through handgun ammo like a sifter but even Wesker can get 
    too much at times thanks to constant pickups or partner gives, so don't 
    contribute to situations such as this.
    
    -------------
    SURVIVAL TIPS
    -------------
    
    - HEAL IMMEDIATELY WHEN IN LOW HEALTH
    Whenever your health is in caution (orange) status, your character needs to 
    heal immediately since it is extremely risky to run around any stage with an 
    orange health bar.  Majini will stand by and watch your character heal 
    sometimes, especially after your character throws off an attacking Majini.  
    Time a heal to right after an attack and your character most likely won't have 
    a problem with getting hit while healing.
    
    Whether or not an enemy will attack your character really depends upon when 
    your character starts to heal.  If your character heals BEFORE an attack is 
    started then the Majini will basically wait for your character to heal, but if 
    your character heals while an attack animation has started, that enemy will hit 
    your character during the healing process if it is close enough.
    
    - HEAL AT 30% HEALTH IN STAGES WITH DYNAMITE MAJINI
    Keep in mind that on stages with dynamite Majini, a dynamite explosion will 
    take around 30% of your health, so if your character is still in a low green 
    state of health, one blast can still send your character into dying status and 
    getting hit with dynamite can happen so very easily without any warning 
    whatsoever, so always make sure to keep your character's life above 30% in 
    stages where dynamite Majini are present.  Remember this, three hits from 
    dynamite from full health will send a character into immediate dying status.  
    Factor in some of the other attacks that your character will receive and 
    healing early will become a necessity in stages like Missile Area and Ship Deck 
    among others.
    
    - HEAL AT 50% HEALTH IN EXPERIMENTAL FACILITY WHILE LICKERS ARE PRESENT
    A Licker's tongue impale will take 50% of a character's health gauge once the 
    tongue hits a character from the front side if a partner is not there to slash 
    the tongue off.  This means that the tongue impale will drain 50% of the 
    character's life bar and immediately cause the character to go into dying 
    status if the character only has 50% and the character will die shortly after 
    entering dying status while still being impaled.  Always heal while a character 
    is at 50% life while Lickers are present to avoid this.  A tongue strangle from 
    behind will only take around 25% life.
    
    - HEAL THROUGH THE "USE" COMMAND DURING CERTAIN ANIMATIONS
    Instead of always equipping a healing item before using it, while your 
    character recovers from getting hit or while your character perfoms a melee 
    attack and is low in life, quickly open the inventory menu and select a healing 
    item then scroll down to "Use" instead of equip and select the "Use" option to 
    have your character heal immediately after the current animation.  Enemies wlll 
    usually not hit your character if the character begins the healing animation 
    right after the current animation.
    
    - SAVING YOUR PARTNER
    When your character helps out a partner that is grabbed by a Majini, either 
    fire with a powerful weapon from close range to instantly knock off and finish 
    the Majini or perform a partner assist melee in the hope that your partner will 
    kill the staggering Majini with a melee after your character hits it.  I 
    usually issue the "Go" command after I perform a partner assist melee to 
    encourage my partner to hit the staggering Majini with a melee attack to kill 
    it off for a 5 second bonus for the melee kill.
    
    - CANCEL EXPLODING BOSSES
    When a boss is about to explode after its death, the explosion will take damage 
    from a player if the player is near the expanding boss, but if the boss is 
    quickly shot then that shot will cancel out the explosion and make it harmless. 
    A player can also knife slash a boss enemy while it dies in order to cancel out 
    it's explosion.
    
    - REMIND A PARTNER OF A HEALING ITEM
    If a partner is near death and has a herb in the inventory and you don't and 
    that partner hasn't healed for a while, open up the inventory and request the 
    herb from the partner to remind the partner that there is indeed a healing item 
    in the partner's inventory.  Request the healing item from very far away then 
    shout out the "Go" command.
    
    This can also help out for when you don't have a healing item and need healing 
    from your partner.  Sometimes it's easy to forget about a healing item in the 
    current inventory.  It can also help for when your partner has a red herb and 
    your character has a green herb.
    
    If you're playing with a player that knows how to handle situations then this 
    might become annoying to them since sometimes a person can get under pressure 
    so don't rely on this too much.  You might wind up making an ass out of 
    yourself.
    
    - PREPARING FOR A LICKER POUNCE IN EX FACILITY
    Licker pounces can seemingly come out of nowhere and it's hard to quickly tap 
    the []+X/X+A command that appears at the spur of the moment.  Whenever Lickers 
    are nearby, hold the X/A button then tap the []/X button constantly while 
    running by a group of Lickers.  If the pounce counter command appears then 
    you'll instantly counter the Licker pounce.  This is a perfect technique to use 
    when running by a group of Lickers or when your character is stuck in a gunshot 
    animation (BSAA Chris' shotgun blast).
    
    - KNOW AT WHAT KILL (KILL CHAIN) AND WHERE A BOSS WILL APPEAR
    All bosses in a stage will spawn after a certain kill (judging by the kill 
    chain) and they will all spawn from the same spawn point every time.  If you 
    know the precise kill when the boss will appear and precise spawn point where 
    the boss will appear then your character can meet up with a boss right when the 
    boss hops out of a spawn point and defeat the boss instantly.  This is most 
    helpful for a player with a powerful weapon (Midnight Wesker) or a player that 
    can easily stun a boss and defeat it quickly (STARS Chris vs Reaper in Mines).  
    It's much better to keep the kill chain going in order to prepare for the boss. 
    For instance, the second Reaper in the Mines will hop out of the east tunnel 
    spawn point near the open area right at the 70th kill.
    
    ----------
    MELEE TIPS
    ----------
    
    - TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THE FREE MELEE ATTACK AFTER A PARTNER ASSIST MELEE
    Whenever another player knocks a Majini off of your character with a partner 
    assist melee, run toward the staggering Majini, if it is still alive, then 
    perform a melee on it with your character to most likely kill it off and 
    receive a 5 second bonus for the melee kill.
    
    If a partner knocks a Majini off of your character and the Majini falls 
    straight to the ground, run over to the Majini and perform a ground melee to 
    it.  This goes for both characters, so if a partner doesn't finish off a Majini 
    after your character knocks it off after it falls, then run over to it yourself 
    and perform a ground melee to finish it off for a melee kill.
    
    - PARTNER RESPONSE AFTER PARTNER ASSIST MELEE
    When a partner knocks a Majini off of your character with a partner assist 
    melee and the Majini falls straight to the ground without staggering backward, 
    your character CANNOT perform the usual partner response.  If you press the 
    assist button, you'll only get the "Come on" command unless the button is held, 
    so you'll have to thank your partner manually using "Hold assist button + left 
    on d-pad".
    
    - MAJINI STAGGER FROM A GROUND MELEE
    If a standing Majini is right by a character when a ground melee is performed, 
    that Majini might get hit by the ground melee, which will make the Majini 
    stagger backward as if it got hit with an arm stun melee.  A partner can take 
    advantage of this and run up then perform a bouncing melee to the staggering 
    Majini to most likely finish it off.  Basically, a ground melee hits just like 
    an arm stun melee on a close standing Majini when it is performed.
    
    - WATCH FOR ARM STUN MELEE
    If your partner performs an arm stun melee that sends a Majini staggering 
    backward, quickly run over to the staggering Majini and perform another melee 
    to it.  You can run to the back and front of the Majini and the melee will 
    differ depending on the side that it was hit from that started the stagger.  
    From the opposite side, your character will perform a weak arm stun melee that 
    will bounce the Majini back to the partner, but from the front your character 
    will perform a more damaging head stun melee.  If a second arm stun melee is 
    performed then the character that first started the sequence can get a tag team 
    melee command by approaching the Majini.
    
    - MELEE KILL WITH WESKER'S DASH
    Each hit of Wesker's dash hits an enemy just like an arm stun melee.  If Wesker 
    hits a Majini twice with a dash (by dashing back and forth while turning) then 
    a partner can run up to that Majini and perform a tag team melee.  All enemies 
    killed off with a dash hit or the rising knee finisher will yield the same 
    amount of bonus seconds as a melee kill.  This is incredibly useful for the Bui 
    kichwa enemies on the Village stage.  A player can dash right into a Bui kichwa 
    and receive 5 seconds for the kill since the spider-like enemies are so weak.
    
    - GROUND MELEE BURNING MAJINI
    When a Majini burns, let it fall and then kill it off with a ground melee.  
    This is really helpful to know when you accidentally shoot a cocktail that a 
    Majini holds.  Simply wait for it to fall after burning then perform a ground 
    melee to finish it off for the extra 5 bonus seconds for a melee kill.  Many 
    times, multiple Majini will burn and then fall to the ground.  A Chris player 
    can really take advantage of this and Stomp a few of them in a row for some 
    melee kills.
    
    - GROUND MELEE MULTIPLE FALLEN MAJINI
    Whenever a few Majini fall on the ground and they are basically right on top of 
    the each other, step over the portion where one is directly near the other then 
    perform your character's ground melee to have a chance at hitting them both 
    with ground melee.
    
    - PERFORM A HEAD CRUSH GROUND MELEE ON UNDAMAGED FALLEN MAJINI
    Whenever a Majini falls to the ground from being knocked down without taking 
    enough damage for a normal ground melee to finish it off, quickly run over to 
    the head portion of the Majini and face it then perform a ground melee to crush 
    the Majini's head for an instant kill.  When a fallen Majini has its legs 
    toward your character, quickly right by it with your character then perform a 
    quick turn and face the head then perform the ground melee to its head.  Jill 
    types cannot do this, but with the damage that the double knee drop takes, Jill 
    doesn't need to worry about this technique.
    
    - MELEE MULTIPLE MAJINI TO KILL OFF A WEAK MAJINI
    If a Majini is extremely weak after your attempts to set it up for a melee 
    kill, try to stun a nearby Majini and possibly work the weaker Majini into the 
    melee that is performed on the stronger Majini.  Leg stun frontal melees are 
    usually your best while trying this because of their range.
    
    - FINISH OFF A MAJINI WITH A TIME BONUS HIT
    When a Majini is extremely weak and you've just got to get to that melee kill 
    in, lead the Majini toward a Time Bonus then hit the Time Bonus to where the 
    melee hit will hit the Majini as well while it stand near.
    
    - KNIFE + MELEE KILL
    When all else fails, slash a Majini in the leg then try to perform a melee.  
    This is most useful for when you know that the next gunshot will kill a Majini. 
    Let's say BSAA Chris has shot a Majini three times with his handgun in an 
    attempt to get a leg stun but he didn't receive it.  The next gunshot will kill 
    off the Majini, so quickly run up to it and slash it in the leg in the hope of 
    a leg stun then finish it off with the melee for extra five bonus seconds if 
    the leg stun is achieved.  Don't dwell on trying to achieve a stun through 
    knifing however or you'll waste valuable time.  Really one or two slashes is 
    enough.
    
    - KNIFING A CROWD
    While a crowd surrounds your character in close range, try to slash them.  
    You'll slash about three Majini at once sometimes and have the possibility to 
    get one of them in some type of stun to which you can quickly melee them for 
    invincibility and to knock some of them away.  This is mainly good to use for 
    all characters besides Jill since Jill's knife slash lacks a wide range.
    
    - DO NOT RUIN MELEE KILLS WITH EXPLOSIVES
    If a group of 10 Majini mount up on your character, DON'T use an explosive 
    (hand grenade or proximity bomb) to get rid of them.  You're absolutely ruining 
    a chance at 50 extra seconds that can be gained through melee kills in one 
    instant.  Only use explosives when it is absolutely necessary - if there is no 
    chance to run.  In my online games, it's so very aggravating to me when a 
    player uses an explosive when my STARS Chris has nitrogen rounds that can 
    freeze a whole crowd.
    
    - ACCIDENTALLY RUINING A CHANCE FOR A GROUND MELEE
    When trying to knock a Majini down with gunfire, don't ever shoot as the Majini 
    falls since the Majini will immediately start to get up once again if anything 
    hits it while it is on the ground.  If your character accidentally shoots a 
    grounded Majini then it will get up early and a ground melee cannot be 
    performed.  Even if your character performs some sort of action such as falling 
    down a ladder or vaulting over a railing, this action can hit a grounded Majini 
    and cause it to get up early.
    
    - MAJINI THAT FALL FROM A HIGH PLACE WILL USUALLY GET UP IMMEDIATELY
    Any Majini that is shot off a ladder while it tries to climb, or any Majini 
    that is knocked off a higher ledge or platform will immediately get up shortly 
    after hitting the ground.  A character usually cannot perform a ground melee to 
    any Majini that have fallen as such.  Knocking a Majini off a ladder will 
    almost always cause it to get up without the oppurtunity for a ground melee.
    
    - FLASH GRENADES CAN SAVE A MELEE KILL
    When you've shot a Majini up until the point where one more shot will kill it, 
    toss a flash grenade then hit it with a melee attack while it is stunned to 
    kill it off.  With STARS Chris, a flash round will work just as well.  Remember 
    that a flash round DOES take damage with a direct hit, so don't hit an 
    extremely weak Majini directly with a flash round or it might actually be 
    killed off by the flash round shot.
    
    - A PARTNER ASSIST MELEE THAT KILLS WILL YIELD 5 BONUS SECONDS
    If your character knocks off any type of enemy with a partner assist melee 
    attack to free a partner from a grapple, the attack will count as a melee kill 
    and give the players 5 bonus seconds.  The attack must kill, so the enemy 
    usually must be damaged a bit prior to the attack.  This can be done on any 
    enemy that can grapple, even Bui kickwa enemies in the Village.
    
    - CEPHALOS CAN BE MELEE KILLED
    A Cephalo can be hit with a ground melee when it falls and killed with that 
    ground melee if the Cephalo has been damaged enough prior to the fall.  A Jill 
    player can easily finish off a damaged Cephalo thanks to her 1200 damage from 
    her ground melee.  Cephalos can also be bounced with arm stun melees or any 
    other melee attack that happen to hit them (basically they get caught by one 
    that you're doing to a Majini) or they can be bounced with Wesker's dash.  A 
    player can actually perform a tag team melee attack on a Cephalo that staggers 
    after being hit by Wesker's dash just like after an arm stun melee bounce.
    
    - DOUBLE TEAM FOR A MELEE KILL
    In Duo mode, two players can rush toward a stunned or fallen Majini and perform 
    a melee attack at the exact same time.  For instance, a Sheva player could 
    Somersault a Majini then a Chris player can perform his Uppecut at the same 
    time to bounce the Majini after the Somersault.  This can be effective in 
    achieving a melee kill on a Majini that has not been damaged much prior to the 
    stun.  Two players can also run up to an undamaged fallen Majini and perform a 
    ground melee at the same time to guarantee a kill.
    
    - A MAJINI CAN BE DAMAGED WHILE IT FALLS TO THE GROUND
    If your character happens to hit a Majini with any type of action that makes it 
    stumble and fall, quickly shoot the Majini while it is falling over to damage 
    it to where a ground melee will kill it off once it hits the ground.  This 
    saves time from having to position your character to perform a head crush 
    ground melee.  The Majini must be shot while it falls and NOT while it is on 
    the ground in order to take advantage of this technique.  If the Majini is shot 
    while it is grounded then will get up immediately.
    
    - A MAJINI CAN BE DAMAGED WHILE IT ROLLS
    This is most useful for STARS Chris.  When a Majini is shot once and the shot 
    causes it to fall and roll along the ground, the Majini can be shot a few more 
    times while it rolls to further damage it without making it get back up 
    directly after the shot.  If the Majini is shot once it fully stops then it 
    will get back up, so shoot it while it rolls.  This is very helpful for STARS 
    Chris, since he must shoot most Majini at least twice before a Stomp will kill 
    one off.
    
    - HIT EXPLODING BOSSES TO SAVE MELEE KILLS
    When a boss enemy expands and falls over during it's dying animation, quickly 
    shoot the boss or knife slash the boss if enemies are near it to keep them from 
    getting defeated by the explosion.  This will save them for potential melee 
    kills.  The dying explosion will also hit your character but shooting or knife 
    slashing the boss will cancel the explosion.
    
    - A MAJINI THAT FALLS FROM A HIGH AREA WILL TAKE DAMAGE FROM THE FALL
    Any time that a Majini is shot and performs a falling animation as it falls 
    from a ledge then the Majini will take damage from the fall no matter how small 
    or great the fall was.  In Public Assembly, while a Majini stands next to the 
    waterway opening in the northwest, it will sometimes perform a falling 
    animation when it is shot, but it will simply land on the ground next to the 
    water.  It still takes damage from the fall in this case.  Any Majini that 
    performs a falling animation can easily be finished off with a ground melee 
    after the fall so long as it survives the fall.
    
    - MELEE KILLING DYNAMITE MAJINI
    A Majini that has a dynamite stick is best killed BEFORE it lights it's 
    dynamite.  They must always use a match to light the dynamite.  Once the 
    dynamite is lit, the Majini will attempt to toss the dynamite if the player is 
    in the Majini's immediate area.  If time continues to pass, a Majini will run 
    toward the player while holding the dynamite stick in front of it.  This 
    signifies that they are trying to grab the player since the dynamite stick is 
    about to explode.  It's best to run toward it and behind it in this case before 
    the explosion occurs since it will occur shortly.  Attempting to melee kill it 
    while it runs will almost always result in failure and loss of health.
    
    It is best to melee kill a dynamite Majini before it lights its stick of 
    dynamite.  Keep in mind that a player can accidentally shoot the dynamite in 
    it's hand or on its waist to set off an explosion, so avoid doing so.  So long 
    as a dynamite Majini is killed before lighting its dynamite, it will not 
    explode.  Dynamite Majini explosions can ruin melee kills by killing 
    surrounding Majini, so it is VERY important to focus on a Majini with dynamite 
    first and kill him before the stick of dynamite is lit or use a melee attack 
    that will knock the dynamite Majini away from a crowd of other Majini to keep 
    from ruining melee kills with the dynamite explosion.
    
    A Majini with lit dynamite can be melee killed successfully but the melee must 
    hit and kill the Majini before the explosion.  Timing a melee so that the 
    explosion goes off while a player is safe in the invincibility animation of a 
    melee can save a player from getting hit and give the player credit for the 
    melee kill, but the melee must kill the Majini before the explosion.  Even if 
    the melee is activated, if the Majini explodes before physical contact is made 
    then the 5 bonus seconds for a melee kill will not be received.
    
    It's VERY risky to melee kill a dynamite Majini with lit dynamite but that is a 
    chance that one will have to take in order to earn extra time sometimes.  Don't 
    ever attempt a melee kill on a dynamite Majini with lit dynamite if your health 
    is at 30% or less or the explosion will cause the character to go into dying 
    status if it hits.
    
    - AVOIDING CEPHALOS, DUVALIAS AND KIPEPEOS THROUGH INSTANT KILL MELEES
    Any Majini that is killed with an instant kill melee will guarantee the player 
    the 5 second bonus credit for the melee kill.  An instant kill melee will 
    cancel a Cephalo, Duvalia or Kipepeo spawning even if it the spawning is 
    scripted.  A Majini that becomes a Cephalo or Duvalia will NOT give the player 
    the extra 5 bonus seconds for a melee kill if the parasite spawns from a melee 
    attack but an instant kill melee will stop the spawning and reward the player 
    with the 5 bonus seconds that the player would have missed out on while using 
    any other type of melee.  Kipepeo spawnings in the Village are the only 
    parasite tranformations that give a player kill credit and credit for a melee 
    kill on a Majini.
    
    Wesker does not have an instant kill melee, so a Wesker player cannot melee 
    kill and avoid potential or scripted parasitic enemies.  Chris, Sheva and Jill 
    all have instant kill melees that can be activated by shooting a Majini in the 
    leg to get a leg stun then they can rush behind it and activate the instant 
    kill melee command.  This will avoid the parasite altogether and give the 
    player 5 bonus seconds.  The point amount for killing a Cephalo or Duvalia is 
    greater than a normal Majini kill but the extra 5 bonus seconds is a lot more 
    helpful to a higher score as opposed to taking the time to kill a parasitic 
    enemy that is worth only a few more points.  Keep in mind that a Majini 
    parasite transformation will not yield a point amount for a normal Majini kill 
    nor will it count as a kill.
    
    - GROUP ENEMIES BEFORE SHOOTING NITROGEN ROUNDS
    With Tribal Sheva and STARS Chris, always attempt to group a large amount of 
    enemies before shooting a nitrogen round to freeze them.  Try to keep them 
    together so that one melee attack will hit multiple frozen enemies.  Tribal 
    Sheva has a much easier time at hitting frozen enemies with the range of her 
    roundhouse, but STARS Chris can shatter multiple frozen enemies that stand 
    directly in front of him (in a line and slightly to the side) with his straight 
    punch.  All enemies that are shattered with one melee attack will give the 
    player five bonus second each, so shattering five enemies with one melee will 
    give the player 25 extra seconds.
    
    - INSTANT LEG STUN OR KNOCKDOWN AFTER A FRONTAL MAJINI GRAB
    After your character fights off a Majini that has grabbed from the front, if 
    you shoot the legs of the Majini after pushing it forward, a leg stun is always 
    guaranteed.  This can be very helpful for gaining the upper hand while fighting 
    against a crowd once of them has grabbed your character.  The Majini must be 
    hit in the legs a few seconds after pushing it off or the leg stun will not be 
    guaranteed.  A leg stun is usually random from any other leg hit.  If the 
    Majini is hit twice in the chest after pushing off the Majini from a frontal 
    grab then it will fall to the ground.
    
    - DYING COCKTAIL AND DYNAMITE MAJINI CAN STILL RUIN NITRO ROUND FREEZES
    If a Majini with a cocktail, explosive arrow, or dynamite dies, BE SURE to wait 
    until it fully dissolves before shooting a nitrogen round at a group of Majini 
    that is near it. If the nitrogen round hits the cocktail, explosive arrow, or 
    dynamite while a Majini is on the ground and dying then the explosive object 
    will still shatter the frozen Majini.
    
    - FALLING OFF A HIGH PLACE CAN MELEE KILL A MAJINI
    Whenever your character falls from a ledge and hits a Majini, that falling 
    animation will take some slight damage.  It's possible to fall off a ladder and 
    hit a weakened Majini while it climbs and receive +5 bonus seconds for a melee 
    kill.  The actual physical hit from falling must kill the Majini NOT the damage 
    that the Majini takes while hitting the ground after the fall in order to count 
    as a melee kill.
    
    ----------------------
    KEEPING THE KILL CHAIN
    ----------------------
    
    - FIRE A POWERFUL WEAPON TO INSTANTLY KILL A MAJINI TO SAVE A KILL CHAIN
    In order to keep the kill chain going, you will sometimes be forced to switch 
    to a powerful weapon in order to kill an enemy.  In duo mode, when the kill 
    indicator begins to flash, it is sometimes best to take out a powerful weapon 
    and aim it directly toward an enemy then fire at the last possible second 
    before the kill chain disappears.  This will give your partner enough time to 
    try to get a kill and allow your character to maintain the kill chain with a 
    powerful shot if a kill is not achieved by the partner quickly.
    
    - MAKE LONG DISTANCE SHOTS TO SAVE A DYING KILL CHAIN
    If the kill chain is fading, take out a powerful long distance weapon then find 
    the closest Majini.  If the Majini is at a distance, carefully aim your gun 
    then fire.  With duo mode's lack of enemies, this absolutely must be done to 
    save a dying kill chain sometimes.
    
    - RAPID FIRE ON A MAJINI TO SAVE A DYING KILL CHAIN
    Characters with a machine gun will normally be trying for a stun against a 
    Majini, but if the kill chain begins to blink very quickly then go ahead and 
    spam the targeted Majini with gunfire to save the kill chain.
    
    - IF THE KILL CHAIN IS BROKEN ONCE, DON'T TRY FOR IT AGAIN
    Moreso in duo than solo, if the kill chain is broken at about the 70th or 100th 
    kill, don't try to maintain another kill chain.  Focus primarily on melee kills 
    after the chain is broken, since you'll gain more points from having extra time 
    then instead of receiving bonus kill points through the kill chain.  Only 
    maintain a kill chain through melee kills once the chain is broken once.  If it 
    can't be obtained through melee kills then don't worry about the chain.
    
    - CEPHALO SPAWNINGS THAT RUIN KILL CHAIN
    Remember that a Majini Cephalo transformation does not count as a kill on the 
    dying Majini.  A sudden Cephalo spawning from a Majini can ruin a kill chain so 
    very easily when unprepared.  In stages like Mines, Ship Deck and Prison, a 
    Cephalo at the wrong time will instantly cause a player to lose the kill streak 
    if unprepared.  A powerful weapon or a flash grenade/round needs to be prepared 
    after every kill streak-saving shot in certain stages in order to make sure 
    that a Cephalo spawning does not occur.  Midnight Wesker is by far the best 
    character that can save a kill chain after a Cephalo spawn by shooting the 
    Cephalo instantly with his M500 magnum.  Other characters will most likely have 
    to resort to a flash grenade/round in order to kill off the Cephalo quickly.
    
    In stages such as Ancient Ruins and Experimental Facility, a character must 
    watch for Duvalia spawnings as well since a Duvalia transformation does not 
    count as a kill either.  Duvalia spawnings are best dealt with by 
    tossing/shooting a flash grenade/round at the transforming Majini.  A shot to 
    the leg with a powerful weapon to make it kneel followed by a shot to the 
    exposed mouth will also kill the Duvalia quickly, but a flash explosive is 
    still the best choice.
    
    --------------------
    TIME MANAGEMENT TIPS
    --------------------
    
    - WESKER'S DASH
    Wesker's dash move can be used to get to far away places much quicker than 
    normal running.  Say a time bonus is all the across an open straight path 
    directly ahead, press in on the right thumbstick to run toward the destination 
    then quickly perform his rising knee when right next to the time bonus in order 
    to stop near it.
    
    - EQUIP GRENADES TO RUN FASTER
    If you're trying to hit all the time bonuses before fighting any enemies at the 
    beginning of a solo game or if you simply have to travel a long distance then 
    equip a grenade to make your character run a bit faster.  If you don't have a 
    grenade, then equip ammo.
    
    - HITTING ALL TIME BONUSES BEFORE FIGHTING ENEMIES IN SOLO
    In some stages of solo mode it is a lot easier to run through an area and hit 
    all time bonuses before fighting enemies.  A player can fight enemies along the 
    way, but hitting all the time bonuses beforehand makes a solo run MUCH easier, 
    especially when attempting to keep a combo kill chain alive.
    
    - DISCARD AN ITEM IMMEDIATELY AFTER A MELEE OR OTHER ANIMATION
    While falling from a high ledge or meleeing an enemy, open the inventory menu 
    and select an item or weapon that you want to discard.  Choose the item then 
    select "Discard" and choose "Yes" to confirm the discard so that your character 
    will immediately discard the item directly after the melee animation.  Try to 
    make sure that no enemies are around while doing this.  Enemies will not stand 
    and wait for a player to discard and discarding near a Licker will not showcase 
    the counter command for a pounce attack if one happens to be preparing a 
    pounce.
    
    - EASILY DEFEATING THE REAPER IN THE MINES
    To easily defeat a Reaper in the Mines area with any character, toss a hand 
    grenade or lay down a proximity bomb and allow the Reaper to get hit by it.  
    The Reaper will roll, so use that time to run up to it.  It only requires one 
    more hit to any weak point to be finished off after either explosive and it 
    will always reveal it's chest weak point briedly after turning from a roll 
    while recovering from an explosive, so run up to and hit the weak point from 
    close range as it turns.
    
    This video by bobo273 on youtube showcases the quick kill perfectly:
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6znWaRzzQLI
    
    - HIT A TIME BONUS FROM BEHIND TO MAKE YOUR CHARACTER FACE THE OPPOSITE 
    DIRECTION
    Whenever you run up to a time bonus in a dead end space where a wall is behind 
    it, run toward the time bonus so that the "Time Bonus" command appears then tap 
    the action button as your character runs behind the time bonus to make your 
    character hit the time bonus and turn to face the direction that the character 
    came from all while performing the command.  This method beats hitting the time 
    bonus and quick turning by a few brief seconds.  The method doesn't always work 
    that well since your character will sometimes not face the opposite direction, 
    but it's worth a try.
    
    - ESCAPING A MAJINI GRAB QUICKER
    
    Quick grab escape video by Big Kahoona 22:
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gSzmaNpROY
    
    Whenevera Majini grabs your character, quickly rotate the left analog and tap 
    one of the face buttons on the control pad ([], X, O, /\ or X, A, B, Y) to 
    escape from the grab quicker.  This will also make it to where your character 
    will not sustain damage from a frontal Majini grab if the grab is escaped quick 
    enough..
    
    -----------------------------
    PARTNER COMMAND/RESPONSE TIPS
    -----------------------------
    
    - ACCIDENTAL GIVE WHEN TRYING TO RESPOND
    If a player suddenly "gives" your character an item right after your character 
    saves that player's character from a Majini grab, then that player most likely 
    didn't mean to do that.  The player was probably trying to thank you with the 
    partner response but gave you the item that the character had equipped instead 
    since both buttons perform the same function.  Be a pal and equip the item then 
    give it back to that player.  This happens most commonly with Midnight Wesker 
    (Proximity Bombs & Hand Grenades), BSAA Jill (Flash Grenades) and BSAA Chris 
    (Hand Grenades).
    
    - FULL INVENTORY WHEN TRYING TO GIVE
    If your character can't give an item to another player then that character's 
    inventory is full.  This can be kind of annoying when you're giving ammo and 
    suddenly can't give anymore to a player and are then stuck with it.  Check the 
    person's inventory by pulling up yours and pressing the R2/RB button. To avoid 
    accidentally issuing the "Come on" command while attempting to give to a 
    character who's inventory is possibly full, hold down the assist button for a 
    few seconds after pressing it while attempting to give and this will cancel any 
    accidental "Come On" command.
    
    In order to give a person an item, your character could quickly request a 
    healing item or some other item that the partner might not need then quickly 
    give the partner the item that you want that character to receive when that 
    character's inventory is open once again.
    
    - SET UP COMMANDS FOR WHEN NO ENEMIES ARE AROUND
    When playing without a mic, use the "Wait" or "Go" command to let your partner 
    know when no enemies are in your current area.  This will signal to them that 
    you have no enemies in your current location to help keep the kill streak 
    going.  This absolutely must be done sometimes in duo mode, since enemies tend 
    to flock toward one player at times.  Keep in mind that if your character 
    doesn't have any enemies to kill then that means the other player is probably 
    being mobbed at that moment.
    
    -------------
    ADVANCED TIPS
    -------------
    
    - PARTNER LOCK-ON AND FIRE AT A GRABBED PARTNER
    To quickly free a partner from a Majini grab while your character is facing 
    away from your partner or at a distance from the partner, quickly hold the 
    partner lock-on button then aim and fire.  Adjust aiming very quickly when 
    necessary after your character turns.
    
    This will make your character immediately face and lock-on to the grabbed 
    partner where you can quickly aim and shoot.  It's amazing how quick and 
    accurate this can be.  With Type D controls, you can literally hold down the 
    partner lock-on/fire button, aim while still holding the button then your 
    character will automatically fire without letting go of the lock-on/fire 
    button.
    
    - TIME ITEM PICKUPS RIGHT BEFORE AN ENEMY HIT
    If an enemy is nearby an item that you want then stand over the item and wait 
    for the enemy to swing.  Right when it swings, pick up the item to exploit the 
    invincibility of an item grab animation.  The attack will go right through your 
    character.  It's really best to take the extra time to wait for the enemy to 
    swing.  Picking up an item then having an enemy hit your character right 
    afterward can be a real pain since there is no way to escape the attack if the 
    enemy swings right after the item pickup animation.
    
    - GAIN KILLS WHILE RETRIEVING COMBO BONUSES
    When attempting to retrieve a combo bonus from a chest in a far off area or 
    inconvenient area (up a ladder), especially in single player, place a proximity 
    bomb on your way to the chest so an enemy will walk over it.  This can help you 
    to keep your current kill streak while obtaining a combo bonus.  The enemy will 
    likely walk over the proximity bomb when your character is about halfway to the 
    chest.
    
    --------------------
    MAJINI BEHAVIOR TIPS
    --------------------
    
    - CONSTANTLY STAY MOVING WHEN MAJINI ARE PRESENT
    When more than one Majini is in the area, constantly move.  Back up and walk to 
    the side (sidestep) to keep surrounding Majini from grabbing your character.  
    The sidestep will help out a great deal for Majini that suddenly dash at your 
    character.  Simply step to the right or left as they run by.  With the limited 
    view of what is behind your character, constantly moving from one area to 
    another is very important for bosses that can easily sneak up on your 
    character.
    
    - TRICK MAJINI INTO ATTACKING THEN SHOOT THEM WHILE THEY RECOVER
    When face to face with a close Majini it is sometimes best to wait for the 
    Majini to attempt an attack then quickly back up to dodge the attack and shoot 
    it while it recovers.  This works extremely well for head stuns with Safari 
    Chris and Midnight Wesker since the Majini will not quickly dodge out of the 
    way while the character aims after dodging an attack since the Majini will be 
    recovering at that time.
    
    - BEING GRABBED BY MAJINI SO MUCH
    Majini who are behind you are EXTREMELY prone to grabbing. About 90% of the 
    time, if you turn your back on a Majini, it will attempt a grab. Knowing this 
    can change your gameplay because you can face away from an enemy to shoot 
    another one (or for whatever reason), then run forward a few paces and turn 
    back around to face a wide open Majini with outstretched arms. Even in a more 
    general sense, if you know or suspect there are Majini behind your character, 
    it is a good idea to move as soon as possible, even if they are out of weapon 
    range, because they will most likely just run right at you for a grab.  Majini 
    with shields cannot grab your character however.
    
    A good way to see a Majini's grabbing nature is to watch a partner in Duo mode 
    while a Majini approaches that player.  The Majini will automatically try to 
    grab the player once it moves close to that character.  If the character moves 
    forward a bit, the Majini will reach out and miss however.  Because of this 
    constant grabbing nature, it is very wise to not stand still long at all while 
    fighting Majini that surround your character in any way (even to the sides).  
    When you know that one is near your character from behind, constantly move 
    forward a bit if you're trying to attack a Majini that is in front of your 
    character.
    
    - MAJINI WITH POLES/PICKAXES
    Their range is so unfair. If you are in close quarters, if they go for a swing, 
    dodging is basically impossible. Running behind them doesn't help as they arc 
    their swing, and you can't back away fast enough to avoid being hit. Basically 
    your only chance is to shoot them really fast. If you aren't fast enough, even 
    if you pull off a shot, you'll still get hit. These particular Majini appear to 
    be faster to attack. Once they run up to you, they give you almost no time 
    before they swing.
    
    - WHEN DEAD MAJINI STILL ATTACK
    When you get a critical headshot on a Majini, sometimes they continue their 
    attack before falling. Majini without a head can still grab and swipe at your 
    character if the animation has already been started prior to the head burst. 
    That's why you should still dodge even if their head just blew up. Although, 
    the running one might be nigh impossible to avoid.
    
    - MAJINI GRACE PERIODS (FOR COUNTER ATTACKING)
    Majini have a sort of "action-movie complex": they don't team up on you 
    properly. Specifically, after you've been hit, even if you're surrounded by 10 
    Majini, you have a sort of grace period of maybe 3 seconds before anyone 
    attacks you again. Therefore, instead of frantically blasting everyone in 
    panic, you can calmly set up a melee attack, or run away if you can and wish 
    to. Even for someone who only does melee attacks, if you're nervous you'll 
    probably aim really fast and miss, resulting in getting hit some more.
    
    - MAJINI GRACE PERIODS (FOR HEALING)
    This is related to the last tip. If you've just performed a melee attack (or 
    gotten hit most of the time), if you immediately use a healing item such as a 
    first aid spray or herb, enemies will just stand around and watch your 
    character heal. They won't attack. In other circumstances they'll keep 
    attacking you and probably at least get you during your life bar filling up. If 
    you drop into low caution or want to heal for any reason, even if you're on the 
    brink of death, it's a good idea to set up a melee attack and instruct your 
    partner to use it during the animation. It's really a lot safer.
    
    - DUVALIA SPAWNING
    A Majini cannot mutate into a Duvalia while it is on the ground, so if it is 
    killed while on the ground then that kill will cancel out the Duvalia spawning. 
    With the Base Majini in Experimental Facility, a player can kill them while 
    they run, hop over a railing, sidestep and fall from a high platform to cancel 
    out scripted Duvalia spawnings - the Majini's head will explode.
    
    -------------
    DUO MODE TIPS
    -------------
    
    - IN DUO MODE STAY SEPARATE FROM YOUR PARTNER
    While playing in Duo mode, it is best to say separate from your partner.  When 
    both characters stay together, enemies will mount up on both players and 
    sometimes overwhelm them.  If the characters stay apart, they will both fight 
    less enemies at one time.  It is best to stay in a specific area for a while as 
    labeled on the area maps then move onto another area when the enemies seem to 
    stop spawning.  The only bad part about splitting up is when a player runs out 
    of healing items or suddenly enters dying status from an unseen boss hit.
    
    - PICK UP IMPORTANT AMMO FOR YOUR PARTNER
    If you're playing as Jill or any other character without a grenade launcher and 
    you happen to come across nitrogen rounds while playing alongside a STARS Chris 
    player then be a pal and pick them up for him then give them to him later.  If 
    you're playing with a Wesker character and come across flash rounds while 
    playing alongside STARS Chris then pick them up for him and give them to him, 
    so the Chris player can blind enemies so that your Wesker will be able to spam 
    Cobra Strikes for melee kills.
    
    - GIVE TRIBAL SHEVA NITROGEN ROUNDS
    When your character finds nitrogen rounds while playing alongside a Tribal 
    Sheva player, be sure to give them to her.  If you're playing with STARS Chris 
    then still hand them over to Sheva... well, if the player knows how to use them 
    effectively.  Nitrogen rounds are basically the only way that a Tribal Sheva 
    can get melee kills on Majini quickly, so it is imperative for her to keep 
    these stocked.  With her wide range Roundhouse, a Tribal Sheva player can put 
    better use to nitrogen rounds than a STARS Chris player can.
    
    - DOUBLE TEAM THE BIG MAN MAJINI IN DUO PLAY
    While playing in single player, it would be best to simply weaken a Big Man 
    Majini as quick as possible then attempt to finish them off with a melee if 
    possible.  In Duo play, while a partner is nearby, shoot at the Big Man 
    Majini's legs with a low powered weapon to stun him then melee attack the Big 
    Man Majini.  Your partner can knock the Big Man Majini back toward your 
    character at that time with another melee then your character can perform a tag 
    team melee to the Big Man Majini to most likely finish it off.
    
    The best part about performing a tag team melee to finish off the Big Man 
    Majini is that the tag team melee attack has a chance of hitting other Majini 
    that are in the area, especially in the case of Chris' Back Hand.  It's a real 
    good idea to perform this sequence in a narrow corridor where other Majini are 
    gathered.  While separate, it is best to fight off the Big Man Majini normally. 
    Certain aharacters with a magnum have the potential to kill him off with a 
    magnum shot followed by a melee for a melee kill as discuseed in the characters 
    section.
    
    - REMOVAL OF A JOINING PLAYER BEFORE STARTING A SESSION
    If you join a game with an SS-ranking player and the majority of your 
    characters have low ranks such as B through D then that SS-rank player might 
    remove you from a session.  I have run into sessions where I've been removed by 
    a low-ranking player.  Do they fear SS-ranks?
    
    While joining a game with an SS-rank player, you stand chance of being removed 
    for the following reasons:
    
    1) You do not pick a SS-rank Wesker Midnight to help the other player score 
       high.
    2) You do not pick a SS-rank Jill type to help that player score high on all 
       other stages except for Village and Ancient Ruins.
    3) You do not pick a favored character for Experimental Facility - STARS Chris, 
       Tribal Sheva, Battle Suit Jill, STARS Wesker.
    4) Your name is not in a top spot on the leaderboard - usually around the top 
       100.
    
    The best way to avoid all of the above is to host your own game or play a 
    session with a friend or player that you're familiar with.
    
    - DISCARD ANY AMMO THAT YOUR PARTNER MIGHT NEED
    While staying separate and while your partner is low in ammo for a certain 
    weapon, if you happen to have ammo for that weapon then discard it and your 
    partner will run a greater chance at receiving the ammo from an item drop.  For 
    instance, if STARS Chris has 12 extra bullets for his magnum and your Midnight 
    Wesker partner has none for his magnum, make sure your current magnum is full 
    and then discard the rest of the ammo so that the Midnight Wesker player will 
    run a higher chance of receiving the ammo from an enemy item drop in that 
    player's location.  This also works if your character is holding ammo from an 
    accidental pickup such as Jill holding shotgun ammo that her STARS Wesker 
    partner could use.
    
    - WHILE STAYING SEPARATE, DISCARD RARE AMMO DROPS IF YOUR CHARACTER CAN'T USE 
    THEM BUT YOUR PARTNER CAN
    If you're playing a stage with another player and fighting separately, you can 
    pick up a rare ammo drop that your partner might need and discard it in order 
    to raise the chance of having it appear again in your partner's area.  For 
    instance, if a Midnight Wesker partner is fighting enemies on one side of the 
    Prison and happens to come across nitrogen rounds, that Midnight Wesker could 
    pick them up and discard them to allow his STARS Chris partner a greater chance 
    at receiving them in a random item pickup on his side.  Meeting up to exchange 
    the item takes too long and will lower the score.  As long as the item stay on 
    the ground or in either character's inventory, the chance at receiving the item 
    again on either side will be lowered.
    
    - TRACK A PARTNER BY ITEMS RETRIEVED
    Sometimes you can tell where your partner is in a stage by watching the HUD on 
    the side of the screen to see any items that their character picks up.  For 
    instance, you might see your partner pick up an egg if the partner just 
    finished off the chicken, so the player is most likely in the waterway of the 
    Public Assembly or an area with a chicken in another stage.  Knowing the item 
    layout in a stage can help quite a bit for tracking your partner's location 
    based on item pickups.
    
    -----------------------
    ANNOYANCES AND GLITCHES
    -----------------------
    
    - DEALING WITH DUO PLAY LAG
    You should already know about lag and how to handle it with the various lag 
    situations in other games.  Sometimes enemies will appear to teleport and 
    sometimes shots will not register until a few seconds later.
    
    One of the most evil side effects of lag comes in the form of a direct hit that 
    doesn't register however.  Sometimes a Wesker player can shoot a Majini 
    directly in the head with his handgun and the shot will not register and the 
    Majini will not stun nor will it take damage.  Sometimes a character will shoot 
    a Majini in the head with a magnum and the shot will not even register.  This 
    lag issue becomes even more evil when a character shoots the Executioner with a 
    magnum to cancel his overhead attack only to find out that the shot didn't 
    register as that character gets hit and sent into dying status.
    
    This unregistered shot issue happens randomly even with a good connection.  The 
    only advice I can give a player is to keep this in mind.  It will happen 
    eventually on both consoles.
    
    - THE PARTNER ASSIST MELEE TAKES PRIORITY OVER OTHER NEARBY MELEES
    A partner assist melee attack button prompt (when a Majini grabs your partner) 
    will usually take priority over a normal stun melee prompt, so if you perform a 
    stun to a Majini and your partner is next to the stunned Majini while in a hold 
    by another Majini then the partner assist melee attack prompt will appear most 
    likely instead of "Straight", "Cobra Strike" or whatever other character melee 
    attack you're about to perform.
    
    When this happens, a player needs to quickly save the partner with the partner 
    assist command or, if the kill streak is at risk, shoot the closest nearby 
    Majini with a powerful weapon, or shoot the Majini that is attacking your 
    partner with a powerful weapon.
    
    - GENERAL MELEE PRIORITY
    A standing melee will always take priority over a ground melee button action if 
    a Majini is stunned while standing and a Majini is on the ground while your 
    character is near both of them.  Regarding bosses, a boss melee attack command 
    will take priority over all other nearby melee chances.  For instance, if you 
    shoot a boss with nitrogen round to stun him and freeze surrounding Majini in 
    the process, the melee from the boss stun will appear if you stand close to a 
    frozen Majini that is near the stunned boss.
    
    - A MAJINI THAT IS STUCK IN A SPAWN POINT
    If you finish off all visible Majini in a stage and the last Majini never 
    shows, the Majini may very well be stuck in a spawn point.  This happens 
    sometimes on Public Assembly, Missile Area, and Prison.  Run around the area 
    and look into the spawn point then listen for the Majini.  In some stages, the 
    Majini can be visible while it still lingers in a spawn point, but some stages 
    require a player to toss a hand grenade into a spawning area in order to defeat 
    a stuck Majini.  On Missile Area, a player will need to look up into the 
    ceiling spawn points to see if a Majini is near the side of the opening.
    
    - CEPHALO SPAWNING WHEN THE KILL CHAIN IS DYING
    There is always a risk that a Majini might suddenly spawn a Cephalo if you 
    attempt to shoot a Majini with a magnum or perform a melee kill at the last 
    second in order to save your current kill chain.  A Majini transformation into 
    a Cephalo or Duvalia does not count as a kill nor does it yield five bonus 
    seoncd for a melee kill.  The only ways to avoid this problem are to perform an 
    instant kill melee with Jill, Chris or Sheva to avoid the scripted or random 
    parasite transformation or take action quickly once the Majini transforms by 
    shooting it with a magnum or tossing a flash grenade or shooting a flash round 
    at it.  This little annoyance can get extremely evil in the Prison, Mines and 
    especially the Ship Deck among other stages.
    
    - HEAD CRUSH GROUND MELEES INCREASE CHANCES FOR CEPHALOS
    Any type of ground melee where your character is aiming for the head of a 
    Majini (stomp head crush, windfall head crush) will cause a Majini to spawn a 
    Cephalo more often than hitting the Majini in another part of the body with the 
    ground melee.  On stages like Missile Area, Ship Deck and Prison, performing a 
    head crush ground melee will often result in a Cephalo spawning more often than 
    performing a normal ground melee.
    
    (Big thanks to Egheadfool/Hapkido for some of the tips listed above)
    
    
    ===============================================================================
                                   MERCENARY STAGES                          [ST00]
    ===============================================================================
    
    The following is a list of all stages in The Mercenaries challenge mode along 
    with a map and a full listing of the details for each stage.  The maps are set 
    up like so:
    
    - Time Bonus and Combo Bonus Locations
    - Item Locations
    - Areas (for enemy spawning)
    - Enemy Spawn Points
    - Blank Map (For the gamer that wants so make his/her own location listings)
    
    If you go to my blog page, then I have all the maps listed on the right sidebar 
    in collections based on the stage.
    
    http://berserkersblog.blogspot.com
    
    The individual maps are listed in each stage section below.
    
    
          ___       _     _ _          _                          _     _    [ST01]
         / _ \_   _| |__ | (_) ___    /_\  ___ ___  ___ _ __ ___ | |__ | |_   _ 
        / /_)/ | | | '_ \| | |/ __|  //_\\/ __/ __|/ _ \ '_ ` _ \| '_ \| | | | |
       / ___/| |_| | |_) | | | (__  /  _  \__ \__ \  __/ | | | | | |_) | | |_| |
       \/     \__,_|_.__/|_|_|\___| \_/ \_/___/___/\___|_| |_| |_|_.__/|_|\__, |
                                                                          |___/ 
                                     S T A G E  1
    
                        .------------------------------------.
                        | How to unlock: Unlocked by default |
                        '------------------------------------'
    
    ---                        Berserker's Best Scores                          ---
    -                     Single w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 341,389                      -
    ---               Duo w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 889,427 (Xbox LIVE)               ---
    
    -- Normal Enemy Points List         -- Boss Enemy Points List
    .---------------------------------. .-----------------------------------------.
    | ENEMY TYPE       | POINT AMOUNT | | ENEMY TYPE               | POINT AMOUNT |
    |=================================| |=========================================|
    | Majini (Town)    =         300  | | Executioner Majini       =       5,000  |
    | Cephalo          =         800  | '-----------------------------------------'
    | Chicken          =       2,000  |
    '---------------------------------'
    
    ---------------------------
    OVERVIEW OF PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
    ---------------------------
    
    The Public Assembly stage plays out much like the Public Assembly area in the 
    main game.  Players will fight tons of Town Majini that continue to spawn from 
    buildings on the other side of the surrounding gates around the area.  The 
    Executioner will appear as the sub boss for this stage.  The Executioner has 
    now gained the ability to jump, so he can follow a character anywhere now.  
    Even on the third floor the south building!  There's no point in hiding.  You 
    can't hide forever!  Oh, there I go again.  The Executioner can still not 
    follow a player into the bus however, so you're safe there, unless he swings 
    through the bus walls.
    
    The normal Majini will sometimes form Cephalos in this stage, so its good to 
    have a few flash grenade ready or prepare to fight them with a powerful weapon. 
    More Cephalos will spawn in Duo play when compared to the difficulty of single 
    play.  Hand grenades and incendiary grenades are both common as item drops from 
    Majini and both can be useful for the crowds and Executioners that a player 
    will face here.
    
    ----
    MAPS
    ----
    
    --> Time Bonus and Combo Bonus Locations
    
    http://img35.imageshack.us/img35/939/publicassemblymaptimean.jpg
    
    Visit the Time Bonus list and Combo Bonus list for an in-depth description of 
    each time and combo bonus.
    
    --> Item Locations
    
    http://img33.imageshack.us/img33/5139/publicassemblymapitemse.jpg
    
    Visit the Item and Breakable Object list for an in-depth description of the 
    location on the map.  The map includes the chicken also.
    
    --> Areas (for enemy spawning)
    
    http://img30.imageshack.us/img30/4332/publicassemblymaparease.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Enemy Spawn Points
    
    http://img40.imageshack.us/img40/4175/publicassemblymapspawnp.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Blank Map (For the gamer that wants to make his/her own location listings)
    
    http://img198.imageshack.us/img198/942/publicassemblyblankedit.jpg
    
    This should be used if you want to label everything yourself.
    
    --> Sephirosuy's Public Assembly Map on GameFAQs
    
    http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/ps3/file/929198/56573
    
    ---------------
    STARTING POINTS
    ---------------
    
    The chosen character that a player starts with will begin the stage in one of 
    the following portions of the map.  The starting place will be chosen at random 
    for single player and duo mode play.
    
    -- Starting Point 1
    
    On the very top of the execution platform in the east section.  The character 
    will face west.
    
    -- Starting Point 2
    
    Beside the ladder that leads to the waterway in the far northwest portion of 
    the map.  The character will face south.
    
    ---------------
    TIME BONUS LIST
    ---------------
    
    --> TOTAL EXTRA TIME = 6 MINUTES AND 30 SECONDS
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 1
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Inside the center of the tunnel in the waterway that stretches across 
    the north portion of the assembly.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 2
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Inside the north small building that extends above the northeast 
    section of the waterway.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 3
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: In the far southeast corner outside of the big building in the 
    northwest.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 4
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Among some pillars in the west section along the path that is to the 
    south of the big northwest building.  This time bonus is west of the ramp above 
    the house that contains time bonus 7.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 5
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: On the rooftop of the building in the west that contains time bonus 
    7.  Use the stairs on the north side of the building to reach the top or use 
    the ramp on the west side beside the rooftop.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 6
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: On top of the bus in the center of the assembly.  Run up the stairs 
    on the north side or move up the ramp to the west of the building that contains 
    time bonus 7 then hop across to the bus from the rooftop.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 7
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Inside the west building.  Kick through the door on the south side 
    and turn to the left then round the corner to see this, or simply jump through 
    the window on the northwest side of the building and this will be right in 
    front of the character.  A player could also toss a hand grenade toward the 
    destructible wall on the west side along the section outside of the north door 
    and break it to avoid the door kicking animation and having to run around the 
    corner in order to get to the time bonus faster.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 8
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: On the second floor of the south building.  Either move up the wooden 
    ladder on the northeast side of the building or climb up the northwest ladder 
    beside the small wooden fence.  The northwest ladder is connected to a walkway 
    that leads to the second floor of the house.
    
    ----------------
    COMBO BONUS LIST
    ----------------
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 1
    
    In the far northwest portion of the map, to the right of the ladder that leads 
    down to the waterway.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 2
    
    Inside the bus in the center of the map.  The bus is to the south of the 
    building that contains Time Bonus 7.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 3
    
    On the first floor of the building in the south.  The chest is in the northwest 
    corner while inside of the building.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 4
    
    On the second floor of the building in the south.  Climb up either ladder along 
    the side of the building and the chest is in the southwest corner of the second 
    floor.
    
    ----------
    CHICKEN(S)
    ----------
    
    [ ] Chicken
    
    The chicken can be found roaming the water way in the north.  His starting 
    appearance is in the east section of the waterway beside the red explosive 
    barrel.
    
    ------------------------------
    ITEM AND BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST
    ------------------------------
    
    (This list basically starts from the northwest starting point)
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    Behind the small wooden fence in the northwest portion of the map that is next 
    to the ladder that leads down to the west portion of the waterway.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    Fall down to the waterway from the ladder in the northwest and this barrel will 
    be to the right of that ladder while down in the waterway tunnel.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel (x2)
    
    At the far east end of the waterway in the north.
    
    [ ] Wooden Crate
    
    After stepping past the north gate entrance while headed south, this wooden 
    crate is on a stand to the east beside a stack of tomatoes.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    After stepping past the north gate entrance while headed south, this barrel is 
    in the west corner beside a stand.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade (x2)
    
    On the cabinet shelf in the first floor of the east building.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    Inside of the drawer directly across from the cabinet with the two flash 
    grenades on the first floor of the east building.
    
    [ ] Wooden Crate
    
    On a counter on the east side of the first floor of the east building.  Facing 
    the door from the inside, it is to the left.
    
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade
    
    Kick open the door of the west building beside the bus and this incendiary 
    grenade will be lying on a cabinet shelf directly across from the door.
    
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade
    
    Inside the drawer to the left of the cabinet that has the first incendiary 
    grenade lying on it in the west building.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    After moving through the doorway of the west building, this is on the counter 
    to the left.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    On the counter to the east while inside the west building.  This is lying 
    beside an incendiary grenade.
    
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade
    
    On the counter to the east while inside the west building.  This is lying 
    beside a hand grenade.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    Lying along the side of the railing that stretches along the north portion of 
    the third floor of the south building.  A player will have to climb either 
    ladder on the north side of the south building then climb the ladder on the 
    east side of the second floor to reach the third floor.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel (x2)
    
    Across from the doorway on the west side of the south building.
    
    [ ] Red Herb
    
    Along the path that stretches across the southeast portion of the map.  This 
    item is near a fence by the end of the path once it stretches to the north.  
    It's a little hard to see this item in a way unless a player is looking for it 
    while headed north along the path.
    
    ----------
    ENEMY LIST
    ----------
    
    (See the maps at the beginning of this section for a list of spawn points and 
    areas)
    
    NOTE: All enemies listed below are based on enemies that actually spawn in the 
    stage.  Some enemies are already present from the beginning so the amount of 
    enemies listed below will not add up to the total amount of 150 enemies.  The 
    chicken(s) in each stage count(s) as an enemy also.
    
    -- Town Majini (x60)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drops: Random
    
    -- Town Majini (x75)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area B
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drops: Random
    
    -- Executioner 1
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when 20 or more enemies have been defeated
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drops: First Aid Spray
    
    -- Executioner 2
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when 50 or more enemies have been defeated and 
    Executioner 1 has been defeated
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drops: First Aid Spray
    
    -- Executioner 3
    
    Spawning conditions: Spawns when 70 or more enemies have been defeated and 
    Executioner 2 has been defeated
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drops: First Aid Spray
    
    ---------
    AREA LIST
    ---------
    
    There are two areas total for the Public Assembly stage:
    
    -- Area A
    
    Area A stretches from the far north corner of the map and includes the entire 
    map up to the open gate that the Executioner breaks in story mode (to the north 
    of the south building).
    
    -- Area B
    
    Area B stretches from the far south up to the point of the open gate in the far 
    north that Kirk fires missiles at in story mode (basically right outside of the 
    small building above the north waterway).
    
    -------------------------------
    SINGLE PLAYER STAGE WALKTHROUGH
    -------------------------------
    
    Run and break all of the time bonus statues in the sequences mentioned below 
    depending on where your character starts from.  Whether you decide to run and 
    break them all before fighting any Majini or if you decide to fight off Majini 
    while breaking them is entirely up to the individual.  Fighting Majini along 
    the way will give a player a higher score overall, but it's going to be harder 
    to keep a kill streak going.
    
    --> NORTHWEST STARTING POINT
    
    Time Bonus Order: 1, 2*, 3, 4, 5, 6**, 7***, 8***
    
    * Don't fall down into the waterway opening from the beginning.  Move down the 
    path to the east and defeat the chicken on the east end of the waterway by 
    shooting the red explosive barrel, or use pinpoint aiming with any weapon from 
    a distance.  It's best just to aim down at the red barrel before moving down 
    the ramp then shoot it and hope that you hit it since the chicken will usually 
    be right near the barrel from the start.
    
    ** Shortly after breaking time bonus 6, if you happen to have a hand grenade, 
    toss the hand grenade toward the building doorway while on top of the bus, so 
    that it hits the door and the breakable wall to expose a quick path to time 
    bonus 7.  Jump to the rooftop portion right above the breakable wall portion 
    below then drop from the rooftop portion directly up above it then quick turn 
    to face time bonus 7.
    
    *** If you happen to have more hand grenades then the breakable wall on the 
    north building can be destroyed to gain quicker access to combo bonus 3.  If 
    you're playing with Wesker then a hand grenade can be tossed at the breakable 
    wall on the side of the east building in order to gain quicker access to the 
    flash grenade inside.
    
    *** Once time bonus 8 is broken, run directly over to the chest containing 
    combo bonus 3 then open it and turn to face the Majini that climb the ladder 
    then start killing them off.  If there are more gathered below the ladder then 
    fall back down instead of waiting for them to climb.
    
    -- EAST EXECUTION PLATFORM STARTING POINT
    
    Time Bonus Order: 8*, 7**, 5, 6, 4, 3, 2, 1***
    
    * Since you're near so many combo bonuses from this starting point, go ahead 
    and begin to pick them up and kill off enemies to gain use out of them.  The 
    quickest method for getting to combo bonus 3 is to toss a hand grenade at the 
    breakable wall on the north side of the building then run inside, but jumping 
    through the window on the north side can be just as fast.  Don't forget about 
    the combo bonus in the bus!
    
    ** Toss a hand grenade at the door to the west building to break the weak wall 
    to the side or break the door with a weapon to avoid the kicking animation and 
    having to move around the corner inside.
    
    *** Defeat the chicken.  Shoot the red explosive barrel as it walks by it or 
    use pinpoint aiming from far away.
    
    --> KILL STREAK AND COMBO BONUSES
    
    Keeping the kill streak active can be a major factor in obtaining a high score. 
    Combo bonuses also need to be gathered but ONLY while a Majini group is 
    following your character.  If you're going after a combo bonus, then you need 
    to allow Majini to follow your character, so you can quickly shoot one then 
    turn and grab the combo bonus and turn right back around to have something to 
    shoot before the kill streak ends.  Grabbing a combo bonus can quickly eat up 
    kill streak time, so in single player mode, a player has to be ready to shoot a 
    Majini directly after grabbing the combo bonus.
    
    A helpful method for gaining a high score is to slowly work your way toward a 
    combo bonus location then allow the Majini to follow your character along the 
    way.  Don't ever be afraid to take out a powerful weapon to shoot them with 
    when attempting to regain control of the kill streak timer since picking up a 
    combo bonus in single player will take focus, timing, and some quick gunshots.
    
    --> KEEP THEM WHERE YOU CAN SEE THEM
    
    You want to try as much as possible to keep all the Majini at one side while 
    killing them.  Getting surrounded is one of the worst things a player can do 
    while trying to keep the kill streak going.  A random Majini grab from nowhere 
    can easily end your current kill counter.  To retaliate from an accidental 
    grab, pull out the character's most powerful weapon and fire at the nearest 
    Majini.  A magnum works extremely well here.
    
    It's not easy to keep them all to one side while in pursuit of a combo bonus, 
    but try as much as you can to keep the current surrounding Majini in mind.  
    Wave a machine gun in front of a crowd if needed then run and face them.
    
    --> INVINCIBLITY AMONG THE HORDES
    
    The most effective way to survive among the hordes of Majini is take advantage 
    of the invincibility of melee attacks.  Ground melee attacks are some of the 
    easiest melees to seek invincibility from but they are not as instant as a 
    standing melee since your character has to get within a certain precise range 
    of the fallen Majini.  Usually a character's weakest weapon can be the most 
    effective way to stun a Majini for a melee kill.
    
    --> RELOAD THROUGH INVENTORY DURING MELEE KILLS
    
    If a player is not reloading through the inventory and making inventory 
    adjustments while invincible throughout this battle, then that player is not 
    going to get a good score in single player.  You need to quickly pull up the 
    inventory menu to reload or cycle through it during melee attacks or simply 
    while standing when nothing else is around.  It's best to save inventory times 
    for when your character is performing a melee attack, but sometimes that just 
    can't be done.
    
    One effective way to quickly gain a good amount of quick invincibility for 
    inventory management is to quickly shoot the leg of an approaching Majini with 
    a weak weapon in order to stun it then quickly run behind it and perform an 
    instant kill melee.  The instant kill melee will give a player plenty of time 
    to manage the inventory or reload through the inventory while the kill takes 
    place.  You don't want to do this while a kill streak is on the line however 
    since the kill is not always instant enough.  For Wesker, all of his melee 
    attacks are about the same length, so a player will have to be just as fast 
    while pulling up the inventory.
    
    Ground melees are another effective way to gain invincibility for inventory 
    management.  Most of them take off enough damage to kill a weak enemy as well 
    to help boost their need.  Sheva's ground melee can help a player to easily 
    make some much needed inventory adjustments since the animation is quite long.
    
    --> FIVE SECOND MELEE KILL BONUS
    
    It's so much better if a melee kills a Majini rather than simply knock it down. 
    Try to weaken a Majini enough to where a melee will kill it off if possible; 
    this way, the player will gain a 5 second bonus for the melee kill in an effort 
    to boost the clock just a bit.  I've listed a few methods for gaining 5 second 
    bonus kills for each character under the section describing them.  Multiple 
    Majini that killed off with a single melee will give the attacker 5 bonus 
    seconds per Majini hit, so a melee kill that defeats two Majini will yield 10 
    bonus seconds.
    
    The big amount of incendiary grenades that are found in this stage can help out 
    for gaining some quick ground melees.  Simply toss an incendiary grenade at a 
    crowd of Majini and wait for them to fall then run up and finish off the 
    survivors with a ground melee.  With a Chris character, a player can get about 
    three ground melees off of one incendiary grenade toss.  A Wesker player can 
    take advantage of the two flash grenades on the cabinet in the east building.  
    He can toss them at a Majini crowd then perform his Cobra Strike on a few of 
    them for an instant kill.
    
    --> BREAKABLE WALLS
    
    The cracked walls of the south building, west center building and east building 
    can all be destroyed with hand grenades.  It is best to find a hand grenade and 
    toss it toward the cracked walls of the south and middle west building for sure 
    to gain easier access to combo bonus 3 and time bonus 7 in each of those 
    buildings.  The building to the east holds two flash grenade on the cabinet 
    inside, which is highly beneficial to a Wesker player since he can toss them at 
    a group of Majini and then Cobra Strike about three of them per flash grenade 
    toss.
    
    In a Duo game, a player with a starting set of hand grenades should be sure to 
    break the cracked walls of the buildings listed above.  A BSAA Chris player can 
    be very beneficial to a STARS Wesker player by breaking the wall of the east 
    building with Chris's starting hand grenades.  A wall per building should be 
    broken regardless however.  Midnight Wesker and Battle Suit Jill also come with 
    a starting set of hand grenades to take advantage of.
    
    --> DEALING WITH THE EXECUTIONER
    
    Whenever the Executioner appears, take out your most powerful weapon and try to 
    stun him.  Spam him with ammo while he is stunned then shoot a nearby Majini if 
    the kill streak ever starts to nearly run out.  Use your most powerful weapon 
    to shoot a Majini if needed since time can easily get away during the midst of 
    an Executioner battle.
    
    With some characters it is a good idea to move near the Executioner while he is 
    stunned then quickly perform a melee on him when a Majini is about to grab your 
    character in order to shield that character from Majini attacks.  The Majini 
    will usually not attack directly after the melee, so you could use that time to 
    finish off the Executioner or shoot another Majini to continue the kill streak. 
    An Executioner fight can be some of the most dangerous times, both in losing a 
    kill streak and getting hit, which are basically all caused from a random 
    Majini grab.
    
    Hand grenades can be a real good way to stun the Executioner for characters 
    that don't have a good stunning weapon.  Hand grenades are found throughout 
    this stage, so stock up on them.  Flash grenade are good for an instant stun on 
    the Executioner as well in tense situations.
    
    One of the best ways to handle the Executioner whenever he approaches a 
    character is to trick him into performing his overhead strike from mid distance 
    then simply sidestep it and move to either side.  From that point, a player can 
    do a variety of attacks while he is stunned.  If he ever holds his axe to the 
    side then BACK AWAY since he will perform his stepping side swings forward.
    
    --> THE LAST KILL
    
    The final kill will more than likely be gained more in Duo mode rather than 
    single player mode.  Once the final enemy is killed then the stage will end and 
    all bonus time will add to the score for a better overall score.  Once all 
    enemies have stopped appearing and the stage has not ended, there are three 
    possible area where a kill needs to be made most likely:
    
    a) The northwest-most area near the ladder that leads down the waterway.  A lot 
    of times one final Majini will be hanging around near the top of the ladder.  
    The Majini will not attack until approached.
    
    b) The far west area with pillars near Time Bonus 4.  Sometimes, a Majini will 
    be hanging around this area as well.  The Majini will not attack until 
    approached.
    
    c) The southwest area above the ramp along the hill that overlooks the 
    Assembly.  This Majini is less likely to get stuck unlike the other two, but he 
    is still factor at times when a player doesn't move far enough to the south 
    while in the west area.
    
    d) The west house in the middle of the Assembly.  A female Majini dressed in 
    red sometimes continues to stand in this house.  This is very rare in duo and 
    happens more often in solo mode.
    
    e) The chicken on the far east end of the waterway.  Yes, the chicken counts as 
    an enemy and might very well be the last enemy that is keeping your character 
    from achieving a higher score.  It's nothing a little flame round or shot the 
    nearby explosive barrel can't fix.
    
    Either kill the final Majini quickly with an extremely powerful weapon or 
    quickly weaken it then stun it and finish it off with a melee for a quick five 
    second bonus.  If a Majini is not in the above areas then stop and listen and 
    you might be able to here the Majini yell while in pursuit of your character.  
    Stand in one place where a big amount of the area can be seen then wait for him 
    to step into view.
    
    --> A GLITCH WITH THE FINAL MAJINI?
    
    Public Assembly has a rare glitch that might happen regarding the final Majini. 
    The final Majini that appears from one of the west spawn points may become 
    stuck behind the fence.  This happens very rarely.  In order to hit the final 
    Majini, a character will have to stand along the north side of the fence then 
    toss a hand grenade over then fence so that it falls into the area where the 
    Majini climb over the fence.  The spawn point in question is the fence right 
    near Time Bonus 3.  This has happened to me twice and only the second time have 
    I managed to actually hit the Majini with a hand grenade.
    
    --> DUO PLAY STRATEGY
    
    In Duo play, both characters should stay at different ends of the Public 
    Assembly and stay separate.  It is best for one character to stay in the south 
    or middle area and the other to stay in the west or north area.  This will make 
    it to where all enemies will spawn throughout the course of the battle and the 
    players will not have any extra Majini hanging out toward the end.
    
    Splitting up like this can be bad on a player that gets swamped with Majini.  
    It seems like one player usually has to fight more Majini than the other.  One 
    player will also have to fight the Executioner and take him down solo.  Be sure 
    to watch out for him, since he can sneak up on a player so very easily while 
    both are separate.  Try to stay apart as long as each player can handle it then 
    meet up when a player is running out of healing items and health or ammo.
    
    Using this method, the stage will be finished faster and leftover enemies will 
    be kept to a minimum.  They should all come to the players while staying 
    separate like this.  Combine this method with the information that you read 
    above and you'll get a rather high score.  In Duo mode, if both players perform 
    melee kills to each enemy, the clock will keep gaining bonus seconds and all 
    stage enemies will be finished off before the timer ends rather easily.
    
    --------------------
    DUO PLAY WALKTHROUGH
    --------------------
    
    First of all, I'd like to point out that there are many ways to approach this 
    stage.  The main way to approach it is to take the route where Majini are 
    present to keep the kill streak active on the way to breaking the time bonuses. 
    Some player elect to leave time bonus 1 and 2 until the Majini start to spawn 
    in greater number.  It's always risky to break those two along with time bonus 
    8.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 1 PLAYER
    
    The player that begins in the northwest should immediately grab COMBO BONUS 1 
    and start off by killing the first two Majini that appear up ahead.  Even 
    though the enemies in the area are minimal, it's best to go ahead and grab the 
    combo bonus from the beginning since neither of the characters will likely come 
    back to this area.
    
    Going to the west and breaking Time Bonuses 1 and 2 is risky on the kill 
    streak, but they need to be broken now or else a character will have to return 
    to the north in order to break them.  While stepping near the ramp, the chicken 
    in the waterway below will likely be near the red barrel, so simply shoot the 
    red barrel.  The Majini in the waterway below will move up the ramp.  I prefer 
    to move down into the waterway from here instead of jumping out the shack 
    window since there is a Majini to kill along the way.  Enter the tunnel and 
    break TIME BONUS 1.  The other player should be able to keep the kill streak 
    going while you do this.
    
    NOTE: Instead of moving along the pathway to the shack, a player could drop 
    down into the waterway and break the time bonus 1 along the way then shoot the 
    Majini and the chicken up ahead.
    
    Majini will begin to drop into the waterway either from the ladder in the 
    tunnel or from the west.  Kill off a few of them while making your way back up 
    the ramp but don't let them pile up in the waterway.  Move up the ramp then 
    enter the small shack and break TIME BONUS 2. Some Majini might follow your 
    character into the shack so be prepared to deal with them.
    
    Exit the building then run back to the east.  Majini should be spawning from 
    the gate spawn point by now.  This is where the player can get easily 
    overwhelmed, so don't stick around this area too long.  The kill streak can 
    depend on your character at this point however since a whole mob of Majini 
    might suddenly spawn and chase after your character while the other player is 
    left with very few Majini to kill.
    
    Break TIME BONUS 3 and then break TIME BONUS 4.  It's really best to stay in 
    the west area for a while.  Run to the north and then back to the south to make 
    sure that no Majini get stuck in the north.  There is a female and male Majini 
    that have a bad habit of standing in the northwest and not chasing the 
    characters.  Make sure that they do not do this or you'll wind up with two 
    enemies leftover toward the end while the clock counts down then the characters 
    will have to run to the northwest to dispose of the last two or one Majini.
    
    This player should eventually break TIME BONUS 5 and TIME BONUS 6 along the 
    rooftops of the middle building and bus, but a player should stay in the west 
    area until the player cannot stand the battle any longer or the Majini are just 
    about cleaned out.  The longer your character stays in this area, the better.  
    If the breakable wall to time bonus 7 has not been broken yet then toss a hand 
    grenade down at it while looking off the side of the bus.  Fall down the side 
    of the rooftop directly over the section of the building where time bonus 7 is 
    and then quick turn and break it if necessary.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 2 PLAYER
    
    The player that starts on the execution platform in the south, should 
    immediately drop off the edge.  If the player starts with hand grenades, then 
    toss one toward the breakable near the door of the middle building to unlock an 
    easy path to Time Bonus 7.  The other player will likely grab Combo Bonus 1 
    before your character can even get off the platform.  Start killing 
    immediately.
    
    A lot of the early kills for the kill streak depend on how well you hold up 
    here.  Majini will spawn from the surrounding concrete wall spawn points in the 
    east, so always look those ways if they ever begin to stop.  This player will 
    have to take care of the Majini with sunglasses most likely, so be prepared to 
    perform an instant kill melee with your character while playing with Chris or 
    Sheva since he has more health when compared to the other Majini.  Try to find 
    a hand grenade pickup.  The first Executioner will spawn from the southwest 
    hill spawn point after the 20th kill, and he will most likely travel down the 
    southwest path and break through the building, so be ready to fight him off 
    eventually.
    
    Climbing the ladder and breaking TIME BONUS 8 can easily cost the team a kill 
    streak from the beginning of the round.  It's best to wait until you know that 
    the other player is busy killing Majini.  If the player can be seen in the west 
    then that player is most likely busy killing several Majini, so it would pay 
    you to climb the ladder and break it then.  Fetch COMBO BONUS 4 after breaking 
    the time bonus.
    
    Majini will likely begin to climb the ladder, but it's really best to take the 
    battle back down to the ground floor.  Only fight off a few while on the top 
    floor and try to get back down as quickly as possible.  Fall down beside the 
    ladder to knock Majini off the ladder while they climb.  Try not to 
    accidentally kick the ladder though.
    
    NOTE: Sometimes it's best to wait until the two characters meet up before 
    breaking timbe bonus 8.
    
    It's best to find a hand grenade and break the breakable wall of the south 
    building in order to retrieve COMBO BONUS 3.  A player could simply leave it 
    for now then return once a hand grenade is found.  The first Executioner has a 
    habit of breaking through this wall as well.  COMBO BONUS 2, inside the bus, 
    can be retrieved at any time as well.
    
    This player can now break the wall of the building that contains time bonus 7. 
    Arm a hand grenade and toss it over the bus toward the middle building door to 
    break the wall.  This will give easy access to TIME BONUS 7.  Run to break it 
    but fight Majini along the way.  Don't let them pile up too much in the 
    building.  Rush outside if they ever start to group.
    
    A Wesker player should use a hand grenade to break the wall of the east 
    building and fetch the two flash grenades on the cabinet inside.  These flash 
    grenade are vital to a Wesker player while fighting crowds since he can stun a 
    crowd with a flash grenade then Cobra Strike his way to building up more time 
    for the team.  These can also be useful against Cephalos, but they're needed 
    more for a Wesker player to spam Cobra Strikes more than anything else.
    
    --> DON'T MEET UP
    
    The characters should not meet up in this stage that much at all unless the 
    west portion of Majini stop entering the area.  The best playthroughs are when 
    the players stay separate.  Meeting up will only cause the Majini to group near 
    both players.  While fighting them separate, the players will fight less Majini 
    in each group and cause much frustration for the team.  Only meet up for 
    emergencies, or to quickly exchange items.  The players can easily meet up once 
    the west enemy spawn points stop producing Majini, but meeting up before then 
    can risk having leftover Majini in the west or northwest once all others are 
    cleared out.
    
    --> THE EXECUTIONER
    
    The Executioner can get the drop on players so very easily while they are 
    separate, so be sure to watch for him.  He has no mercy when a character's back 
    is turned toward him.  All of sudden you'll be shooting a Majini and rushing up 
    to perform a melee then- INSTANT DYING STATUS FROM NOWHERE, OMG KILL STREAK AND 
    SESSION RUINED!  The first Executioner will spawn from the southwest hill spawn 
    point after 20 enemies are killed, the second will spawn from the east wall 
    spawn point (behind the execution platform) after 50 enemies have been killed 
    and the final Executioner will spawn from the northwest gate spawn point after 
    70 enemies have been killed.  Keeping a kill streak active from the beginning 
    will let the players know when to look out for him.
    
    Constantly stay moving when he might be in the area and constantly view your 
    surroundings thoroughly.  There is a slight rumbling noise whenever he is in 
    the area, so listen for it.  Watch for a partner to pick up a first aid spray 
    to confirm that the partner killed the Executioner.
    
    --> HELPING EACH OTHER OUT FROM A DISTANCE
    
    A player that starts at the northwest starting point can help the other player 
    while attempting to break either of the rooftop time bonuses - shoot from the 
    rooftops if needed.  The player that starts from the south starting point can 
    see over into the west portion somewhat which can help for a quick Executioner 
    blast with a magnum.
    
    The main path along the middle of the Public Assembly can serve as a long 
    distance helping channel as well.  With STARS Chris, I find myself sometimes 
    shooting a flash round from the north end of the Public Assembly all the way 
    toward the building in the far south to help out my Midnight Wesker player that 
    is being grabbed by Majini.  It's kind of like Pac-man getting extra strength 
    with a power pellet.
    
    --> IF A PLAYER DOESN'T SPEND ENOUGH TIME IN THE WEST
    
    If you suspect that the other player did not lure out the Majini in the 
    northwest then run toward the northwest while the other player is busy keeping 
    the kill streak active.  Check around the waterway opening in the northwest and 
    see if there is a male and female Majini standing there.  The female is the 
    most common Majini that will be there.
    
    If they are there then quickly kill them off.  Majini will begin to spawn 
    around your character so fight them off and then slowly return to the other 
    player.  It's a good idea to check around the building pillars in the west as 
    well since a Majini will sometimes get stuck around those pillars.  Every now 
    and then a Majini will stand in place on the southwest hill, but this is 
    usually rare.  It's also possible for a female Majini to get stuck in the east 
    building, so check there as well if the Majini ever stop appearing.
    
    --------------------------
    PUBLIC ASSEMBLY DUO VIDEOS
    --------------------------
    
    --> Big Kahoona 22 (Midnight Wesker) and xVcRx NAP (Midnight Wesker)
    
    Score: 918,873
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Zi76Y5RAa-Q
    
    --> xUmbrellaCo (BSAA Chris) and Seitengrate (Midnight Wesker)
    
    Score: 739,109
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MBkxgxyi2AQ
    
    --> xUmbrellaCo (BSAA Chris) and Berserker Kev (STARS Chris)
    
    Score: 672,849
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4GdNHfnN_Jg
    
    
                     _____ _                   _                             [ST02]
                    /__   \ |__   ___    /\/\ (_)_ __   ___  ___ 
                      / /\/ '_ \ / _ \  /    \| | '_ \ / _ \/ __|
                     / /  | | | |  __/ / /\/\ \ | | | |  __/\__ \
                     \/   |_| |_|\___| \/    \/_|_| |_|\___||___/
    
                                     S T A G E  2
    
      .--------------------------------------------------------------------------.
      | How to unlock: Achieve a B-rank or higher on the "Public Assembly" stage |
      '--------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    ---                        Berserker's Best Scores                          ---
    -                     Single w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 172,168                      -
    ---               Duo w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 721,724 (Xbox LIVE)               ---
    
    -- Normal Enemy Points List         -- Boss Enemy Points List
    .---------------------------------. .-----------------------------------------.
    | ENEMY TYPE       | POINT AMOUNT | | ENEMY TYPE               | POINT AMOUNT |
    |=================================| |=========================================|
    | Majini (Town)    =         300  | | Reaper                   =       6,000  |
    | Cephalo          =         800  | '-----------------------------------------'
    | Chicken          =       2,000  |
    '---------------------------------'
    
    ---------------------
    OVERVIEW OF THE MINES
    ---------------------
    
    Players will run into the same basic Town Majini that were found in the Public 
    Assembly while in The Mines.  These Town Majini come equipped with dynamite and 
    cocktails very often for this stage.  It's wise not to shoot these type of 
    Majini up close since it is so very easy to shoot their explosives and have 
    them go off and damage your character.  Some Majini with dynamite will actually 
    run toward a character with the stick lit in an effort to explode near the 
    player!
    
    Big Man Majini will appear among the normal Majini often; there can be up to 
    two Big Man Majini at a time in the area.  A Reaper boss enemy will show itself 
    after a certain amount of Majini have been taken down.  Reaper enemies need 
    full attention when they are in the area thanks to their instant kill grab 
    attack.  There are plenty of proximity bombs lying around the various portions 
    of the mine that can help a bunch for Majini crowds and gaining some heavy 
    damage on a Reaper.
    
    This is also the first of the stages with two chickens in it.  Kill them, kill 
    them all!  You'll get a total of 4,000 extra points just from defeating both of 
    them.
    
    ----
    MAPS
    ----
    
    --> Time Bonus and Combo Bonus Locations
    
    http://img401.imageshack.us/img401/1014/theminesmaptimeandcombo.jpg
    
    Visit the Time Bonus list and Combo Bonus list for an in-depth description of 
    each time and combo bonus.
    
    --> Item Locations
    
    http://img223.imageshack.us/img223/6876/theminesmapitems.jpg
    
    Visit the Item and Breakable Object list for an in-depth description of the 
    location on the map.  The map includes the chickens also.
    
    --> Areas (for enemy spawning)
    
    http://img526.imageshack.us/img526/4415/theminesmapareas.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Enemy Spawn Points
    
    http://img401.imageshack.us/img401/4328/theminesmapspawnpointse.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Blank Map (For the gamer that wants to make his/her own location listings)
    
    http://img223.imageshack.us/img223/9436/theminesmapblank.jpg
    
    This should be used if you want to label everything yourself.
    
    --> Sephirosuy's Mines Map on GameFAQs
    
    http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/ps3/file/929198/56575
    
    ---------------
    STARTING POINTS
    ---------------
    
    The chosen character that a player starts with will begin the stage in one of 
    the following portions of the map.  The starting place will be chosen at random 
    for single player and duo mode play.
    
    -- Starting Point 1
    
    On the top of the tall wooden platform on the east side of the north section of 
    the mine.  The character will face southwest.
    
    -- Starting Point 2
    
    In the southwest end of the cave area in the far south portion of the map.  The 
    character will face north.
    
    ---------------
    TIME BONUS LIST
    ---------------
    
    --> TOTAL EXTRA TIME = 6 MINUTES
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 1
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: In the cave area of the mines, this is in the southeast section lying 
    near proximity bomb and wooden barrel.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 2
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: At the end of the curved portion of the mine tunnel in the east.  
    This is lying beside combo bonus 1.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 3
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Lying in the middle of the tunnel on the west side of the circular 
    mine tunnel portion.  There is an explosive barrel and combo bonus 2 at the end 
    of the tunnel.  A chicken prowls around this time bonus.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 4
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: In the circular center section of the tunnel area right before 
    getting to the tunnel that leads out into the open mine area.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 5
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Inside a small dead end tunnel on the west side of the big open mine 
    area.  An enemy spawn point is on the ceiling at the end of this dead end 
    tunnel.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 6
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: In the big open mine area on the east side of the second floor bridge 
    that extends out from the middle wooden platform.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 7
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: In the center of the third floor tunnel in the big open mine area.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 8
    
    Extra Time: +90 seconds
    Location: On top of the tall wooden platform on the west side of the big open 
    mine area.  A character will have to climb the ladder on the east side of the 
    third floor to reach the top of the east wooden platform in order to break 
    this.
    
    ----------------
    COMBO BONUS LIST
    ----------------
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 1
    
    This is at the end of the curved portion of the tunnel that stretches toward 
    four cave-like area.  It is on the east side.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 2
    
    This is at the far end of the tunnel that stretches to the southwest from the 
    center circular area in the group of mine tunnels.  Time Bonus 3 is lying in 
    the middle of the tunnel while moving toward this combo bonus.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 3
    
    In the big open mine area, this is on the northwest side of the bottom floor. 
    It is lying next to a stack of steel beams near the dead end tunnel 
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 4
    
    On the third floor of the big open mine area, hop over the railing along the 
    side while in the center and the chest will be on the wooden platform behind 
    that railing.  There is a wooden barrel near this chest as well.
    
    ----------
    CHICKEN(S)
    ----------
    
    [ ] Chicken 1
    
    In the circular portion of the mine tunnel area, this chicken should be moving 
    around the west tunnel that holds time bonus 3.
    
    [ ] Chicken 2
    
    In the big open mine area, climb to the third floor and run into the tunnel to 
    the north.  This chicken should be around the middle of the north tunnel.
    
    ---------
    ITEM LIST
    ---------
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    On the far southeast end of the group of cave-like tunnels in the south.  This 
    is lying beside time bonus 1.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    On the southeast end of the group of cave-like tunnels in the south.  This is 
    lying beside time bonus 1.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    On the northwest end of the group of cave-like tunnels in the south.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade
    
    Lying on a wooden container in the northwest end of the group of cave-like 
    tunnels in the south.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    Lying on a group of bags in the group of cave-like tunnels in the south 
    portion.  This is in the northeast cave-like tunnel of the four.
    
    [ ] Wooden Crate
    
    On a table at the end of the tunnel to the west of the circular section of the 
    tunnel area.  It's right beside the chest containing combo bonus 2.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    Lying to the left (west) near a stack of wooden blocks while entering the big 
    open mine area from the main tunnel.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrels
    
    On the east side of the big open mine area near a stack of wooden blocks.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    Propped up inside of a metal piece that is attached to the big wooden platform 
    that extends across the middle section of the big open mine area.  This on the 
    bottom floor, east side.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade
    
    Lying on the wheel of an overturned mine cart in the north portion of the big 
    open mine area.  Bottom floor.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    At the end of the west ledge of the second floor of the big open mine area.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    Lying on a stack of blocks on the second floor east ledge in the big open mine 
    area.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    Propped up against a wooden container at the end of the east side of the third 
    floor ledge in the open mine area.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    Hop over the railing in the middle of the third floor ledge of the big open 
    mining area and this is to the right of the chest containing combo bonus 4.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    Around the center of the third floor cave in the big open mine area.  This is 
    lying near an enemy spawn point that is in an alcove along that tunnel.
    
    [ ] Wooden Crate
    
    Lying on a stack of steel beams at the end of the west side of the third floor 
    ledge in the big open mine area.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    Lying on a stack of steel beams at the end of the west side of the third floor 
    ledge in the big open mine area.
    
    ----------
    ENEMY LIST
    ----------
    
    NOTE: All enemies listed below are based on enemies that actually spawn in the 
    stage.  Some enemies are already present from the beginning so the amount of 
    enemies listed below will not add up to the total amount of 150 enemies.  The 
    chicken(s) in each stage count(s) as an enemy also.
    
    -- Town Majini (x73)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Town Majini (x57)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area B
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Big Man Majini (x2)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A
    Max Number in stage at once: 2
    Item Drop: Proximity Bomb
    
    -- Big Man Majini (x3)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area B
    Max Number in stage at once: 2
    Item Drop: Proximity Bomb
    
    -- Reaper 1
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 30 or more enemies
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    -- Reaper 2
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 70 or more enemies and 
    Reaper 1 has been defeated
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    -- Reaper 3
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 90 or more enemies and 
    Reaper 2 has been defeated
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    ---------
    AREA LIST
    ---------
    
    There are two areas total for The Mines stage:
    
    -- Area A
    
    Area A starts in the far north and reaches to the far end of the first tunnel 
    that leads into the cave area in the center of the map.
    
    -- Area B
    
    Area B starts at mine tunnel entrance in the north section and stretches all 
    the way to the far south of the map.
    
    -------------------------
    SINGLE PLAYER WALKTHROUGH
    -------------------------
    
    --> FROM THE SOUTH STARTING POINT
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 1, 2, 3, 4*, 5, 6, 7**, 8***
    
    * Defeat the chicken in the same tunnel as time bonus 4.  A lot of times, the 
    chicken will step near the explosive red barrel at the end of the tunnel, which 
    a player can quickly shoot to kill the chicken off.  This chicken sometimes 
    moves down the north tunnel and walks out into the big open mine area.
    
    ** Defeat the chicken in the third floor tunnel before attempting to break time 
    bonus 7.  Usually a player can wait for the chicken to step past the explosive 
    barrels then shoot it for a quick kill.
    
    *** Once the final time bonus is broken, don't stay on the platform to knock 
    off the Majini while they climb after your character, fall down the side of the 
    ladder to knock them down the ladder like a domino effect while falling.  This 
    will set them up perfectly to where a player can shoot them afterward.  A 
    player can't ground melee any of them after falling however since a Majini will 
    always start to get up instantly after being knocked down from a high place, 
    well, if the Majini doesn't die from the fall.
    
    --> FROM THE NORTH STARTING POINT (ON PLATFORM)
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 6, 7*, 8, 5, 4**, 3, 2, 1
    
    * Defeat the chicken in the third floor tunnel before attempting to break time 
    bonus 7.  Usually a player can wait for the chicken to step past the explosive 
    barrels then shoot it for a quick kill.
    
    ** Defeat the chicken in the same tunnel as time bonus 4.  A lot of times, the 
    chicken will step near the explosive red barrel at the end of the tunnel, which 
    a player can quickly shoot to kill off the chicken.  This chicken sometimes 
    moves down the north tunnel and walks out into the big open mine area.
    
    --> SO MANY EXPLOSIONS
    
    Majini in this stage like to carry dynamite very often, so watch for any 
    dynamite carriers and shoot them from a distance or shoot them in the legs from 
    close range to avoid hitting their dynamite since the explosion can take some 
    intense damage.  If a Majini with lit dynamite dies then it's body will explode 
    afterward, so keep your distance from it.
    
    Some Majini with dynamite like to run toward character with lit dynamite in an 
    effort to explode near that character.  These kamikaze Majini will try to grab 
    a character shortly before the explosion.  Always try to run the opposite way 
    that they run toward and allow them to explode before turning.
    
    Because of the intense damage of the dynamite, be sure to keep your character's 
    health above 50% at all times.  Dynamite explosions take around 30% of your 
    character's life, so they can knock a character's low life bar that is still 
    green into immediate dying status if the life bar is only around 30% full.
    
    Majini also carry cocktails often in this stage.  Don't shoot them from close 
    range or your character might be caught in a burning blaze if the cocktail is 
    shot.  Shooting these Majini in the legs can help in defeating them since you 
    won't risk shooting their cocktail as much.
    
    --> KILL THE CHICKENS
    
    There are two chickens in this stage (north third floor and near time bonus 3), 
    so be sure to kill them both.  A total of 4,000 points can be gained from 
    defeating them both.  The chicken in the north will only drop a white egg 
    instead of a gold egg, so don't pick it up by accident if your character 
    doesn't need it.
    
    --> BIG MAN MAJINI
    
    Big Man Majini should be dealt with the moment that they show up in a crowd of 
    Majini.  Hit them with your character's most powerful weapon.  Simply spam them 
    with gunfire and get rid of them before they become a threat.  A magnum works 
    best, but a shotgun can work well too.  Try to work a Big Man Majini into a 
    wall when using a shotgun and make sure each blast is from close range.
    
    While fighting a crowd of enemies, a Big Majini can so easily sneak in one of 
    their quick attacks.  All characters can take advantage of the invincibility of 
    a melee attack against a Big Man Majini whenever a Big Man Majini is stunned.  
    Run up and hit the Big Majini for instant invincibility.  This can be useful 
    when surrounded by other Majini.
    
    In Duo mode, two characters can double team a Big Man Majini much like a normal 
    Majini.  Shoot it in the legs with any weapon or shoot it in the body with a 
    shotgun to stun it for a few seconds.  A character can run up to it and melee 
    the Majini then the other character can perform a second melee.  The character 
    that hit the Big Man Majini the first time with a melee can get a special tag 
    team command by running up to the Majini at that point.  The tag team melee 
    will take some intense damage but it might not always finish off the Big Man 
    Majini.  The best part about performing a tag attack is the chance that it has 
    of hitting nearby normal Majini during the attack.  When double teaming a 
    Majini, it doesn't matter which side a character hits him from when performing 
    the double team sequence unlike a normal Majini.
    
    --> DEALING WITH THE REAPER
    
    Most players will be scared away from the Reaper because of his instant kill 
    grab attack, and they are right in that notion, because he should indeed be 
    feared because of that.  It still doesn't mean that we have to turn and run and 
    screw up our kill count just because some jackass wants to ruin our fine 
    killing spree though.
    
    It's best to back up while a Reaper approaches and give him time to showcase 
    his stomach weak point.  The moment he reveals his weak point, take out the 
    more powerful weapon that your character carries and blast him in that weak 
    point.  If your current character has a magnum, then that character's first 
    shot will instantly kill him if the shot is precise.
    
    Characters with machine guns can fire at his stomach weak point or back weak 
    points (when he dashes) then shoot at his shoulder weak points while he 
    crouches from the first shot.  When he shows his white chest weak point, spam 
    him in that weak point with the most powerful weapon in your character's 
    arsenal to finish the job.  Constant machine gun fire to its chest weak point 
    can bring it down very quickly.
    
    Constantly shoot a Reaper anywhere on his body will make him lose his 
    appendages but this will not damage him.  This can help out in escaping his 
    instant kill grab however since he needs all of his appendages in order to 
    perform his instant kill grab.  Keep in mind that he regenerates appendages at 
    a very quick rate however!
    
    The Reaper can be damaged with proximity bombs and hand grenades.  Each of 
    these explosives will make him curl into a ball and roll to the side when the 
    explosion hits him.  This will damage him badly and can ultimately kill him, 
    but the process is slow and he will get up right after rolling then charge at 
    your character again.  He has to be hit in one of his weak points (back, 
    shoulders or chest) for the final blow whether a player uses explosive or not, 
    so you're still going to have to perform precise aiming.
    
    Characters that have grenade launchers have an extremely major advantage 
    against a Reaper.  Acid rounds and flash rounds will instantly stun him no 
    matter what portion of the body he is hit in and two hits with either of these 
    rounds will make him bend back and show his chest weak point.  Keep in mind 
    that a flash round has to hit him directly but the area affect of the acid 
    round will stun him just as much as a direct hit.
    
    Electric rounds can make the Reaper lean over to show his shoulder weak points, 
    and another electric round shot directly at a shoulder weak point will make the 
    Reaper reveal its chest weak point.  The second electric round hit MUST be 
    direct unlike an acid or flash round hit.  With the grenade launcher's stunning 
    effect and the magnum's instant kill, STARS Chris players can be the ultimate 
    Reaper exterminator when used effectively.  Whether it's a magnum shot directly 
    to the stomach weak point or a few grenade rounds to its body followed by 
    magnum shot to its exposed weak point to finish it off, no one is going to be 
    seeing Chris' blood on the ground anytime soon.
    
    Shotguns that hit a tight area with their spread and are long range can make 
    useful stunning weapons against a Reaper.  Both Clubbin' Shevas Jail Breaker 
    and STARS Wesker's Hydra can easily shoot a Reaper's back weak point while it 
    scurries or have a greater chance to hit its stomach weak point while it walks. 
    The spread of the shot hits a vast majority of its body, so hitting the weak 
    point is not all that hard with these shotguns.
    
    Another way to easily defeat a Reaper in the Mines area with any character is 
    to toss a hand grenade or lay down a proximity bomb and allow the Reaper to get 
    hit by it.  The Reaper will roll, so use that time to run up to it.  It only 
    requires one more hit to any weak point to be finished off after either 
    explosive and it will always reveal it's chest weak point briedly after turning 
    from a roll while recovering from an explosive, so run up to and hit the weak 
    point from close range as it turns.
    
    This video by bobo273 on youtube showcases the quick kill perfectly:
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6znWaRzzQLI
    
    --> ADJUST YOUR INVENTORY A BUNCH
    
    You're going to be getting hit quite a bit in this stage with all the cocktail 
    Majini that will spawn, so take advantage of the times when your character is 
    hit and pull up the inventory to make quick adjustments or reload through the 
    inventory.  Be sure to watch your health.  It's so very easy to get hit 
    unexpectedly in this stage with dynamite.  Make sure that your character's 
    health always stays above 30% to avoid being knocked into dying status from a 
    sudden dynamite explosion.
    
    --> TAKE ADVANTAGE OF MAJINI COCKTAILS
    
    Whenever a Majini tosses a cocktail and it burns other Majini, run over to the 
    burning crowd and wait for them to fall then finish them off with ground melees 
    for some extra 5 second bonuses.
    
    --> PICK UP ITEMS TO AVOID ATTACKS
    
    Picking up items the moment that a Majini attacks is helpful for dodging an 
    attack in any stage, but when in the mine tunnels it become very necessary when 
    a player fights Majini in a narrow area.  Pick up an item if your character is 
    about to get grabbed or sliced with a weapon.  It's sometimes good to simply 
    run toward an item and pick it up as a nearby Majini attacks in order to get 
    the item and avoid the oncoming Majini attacks.  Shoot the Majini as it 
    recovers from its attack.
    
    --> COMBO BONUSES
    
    It might be a good idea to pick up maybe one of the combo bonuses a bit early. 
    The one near the explosive barrel in the mine tunnel (combo bonus 2) is a very 
    good combo bonus to pick up when a bunch of Majini are chasing your character. 
    Simply grab the combo bonus then turn around and shoot the red barrel when 
    Majini pile up near it.  As long as your character is backed up ALL THE WAY 
    toward the combo bonus chest, the character will not get hit in the explosion.
    
    --------------------
    DUO MODE WALKTHROUGH
    --------------------
    
    It's best for both players to remain separate for this stage.  One player 
    should remain in the tunnel area to the south and one player should remain in 
    the wide open area to the north.  The chicken in the tunnel to the south and 
    the chicken in the upper floor tunnel to the north should be killed upon site, 
    since they can easily get away and you'll wind up having to hunt them down 
    toward the end of the stage, which will result in a lower score from the time 
    it takes to find them.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 1 PLAYER
    
    The player that starts in the south tunnel should turn around and run to the 
    east then break TIME BONUS 1.  Grab the green herb off to the left while 
    headind north then pick up the flash grenade on the crate near the wooden 
    barrel off to the left before going further to the north.  The flash grenade is 
    in the northwest portion of the current area.  Break TIME BONUS 2 in the alcove 
    up ahead.  Whether or not you pick up COMBO BONUS 1 and COMBO BONUS 2 is up to 
    you.  It's really best to save them since you'll need to spend time in this 
    tunnel portion to make all enemies spawn in this area anyway.  The other player 
    will likely pick up combo bonus 4, so go ahead and save the nearby combo 
    bonuses for later.
    
    Find the chicken near time bonus 4 and kill it.  Break TIME BONUS 4 then run 
    into the long tunnel to the west and break TIME BONUS 3.  All time bonuses in 
    the current area are now broken.  Stay in this tunnel area and move back to the 
    south every now and then when Majini stop appearing.  Only leave this area when 
    ALL Majini stop appearing.  Run into the south portion and run around the FULL 
    area before leaving.  A Big Man Majini will stand in the far west portion of 
    the south area until a player moves toward him, so make a run through that 
    entire area before leaving.  Some Majini with crossbows sometimes have a bad 
    habit of spawning late also, so check behind the fence spawn point in the far 
    south before leaving to make sure that no Majini are behind it.
    
    This player will have to deal with the first Reaper, which will spawn from the 
    south portion of the cave.  The second Reaper will spawn from the long tunnel 
    in the middle portion of the area, so he can go either way depending on how 
    close your character is to him.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 2 PLAYER
    
    From the starting of the high south platform, fall off the platform then turn 
    to the right.  It is really a good idea to stop every now and then while 
    breaking the next few time bonuses in order to kill off Majini to keep the kill 
    streak going.  The player in the south tunnel will run out of Majini to kill 
    every now and then from the beginning, so you might have to stop and kill a 
    few.  Try not to let them group up on your character in the upper level tunnel 
    however because they can very easily.
    
    Fight off the Majini in the way then run along the west path and climb the 
    ladder that leads to TIME BONUS 7.  Break time bonus 7 then turn to the right 
    and fall off the high platform so that your character land on the second floor 
    ledge.  Move into the tunnel and break TIME BONUS 8.  The chicken will be at 
    the opposite end of the tunnel so prepare to kill it with a precise shot or a 
    grenade.  The player can stay in the current tunnel and fight enemies, go to 
    grab COMBO BONUS 4 by hopping over the middle railing outside, or drop down to 
    the ledge below once the player reaches the end of the tunnel. The player 
    should break TIME BONUS 6 before falling to the middle area.
    
    Find the alcove with TIME BONUS 5 inside then break it.  COMBO BONUS 3 is near 
    the stack of metal pieces to the side.  It's really up to the player when to 
    grab this now.  Be sure to pick up the green herb near the stacked crates in 
    the southwest portion of this open area and pick up the flash grenade on the 
    railcart in the northwest portion of the area.
    
    Stay in this north area and fight off the Majini.  This is the main area where 
    Majini will spawn from, so be sure to stay in this area.  Your character might 
    have to fight the second Reaper that spawns from the middle tunnel, but you'll 
    definitely have to fight the third Reaper which spawns from above the platform 
    that your character started from.  The other player will likely meet up with 
    your character toward the end of the stage since that character will run out of 
    Majini to kill first.
    
    - ALTERNATE BEGINNING ROUTE FOR PLAYER 2
    
    The player that starts on the platform to the south should drop at the starting 
    of the stage then break TIME BONUS 6 on the walkway to the left.  Really, the 
    order of breaking the next two time bonuses doesn't really matter but entering 
    the top cave tunnel from the east end will usually allow your character to meet 
    up with the chicken as it steps near the red barrel.
    
    Climb the nearby ladder off to the left near time bonus 6 then enter the tunnel 
    up above.  Shoot the red barrel in the distance as the chicken walks over to it 
    then break TIME BONUS 8 up ahead.  You could also shoot the chicken normally to 
    keep from hitting the red barrel so it doesn't kill the nearby Majini with the 
    crossbow in order to get a melee kill on him later.  The chicken will leave 
    behind a white egg.  It's really up to you whether to grab it or not.  There 
    are no nearby healing items except for the green herb on the first floor 
    outside.
    
    Exit the tunnel from the other end.  COMBO BONUS 4 is on the platform to the 
    left.  Hop over the small fence in front of it then grab it right now if the 
    player in the south tunnel has not grabbed a combo bonus yet.  This is really 
    the only time that this combo bonus can be picked up without having to 
    backtrack.
    
    Fall off the side of the ledge directly in front of the side of the tunnel that 
    your character just exited from (west side).  Turn to the right then climb the 
    tall ladder and break TIME BONUS 7 at the top.  Drop off the side with the 
    ladder and you'll likely hit several Majini on the way down.  To get down to 
    the middle area, either fall off the side of the ledge to the left or fall off 
    the top of the platform in the middle.
    
    --> DOUBLE TEAMING THE BIG MAN MAJINI
    
    Whenever Big Man Majini spawn and both players are in the same area, shoot the 
    legs of the Big Man Majini with a low powered weapon such as a machine gun then 
    bounce it back and forth with melee attacks from both character.  The third 
    attack will be a tag team attack that will likely finish off the Big Man Majini 
    for a melee kill.
    
    --------------------
    THE MINES DUO VIDEOS
    --------------------
    
    --> Big Kahoona 22 (STARS Wesker) and Berserker Kev (STARS Chris)
    
    Score: 721,724
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PocGYCAMzPc
    
    --> masuo0 (Midnight Wesker) and Orochi008 (Midnight Wesker)
    
    Score: 853,299
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dr9oOREL1to
    
    
                                  _ _ _                                      [ST03]
                           /\   /(_) | | __ _  __ _  ___ 
                           \ \ / / | | |/ _` |/ _` |/ _ \
                            \ V /| | | | (_| | (_| |  __/
                             \_/ |_|_|_|\__,_|\__, |\___|
                                              |___/      
    
                                     S T A G E  3
    
         .-----------------------------------------------------------------.
         |  How to unlock: Achieve a B-rank or higher on "The Mines" stage |
         '-----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    ---                        Berserker's Best Scores                          ---
    -                     Single w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 117,600                      -
    ---              Duo w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 535,591 (Xbox LIVE)                ---
    
    -- Normal Enemy Points List         -- Boss Enemy Points List
    .---------------------------------. .-----------------------------------------.
    | ENEMY TYPE       | POINT AMOUNT | | ENEMY TYPE               | POINT AMOUNT |
    |=================================| |=========================================|
    | Majini (Wetland) =         400  | | Giant Majini             =       5,000  |
    | Bui Kichwa       =         400  | '-----------------------------------------'
    | Kipepeo          =         700  |
    | Cephalo          =         800  |
    | Chicken          =       2,000  |
    '---------------------------------'
    
    -----------------------
    OVERVIEW OF THE VILLAGE
    -----------------------
    
    Wetland Majini are the main form of enemy while in the village stage and 
    parasitic enemies are very common here.  Cephalos will spawn from Wetland 
    Majini at a greater rate than the prior stages and some of these Wetland Majini 
    will now spawn Kipepeos.  Bui kichwa enemies will appear alongside the Wetland 
    Majini to quickly trap a player so that Wetland Majini may attack the container 
    player. The boss enemy for this stage is the Giant Majini and there will be a 
    total of four of them if a player can keep the timer going and kill long 
    enough.
    
    Shield carriers are common in this stage, so rapid fire and piercing properties 
    are very helpful for a player.  Remember that a character can always aim at the 
    legs of a shield carrier.  Flash grenades or some type of weapon such as a 
    grenade launcher (w/flash or electric rounds), shotgun or magnum that will 
    easily dispose of Cephalos are very important to have in this stage.  
    
    ----
    MAPS
    ----
    
    --> Time Bonus and Combo Bonus Locations
    
    http://img401.imageshack.us/img401/676/villagemaptimeandcombob.jpg
    
    Visit the Time Bonus list and Combo Bonus list for an in-depth description of 
    each time and combo bonus.
    
    --> Item Locations
    
    http://img401.imageshack.us/img401/3725/villagemapitemsedit.jpg
    
    Visit the Item and Breakable Object list for an in-depth description of the 
    location on the map.  The map includes the chickens also.
    
    --> Areas (for enemy spawning)
    
    http://img223.imageshack.us/img223/917/villagemapareas.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Enemy Spawn Points
    
    http://img401.imageshack.us/img401/7203/villagemapspawnpoints.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Blank Map (For the gamer that wants to make his/her own location listings)
    
    http://img223.imageshack.us/img223/7528/villagemapblank.jpg
    
    This should be used if you want to label everything yourself.
    
    --> Sephirosuy's Village Map on GameFAQs
    
    http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/ps3/file/929198/56574
    
    ---------------
    STARTING POINTS
    ---------------
    
    -- Starting Point 1
    
    In the far southeast in front of the entrance gate to the Village.  The 
    character will have a choice of two paths ahead when starting.  The character 
    will face west.
    
    -- Starting Point 2
    
    In the room on the second floor of the north building.  The character will 
    start across from the center of the long table with the red herb and 3 hand 
    grenade pickups on it.  The character will face south.
    
    ---------------
    TIME BONUS LIST
    ---------------
    
    --> TOTAL EXTRA TIME = 7 minutes
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 1
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Behind the small hut in the south.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 2
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Off to the left as a character enters the west building.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 3
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Under the south walkway below the east hut.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 4
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: On the north walkway while on the second floor of the east hut.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 5
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Lying in the alcove in the back portion of the first floor of the 
    north building.  The alcove is on the west side.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 6
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Run to the second floor of the north building and this will be in the 
    center of the walkway in front of the building.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 7
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: At the far end of the cave tunnel along the west side, which can be 
    reached from the second floor walkway outside the north building.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 8
    
    Extra Time: +90 seconds
    Location: Along the high walkway in the west that leads to the zipline.
    
    ----------------
    COMBO BONUS LIST
    ----------------
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 1
    
    While moving to the west along the southeast path, this will be off to the left 
    at the end of that path before reaching the south small hut.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 2
    
    On the second floor of the west building.  Climb the ladder inside.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 3
    
    In the back of the northwest area with wooden walls.  This is in a small alcove 
    with two vases in front of it.  The chicken roams this area.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 4
    
    On the hill in the northeast.  The chest containing this is on a wooden 
    platform near some railings.
    
    ----------
    CHICKEN(S)
    ----------
    
    [ ] Chicken
    
    The chicken can be found in the northwest section of the village behind the 
    wooden walls.  This is the area containing the chest with combo bonus 3 inside. 
    This chicken will sometimes leave its usual area and head to the southeast set 
    of paths, so go there if the chicken is not in its starting area.
    
    ---------
    ITEM LIST
    ---------
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    While facing the gate in the east portion of the village this green herb is 
    lying on the ground to the left at the beginning of the north path.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    On the ground along the east side of the small south hut.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    On the east side of the small hut in the south.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    Inside the small hut in the south.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade (x3)
    
    Lying on the far left side of the long table behind the small hut in the south.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    On the ground beside some tall grass along the south side of the building in 
    the west.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    On the ground along the south side of the building in the west.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    Right outside the doorway to the west building.  While facing the door, this 
    vase is on the left side.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade (x3)
    
    On the far left side of the long table in the back of the west building.
    
    [ ] Vase (x2)
    
    Climb up the ladder in the west building and these will be off to the right 
    while on the second floor.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade (x3)
    
    Lying on the right side of the altar in the middle of the village.  This is in 
    between the west building and east hut.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    Up under the walkway of the east hut.  This is under the south overhead 
    walkway, right beside time bonus 3.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    Move up the stairs of the east hut and this is on the second floor walkway in 
    the middle of the building.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    Step past the wooden walls in the northwest and this will be lying in some tall 
    grass beyond them.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    Step past the wooden walls in the northwest and this will be lying behind the 
    middle tree pillar.
    
    [ ] Vase (x2)
    
    Step past the wooden walls in the northwest and this will be lying in the 
    alcove that contains the chest with combo bonus 3 inside.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    On the hill in the northeast, lying beside some tall grass near combo bonus 4.
    
    [ ] Vase (x2)
    
    On the first floor near the stairs in the north building.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    In the outside alcove along the west side of the north building where time 
    bonus 5 is located.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    On the second floor of the north building, beside the staircase railing.
    
    [ ] Red Herb
    
    On the left side of the long table on the second floor of the north building.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade (x3)
    
    On the right side of the long table on the second floor of the north building.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    Near the back of the cave tunnel that contains time bonus 7.  This tunnel is up 
    the bridge to the west while on the second floor of the north building.
    
    [ ] Vase (x2)
    
    Lying across from the zipline after moving across the high walkway in the west. 
    These are near time bonus 8.
    
    ----------
    ENEMY LIST
    ----------
    
    NOTE 1: All enemies listed below are based on enemies that actually spawn in 
    the stage.  Some enemies are already present from the beginning so the amount 
    of enemies listed below will not add up to the total amount of enemies.  The 
    chicken(s) in each stage count(s) as an enemy also.
    
    NOTE 2: Exclusive to the Village stage, there are actually more than 150 
    enemies, so the stage will end once 150 enemies have been killed even though 
    there may be more enemies in the area.  The random Kipepeo spawnings are the 
    cause of this exception.
    
    -- Wetland Majini (x64), Bui Kichwa (X16)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A
    Max Number in stage at once: 9
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Wetland Majini (x50), Bui Kichwa (X10)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area B
    Max Number in stage at once: 10
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Kipepeo (x6)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns randomly and is counted separately from the 150 
    enemies from this level.  In other words, the Kipepeos are not among the 
    standard 150 enemies for this stage, so the characters will fight over 150 
    enemies total for this stage.
    Max Number in stage at once: 6
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Giant Majini 1
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 20 or more enemies.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Giant Majini 2
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 20 or more enemies and 
    Giant Majini 1 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Red Herb
    
    -- Giant Majini 3
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 20 or more enemies and 
    Giant Majini 2 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Giant Majini 4
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 20 or more enemies and 
    Giant Majini 3 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Red Herb
    
    ---------
    AREA LIST
    ---------
    
    There are two areas total for the Village stage:
    
    -- Area A
    
    Area A starts from the far south and includes all of the map up to about 
    halfway across the middle bridge that leads to the north building.
    
    -- Area B
    
    Area B begins in the far north then includes all of the northern portion of the 
    map up until the far south portion of the middle bridge that leads to the north 
    building.
    
    -------------------------
    SINGLE PLAYER WALKTHROUGH
    -------------------------
    
    --> FROM THE SOUTHEAST STARTING POINT
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 1, 2, 3, 4*, 5, 6, 7, 8**
    
    * Don't defeat the chicken behind the walled area just yet.
    
    ** After breaking time bonus 8, DROP (don't use the zipline) from the high 
    walkway off to the right then let the chicken be your first victim.
    
    --> FROM THE NORTH STARTING POINT (ON PLATFORM)
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 6, 7, 8, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
    
    --> WETLAND MAJINI RECOVER QUICK FROM KNOCKDOWNS
    
    There won't be any Battle Suit Jill ground melee chains on this stage since the 
    Wetland Majini will not allow exploits such as that.  The Wetland Majini 
    recover from an attack very quickly when they have been knocked down with 
    little damage dealt to them.  The only way to stop this is to make sure that 
    they are near death when they fall.
    
    Midnight Wesker still has no problem with his Cobra Strike melee chains for the 
    most part however, since he performs them all from a standing position, and his 
    handgun will go right through shields with its piercing property.
    
    The best way to perform melee kills against Wetland Majini is to have an idea 
    of how much damage each weapon hit will take then quickly set them up for a 
    melee when they are weakened enough.  Some characters can take advantage of 
    their quick rising from being grounded and shoot the Wetland Majini in the head 
    for a quick head stun then melee kill it; this depends upon the gun's critical 
    hit percentage though.  These methods are discussed more thoroughly in the 
    Mercs characters section under each character.
    
    --> DEALING WITH SHIELD CARRIERS
    
    All shield carriers can be dealt with by aiming and firing at their legs then 
    performing a melee on them while they are stunned (frontal to break the shield 
    or back for usual instant kill).  As usual, their shields can be broken through 
    rapid gunfire or shotgun fire with any character.  Hand grenades can also work 
    well for groups of shield carriers.  Some characters will have a slight 
    advantage over others while dealing with shielded enemies however.
    
    BSAA Jill's MP5 with its piercing property can instantly shoot through multiple 
    shield carriers.  STARS Chris' electric rounds can destroy multiple shields and 
    damage the Wetland Majini shield carriers very badly to where only a few more 
    hits will kill them.  Midnight Wesker's handgun will shoot through multiple 
    shields with its piercing property as well.
    
    If a player can learn the exact amount of shots that it will take to kill a 
    shield Wetland Majini then an easy melee kill can be gained through that 
    knowledge.  A Midnight Wesker player can shoot a shield Majini twice in the 
    legs then perform his Tiger Uppercut to break through the shield and kill off 
    the shield Majini.  Other characters can take advantage of a similar setup as 
    well.  Characters with machine guns such as STARS Chris have to make an 
    estimate of damage through timing based on how many times the legs have been 
    shot before attempting a frontal melee.  The easiest melee style to use is a 
    quick leg stun followed by an instant kill melee from behind, but this will 
    take more time per kill as usual.  See the characters section to find methods 
    to obtain melee kills on shield Majini for each character.
    
    --> SO MANY PLAGAS
    
    This stage has a vast majority of parasitic enemies.  They spawn by the 
    truckload as the stage continues to progress.  Take advantage of the flash 
    grenade pickups in this stage and horde a collection of them then place them on 
    your quick select inventory slots so they can be easily selected when several 
    parasitic enemies spawn.  It's best to toss them at any Cephalos that spawn 
    since Cephalos can take quite a bit of punishment depending on the gun type 
    used.  STARS Wesker' Hydra will make quick work of any Cephalos and magnums 
    with other characters can quickly bring them down fast.
    
    STARS Chris' electric rounds can bring a Cephalo down in two hits and it can 
    finish off a Kipepeo by simply aiming at the ground below it then firing an 
    electric round so that the electricity hits the Kipepeo while it flies in the 
    air.  Tribal Sheva and BSAA Jill are some excellent characters to have in this 
    stage with their starting set of flash grenades.
    
    --> GAINING MELEE KILLS ON BUI KICHWA
    
    There are three possible ways to gain melee kills on the Bui kichwa spider 
    enemies.  Wesker has the easiest chance at a melee kills through the use of his 
    dash move.  He can simply dash right into one of them to gain a melee kill.  A 
    player can use his turning during a dash to hit multiple Bui kichwa.
    
    Another way to kill them off with a melee kill is to perform a partner assist 
    knife slash to a partner that is grabbed by a Bui kichwa.  Try not to shoot 
    them off if possible since you'll miss out on the 5 second bonus in doing that.
    
    The final and hardest way to gain a melee kill on a Bui kichwa is to get one in 
    between a melee that is performed on a Wetland Majini.  This is more about luck 
    than anything else, but if Bui kichwa surround your current positioning then 
    you just might be able to work one into Chris' Uppercut or Sheva's Somersault 
    among other melees.  It's worth a shot!
    
    --> FLASH EXPLOSTIONS
    
    BSAA Jill is one of the best characters to have on this stage, mainly on duo 
    play.  Her starting flash grenade assortment and MP5 with armor piercing are 
    the best weapon assortment that one can have here.  She doesn't have much of a 
    problem with the stage boss either.  Jill can spam Giant Majini with her MP5 
    then perform a follow up melee if she ever starts to get surrounded.
    
    Her flash grenades come equipped to her upper inventory slot, so a player can 
    simply press up on the d-pad and toss a flash grenade right in the face of any 
    parasitic mess that unfolds on the screen.  Try to restock your flash grenade 
    assortment early so that her flash grenades stay in the upper inventory slot; 
    this way, a player won't have to quickly manage inventory during the middle of 
    battle.
    
    Use her MP5 mainly for shielded enemies then take out her handgun and aim for 
    the heads of enemies then fire for plenty of critical headshots.  For groups, a 
    player needs to find some hand grenades to help her out since her MP5 fire 
    won't always cut it for a big group of enemies.
    
    This stage has two sets of three flash grenades pickups, so a Wesker player can 
    easily use these to toss toward groups to set up his Cobra Strike melees.  
    Character with grenade launcher (STARS Chris and Tribal Sheva) can really take 
    advantage of flash rounds when found from a random drop.  Toward the end of the 
    stage's time, there will be several Bui kichwa enemies attacking, so it is very 
    easy to keep the kill streak combo going by simply shooting a flash round or 
    tossing a flash grenade.  You're bound to hit some sort of parasitic enemy with 
    the vast majority of plagas enemies a player will face in this stage.
    
    --> THE GIANT MAJINI ATTACKS
    
    Giant Majini are not much of a problem for any character so long as the Giant 
    Majini are the primary focus when they appear.  Ignore them and allow them to 
    begin swinging with their wild attacks while you focus on other enemies, and 
    they can become very deadly.
    
    With any character, aim for any skinned portion below their masks then shoot 
    them with a powerful weapon or spam them with rapid fire.  Don't perform melee 
    attacks unless your character is about to get hit by surrounding Majini; the 
    melee attack will be a good form of invincibility if surrounding Majini are 
    about to attack.  Hitting them with a melee will exposes more of their skinned 
    portion for a player to shoot however.  It's really up to the player whether to 
    use melee attacks or not while fighting the Giant Majini.  Either spam them 
    continuously with a powerful weapon's gunfire or stun them with that gunfire 
    then perform a melee followed by more gunfire.
    
    For a shotgun attacker, it is best to perform melees after each shotgun blast 
    for the sake of invincibility since a shotgun will take more recovery time, 
    which allows Majini to group around the attacker much easier.  Try to get the 
    Giant Majini up against a wall then fire, melee, fire, melee, fire, melee, 
    repeat.
    
    --> HERB COMBINATIONS
    
    A player is going to run across several green herbs in this stage, so don't be 
    afraid to combine them in order to save inventory space when carrying two.  Red 
    herbs are found sometimes, but don't wait until you find one if you carry two 
    green herbs and a near full inventory.
    
    --> TAKING ADVANTAGE OF TRAPS
    
    There are two spiked floor traps in the Village area.  One is under the arch at 
    the south end of the north bridge and the other is under the arch that leads to 
    the west walled area.  The button to activate the bridge trap is on the second 
    floor platform outside of the room and the button to activate the trap at the 
    entrance to the west walled area is right above the ladder of the second floor 
    east wooden platform.  Stand near each of the buttons to get a "Kick" command. 
    Kick the button to set off the trap below.
    
    A Wetland Majini with explosive arrows will stand in the area of both traps 
    from the start of the stage.  There traps are most useful on single player mode 
    as a method to obtain a quick kill in order to keep the kill streak going, but 
    they can only be used to obtain a kill on each explosive arrow Majini if the 
    player has not gotten their attention yet.
    
    --------------------
    DUO MODE WALKTHROUGH
    --------------------
    
    --> STARTING POINT 1 PLAYER
    
    The player that starts in the southeast will need to break all the time bonuses 
    below as quickly as possible.  Defeat Wetland Majini if they block your path, 
    but mainly, to try to keep the kill streak alive as much as possible.  It's 
    best to only fight the Majini if the kill streak is at risk since all the time 
    bonuses in the immediate area need to be broken, so they won't be forgotten 
    about.  This player also needs to keep a sharp eye on the other player's health 
    and rush up toward that player if the player's health starts to decline too 
    much.  You're character is the one with all the handy green herbs in your 
    immediate location, so it's a good idea to rush to the other player's aid if 
    needed.
    
    The player that starts in the southeast will face two paths from the beginning. 
    Be sure to pick up the green herb off to the right.  The right path will have a 
    few Wetland Majini down it, but ignore them then move down the left path.  Pick 
    up COMBO BONUS 1 in the chest while moving down the left path.  Grab the green 
    herb on the ground before reachind the hut off to the left up ahead.  Combine 
    the two green herbs in your inventory if no red herb is available for 
    combining.
    
    Run to the back of the hut then break TIME BONUS 1.  Pick up all three flash 
    grenades on the long table in the back of the hut.  It's good to set these up 
    so that they can be quickly equipped with the number of parasitic enemies in 
    this stage.  Use them mainly for Cephalos.  Move over to the south end of the 
    building on the west side and pick up the green herb from the south end. Rush 
    over to the long window on the east side of the building then vault through the 
    window and break TIME BONUS 2.  You can climb the ladder and grab COMBO BONUS 2 
    as well.
    
    Rush back outside then take the three flash grenades from the altar in the 
    middle of the outside area.  If you haven't tossed a flash grenade yet, you 
    might want to only pick up two flash grenades to save inventory space.  Rush 
    over to the ladder of the building structure in the east then climb it and 
    break TIME BONUS 4 on the north walkway.  Drop from the walkway then head over 
    to TIME BONUS 3 below the structure then break it.  Collect the green herb near 
    time bonus 3 and combine it with one of the other herbs if possible.
    
    Move over to the west walled area.  There is a green herb near the left wall if 
    needed.  COMBO BONUS 3 is also in the back - don't break the vases before 
    grabbing the time bonus or your character will have to pick up the closest 
    random item before opening the chest.  It's very annoying when it's a useless 
    item.  The main goal here is to find the chicken and kill it quickly.  The 
    chicken should be in this walled area or in the outside portion of the village. 
    It roams through the walled area and sometimes moves out into the village and 
    runs up the path to the southwest.
    
    Throughout all of this time bonus breaking, your character might have to depart 
    early and rush to the other player's aid.  The other player starts in an area 
    with only one nearby green herb, and that area is far off.  The player should 
    eventually depart from the ground area and run either toward the bridge in the 
    north or toward the path in the northeast.  If the bridge is taken, then try to 
    break TIME BONUS 5 in the small alcove area to the west then move up the stairs 
    to join the other player.  If the northeast path is taken, then grab the green 
    herb off to the left before reaching COMBO BONUS 4.  Kick through the double 
    doors to join up with the other player.  Whichever way is taken to get to the 
    other player, the opposite way should be taken when the team returns to the 
    bottom area.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 2 PLAYER
    
    If you want to score big then the player that starts on the second floor 
    building to the north is going to have to maintain existence with limited 
    healing items among the Majini hordes in this immediate area.  This can be hard 
    with a character that doesn't start with a healing item in the immediate 
    inventory.  Don't rush and break the first time bonus ahead right away.  Pick 
    up the red herb from the long table to the right.  There is a green herb 
    through the double doors outside the building to the left.  Whether your 
    character rushes for this herb now or not is up to you.  It is the only fixed 
    green herb pickup that is nearby, so it's a good idea to grab it eventually.
    
    Kill off a few Wetland Majini and only break TIME BONUS 6 when the coast is 
    clear.  It's very easy to get trapped on the small balcony area where time 
    bonus 6 is located, so try to make sure that the surrounding area is clear 
    before rushing toward it.  The starting room and the tunnel to the west are the 
    major spawn points where Weltand Majini will enter the area from, so look in 
    the north room and toward the walkway to the west to see if there are any 
    Majini around before breaking time bonus 6.
    
    Rush along the walkway to the west and enter the cave tunnel at the end then 
    break TIME BONUS 7.  The character will be right below a Wetland Majini spawn 
    point while at the end of the tunnel.  It's very easy to get trapped in this 
    tunnel as well, so don't spend too long in the tunnel.  Run back outside then 
    hop over the platforms to the right then break TIME BONUS 8.  Break the nearby 
    vases for some possible useful items.
    
    Don't use the zipline.  Hop back across the platforms.  The player that starts 
    on the second floor needs to stay on the second floor and kill off Majini until 
    the Majini begin to stop entering the immediate area.  If the other player 
    meets up with your character then leave the opposite way that the player took 
    to get to your character.
    
    --> DUO OVERVIEW
    
    It's very vital that a player stay in the north end of the village on the 
    second floor and kill off the Wetland Majini until they begin to stop appearing 
    or else both players might have to spend time moving back to the north area to 
    get Wetland Majini to spawn while in the area below. It's really best for both 
    players to stay separate at the beginning and meet up later.  Both players 
    should really only meet up on the second floor to exchange healing items if 
    needed.
    
    The player that starts on the north second floor should only enter the area 
    below when the Majini on the upper level quit spawning.  Both players should 
    fight off the Wetland Majini in the bottom area once they meet up.
    
    If a Wesker player is in the group, then allow the waves of Bui kichwa to 
    gather in the final waves then let Wesker dash into them to kill them off for 
    melee kills.  If a player is ever grabbed by a Bui kichwa then rush toward that 
    player and slash the Bui kichwa off with a partner assist melee attack to get a 
    melee kill off of it.
    
    A player with a grenade launcher that happens to come across flash rounds can 
    EASILY keep the kill streak alive toward the end of the battle by shooting a 
    flash round toward the ground to defeat any nearby Bui kichwa enemies that are 
    in the area.  There will be so many of them present that a flash round will 
    likely hit one and keep the kill streak going.  The same can also be done with 
    any leftover flash grenades.
    
    --------------------------------
    EXPERIMENTAL FACILITY DUO VIDEOS
    --------------------------------
    
    --> Big Kahoona 22 (Midnight Wesker) and xVcRx NAP (Midnight Wesker)
    
    Score: 839,701
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xpfJhgYiYjA
    
    
    
               _              _            _       __       _                [ST04]
              /_\  _ __   ___(_) ___ _ __ | |_    /__\_   _(_)_ __  ___ 
             //_\\| '_ \ / __| |/ _ \ '_ \| __|  / \// | | | | '_ \/ __|
            /  _  \ | | | (__| |  __/ | | | |_  / _  \ |_| | | | | \__ \
            \_/ \_/_| |_|\___|_|\___|_| |_|\__| \/ \_/\__,_|_|_| |_|___/
    
                                     S T A G E  4
    
         .-------------------------------------------------------------------.
         |  How to unlock: Achieve a B-rank or higher on the "Village" stage |
         '-------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    ---                        Berserker's Best Scores                          ---
    -                     Single w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 114,120                      -
    ---                    Duo w/BSAA Sheva.: 540,294 (PSN)                     ---
    
    -- Normal Enemy Points List         -- Boss Enemy Points List
    .---------------------------------. .-----------------------------------------.
    | ENEMY TYPE       | POINT AMOUNT | | ENEMY TYPE               | POINT AMOUNT |
    |=================================| |=========================================|
    | Majini (Wetland) =         400  | | Giant Majini             =       5,000  |
    | Cephalo          =         800  | '-----------------------------------------'
    | Duvalia          =         900  |
    | Chicken          =       2,000  |
    '---------------------------------'
    
    -------------------------
    OVERVIEW OF ANCIENT RUINS
    -------------------------
    
    The Ancient Ruins map is composed of the area with sun beam lasers where Chris 
    and Sheva had to find three emblems spread around the area to place into the 
    middle door.  Much like the Village, Plagas enemies are present in constantly 
    increasing numbers as kills are made.  This is the first of the Mercs stages 
    where enemies will mutate into Duvalias after being defeated.  Flash grenades 
    should be kept and saved for multiple Cephalo fights and Duvalia fights.
    
    Giant Majini roam the area and appear more frequently that in the Village.  
    Majini come equipped with spears and shields and a few of them will arm 
    torches.  The map is composed of several areas this time, so it is in a 
    player's best interest to visit all of those area and camp out in specific 
    areas with many enemy spawn points in order to obtain a high score.
    
    --------
    MAP LIST
    --------
    
    --> Time Bonus and Combo Bonus Locations
    
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/143/ancientruinsmaptimeandc.jpg
    
    Visit the Time Bonus list and Combo Bonus list for an in-depth description of 
    each time and combo bonus.
    
    --> Item Locations
    
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/1236/ancientruinsmapitems.jpg
    
    Visit the Item and Breakable Object list for an in-depth description of the 
    location on the map.  The map includes the chicken also.
    
    --> Areas (for enemy spawning)
    
    http://img221.imageshack.us/img221/3219/ancientruinsmapareas.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Enemy Spawn Points
    
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/7551/ancientruinsmapspawnpoi.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Blank Map (For the gamer that wants to make his/her own location listings)
    
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/1655/ancientruinsmapblank.jpg
    
    This should be used if you want to label everything yourself.
    
    --> Sephirosuy's Ancient Ruins Map on GameFAQs
    
    http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/ps3/file/929198/56577
    
    ---------------
    STARTING POINTS
    ---------------
    
    -- Starting Point 1
    
    In the far south middle portion of the map in an area with two walls to the 
    side.  The player will face north and that player will have a chest containing 
    time bonus 1 behind that player.
    
    -- Starting Point 2
    
    On the far north portion of the second floor upper walkway by the north door 
    that leads out of the Ancient Village.  The player will face south and the 
    chest containing combo bonus 5 will be off to the left.
    
    ---------------
    TIME BONUS LIST
    ---------------
    
    --> TOTAL EXTRA TIME = 8 MINUTES AND 30 SECONDS
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 1
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Outside the area containing time bonus 2 and combos bonus 2.  This is 
    in an alcove on the south side of the map.  From starting point 1 this is 
    behind the west wall.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 2
    
    Extra Time: +90 seconds
    Location: In the far southwest area, move up the stairs beyond the bridge and 
    this will be on the platform at the top.  A Giant Majini guards this time 
    bonus.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 3
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Along the west walkway outside the area with time bonus 2, a player 
    should move to the far north along that walkway to reach this.  It can be seen 
    from the far south. 
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 4
    
    Extra Time: +90 seconds
    Location: In the northwest area, hop across the gap in the bridge or move up 
    the side ladder to the north and this will be in front of the burning structure 
    on the top platform that either obstacle leads to.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 5
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Under the bridge (or walkway) that extends across the middle walkway 
    in the north.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 6
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: In the northeast portion of the map, find the wooden walkway that 
    extends around the side of the northeast platform where a sun pillar laser 
    device was kept in the main story mode and this will be at the end of that 
    wooden walkway.  This is the east of the ladder along the north walkway.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 7
    
    Extra Time: +90 seconds
    Location: In the east section of the map, move out to the platform with the 
    burning structure to find this time bonus in front of the burning structure.  
    Either use the first floor stairs in the northeast or the second floor stairs 
    in the southeast to reach it.  A Wetland Majini that mutates into a Duvalia 
    guards the stairs up to it.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 8
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: In the northeast tunnel that leads to the area with time bonus 7.  
    This is at the beginning portion of the tunnel (northwest section).
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 9
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location:  This is behind a wall on the first floor east walkway.  The wall is 
    along the south portion of the east walkway.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 10
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Up any of the middle staircases on the platform in the direct center 
    portion of the map.
    
    ----------------
    COMBO BONUS LIST
    ----------------
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 1
    
    In the far south middle portion of the map.  This will be behind a player that 
    starts at starting point 1.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 2
    
    In the southwest portion of the map, cross the bridge then turn to the right 
    and follow the walkway to the end to find the chest containing this combo 
    bonus.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 3
    
    To the right of time bonus 7.  This is in the east section of the map on a 
    platform in front of a burning structure (to the right a bit).
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 4
    
    On the east walkway of the first floor, the chest containing this is inside an 
    alcove in the middle of that walkway (west side).
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 5
    
    In the far north, on top of the north platform with the exit door for the 
    Ancient Village area.  This is on the second floor.  Use the far north to reach 
    it.
    
    ---------
    ITEM LIST
    ---------
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    In the far south middle portion of the map around the area of starting point 1.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    Up the first staircase and in a corner near a tall pillar just a bit north from 
    starting point 1.
    
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade (x2)
    
    In the southeast area beside lying on the burning structure beside time bonus 
    2.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    In the southeast area beside attached to the burning structure beside time 
    bonus 2.
    
    [ ] Vase (left)
    
    In the southeast area beside lying on the same platform as time bonus 2.  This 
    contains a green herb all the time.
    
    [ ] Vase (right)
    
    In the southeast area beside lying on the same platform as time bonus 2.  This 
    contains a red herb all the time.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade (x2)
    
    Lying on the burning structure on the northeast platform where time bonus 4 is 
    located.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    Across from burning structure on the northeast platform where time bonus 4 is 
    located.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    On the second floor east walkway, this is in an alcove near the middle portion.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    On the second floor east walkway, this in an alcove in the far south.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade (x2)
    
    In the east lying on the burning structure behind time bonus 7.
    
    [ ] Vase
    
    This is across from the top of the ladder that leads up to the second floor of 
    the middle north walkway that is in front of the exit door to the Ancient 
    Ruins.
    
    ----------
    CHICKEN(S)
    ----------
    
    [ ] Chicken
    
    The chicken for this area roams around the southwest area where time bonus 1 
    and 2 are located.  The chicken moves up and down the walkways below time bonus 
    2 and sometimes moves out the doorway and stands near time bonus 1.  There are 
    times where it will move up the north walkway outside of the area with time 
    bonus 2.
    
    ----------
    ENEMY LIST
    ----------
    
    NOTE: All enemies listed below are based on enemies that actually spawn in the 
    stage.  Some enemies are already present from the beginning so the amount of 
    enemies listed below will not add up to the total amount of 150 enemies.  The 
    chicken(s) in each stage count(s) as an enemy also.
    
    -- Wetland Majini (x30)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A.
    Max Number in stage at once: 11
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Wetland Majini (x30)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area B.
    Max Number in stage at once: 10
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Wetland Majini (x20)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area C.
    Max Number in stage at once: 11
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Wetland Majini (x20)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area D.
    Max Number in stage at once: 11
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Wetland Majini (x28)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area E.
    Max Number in stage at once: 11
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Torch Majini 1
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 10 or more enemies.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Torch Majini 2
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 40 or more enemies and 
    Torch Majini 1 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Torch Majini 3
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 60 or more enemies and 
    Torch Majini 2 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Torch Majini 4
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 70 or more enemies and 
    Torch Majini 3 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Torch Majini 5
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 80 or more enemies and 
    Torch Majini 4 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Torch Majini 6
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 90 or more enemies and 
    Torch Majini 5 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Giant Majini 1
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 10 or more enemies.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Giant Majini 2
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 10 or more enemies and 
    has defeated Giant Majini 1.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Giant Majini 3
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 10 or more enemies and 
    has defeated Giant Majini 2.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Giant Majini 4
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 10 or more enemies and 
    has defeated Giant Majini 3.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    ---------
    AREA LIST
    ---------
    
    There are five areas total for the Ancient Ruins stage:
    
    -- Area A
    
    Area A starts in the far northwest and stretch over to the middle of the lower 
    north walkway for its east boundary.  It's south boundary goes all the past the 
    first alcove along main west walkway.
    
    -- Area B
    
    Area B covers the entire southwest area where the chicken usually roams.  This 
    is the area that houses time bonus 2 and combo bonus 2.
    
    -- Area C
    
    Area C is in the middle area.  It starts on the west side of the south portion 
    of the west walkway then covers the middle south area but doesn't stretch past 
    the north and east stairs.
    
    -- Area D
    
    Area D covers much of the east side.  The bottom floor and top floor east 
    walkway are covered most of the way, as is the entire area to far east.
    
    -- Area E
    
    Area E contains much of the middle north and northeast portion of the map.  Its 
    lower boundary is slanted and runs at an angle to the northeast slightly 
    overlapping Area D.
    
    -------------------------
    SINGLE PLAYER WALKTHROUGH
    -------------------------
    
    --> FROM THE SOUTH STARTING POINT
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 1, 2*, 3, 4**, 5, 6***, 7, 8, 9****, 10
    
    * Stay in the southwest area that contains time bonus 2 and kill the enemies 
    until the time reaches about 30 seconds then leave.  This will give your player 
    a chance to kill off many of the enemies that will spawn in this area.  Be sure 
    to break the two vases near time bonus 2 and combine the red herb and green 
    herb that you'll get from them.  Allow the enemies to pile up around your 
    character and pick up combo bonus 2 on your way back from hitting the time 
    bonus and make sure to defeat the Giant Majini beforehand.  Kill the chicken in 
    this area before leaving it as well.
    
    ** A player can camp out in this section as well.  It's best to stand near the 
    door that leads to the area to get a glimpse of the walkway that stretches to 
    the east.
    
    *** The area surrounding time bonus 6 is another good area to camp out in and 
    kill Majini much like the time bonus 2 area.  Here a player has two surrounding 
    enemy spawn points on high ledges to the north and east and that player has 
    plenty of distance to see the oncoming Majini.
    
    **** The area on the first floor in the east near combo bonus 4 is another good 
    area to rack up kills.  A player can pick up combo bonus 4 and kill off the 
    Majini that enter the area from the water to the north and the high ledge to 
    the south.  For player starting at this starting point, it might be best to go 
    up and hit time bonus 10 before starting to kill.
    
    --> FROM THE NORTH STARTING POINT (ON PLATFORM)
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 10, 1, 2*, 3, 4**, 5, 6***, 7, 8, 9****
    
    * Stay in the southwest area that contains time bonus 2 and kill the enemies 
    until the time reaches about 30 seconds then leave.  This will give your player 
    a chance to kill off many of the enemies that will spawn in this area.  Be sure 
    to break the two vases near time bonus 2 and combine the red herb and green 
    herb that you'll get from them.  Allow the enemies to pile up around your 
    character and pick up combo bonus 2 on your way back from hitting the time 
    bonus and make sure to defeat the Giant Majini beforehand.  Kill the chicken in 
    this area before leaving it as well.
    
    ** A player with a rifle can get some good shots on the Majini that follow that 
    player while standing on the other side of the bridge and facing east.  Don't 
    stay in this area too long however since the enemy spawn points very close.
    
    *** The area surrounding time bonus 6 is another good area to camp out in and 
    kill Majini much like the time bonus 2 area.  Here a player has two surrounding 
    enemy spawn points on high ledges to the north and east and that player has 
    plenty of distance to see the oncoming Majini.
    
    **** The area on the first floor in the east near combo bonus 4 is another good 
    area to rack up kills.  A player can pick up combo bonus 4 and kill off the 
    Majini that enter the area from the water to the north and the high ledge to 
    the south.
    
    --> SO MANY DIFFERENT AREAS
    
    This entire stage is split up into five areas as shown on the area map and the 
    enemies will spawn based on which area the player is in.  A player cannot stake 
    out for long in any certain area or the enemies will stop appearing.  This is 
    one stage where it will not benefit a player to run and hit all time bonuses 
    ahead of time.  It is best to rack up kills while moving in between the various 
    time bonus locations as highlighted in the starting section above.
    
    --> CAMPING
    
    A player needs to camp out in certain areas and rack up kills while in area 
    with many surrounding area spawn points.  Some of the best places are the 
    following portion of the map:
    
    - In the southwest area around time bonus 2
    - In the northeast area around time bonus 6
    - Along the bottom floor east walkway with time combo bonus 4
    
    All of the areas listed above have at least two surrounding spawn points and 
    they are all in different areas as labeled on the area map for this stage.  A 
    player should take advantage of these specific portions of the map while on the 
    path to a time bonus.
    
    Stay in these areas until you have about 30 seconds left then quickly run to 
    the next time bonus.  Don't even kill the enemies at that time, just run past 
    them.
    
    --> DUVALIAS
    
    Many of the Wetland Majini in this stage will randomly spawn a Duvalia.  The 
    only scripted mutation is in the east section in front of time bonus 7.  There 
    is also a torch Majini in the first floor east tunnel that will always spawn a 
    Cephalo.  The Torch Majini Cephalo transformation can be cancelled with an 
    instant kill melee from a character.
    
    A player needs to stock flash grenades or flash rounds to deal with the 
    constant impending threat of parasitic enemies.  Shoot or throw a flash 
    explosive right as the parasite begins to form to kill it instantly.  You don't 
    have to wait until it is fully formed.
    
    Electric rounds are another way to defeat any parasitic enemy.  With a Duvalia, 
    two or three electric rounds will make it kneel to where it can be easily 
    finished off with a few shots from any weapon while aiming at its mouth.
    
    
              __                      _                      _        _      [ST05]
             /__\_  ___ __   ___ _ __(_)_ __ ___   ___ _ __ | |_ __ _| |
            /_\ \ \/ / '_ \ / _ \ '__| | '_ ` _ \ / _ \ '_ \| __/ _` | |
           //__  >  <| |_) |  __/ |  | | | | | | |  __/ | | | || (_| | |
           \__/ /_/\_\ .__/ \___|_|  |_|_| |_| |_|\___|_| |_|\__\__,_|_|
                     |_|                                                
                             ___          _ _ _ _         
                            / __\_ _  ___(_) (_) |_ _   _ 
                           / _\/ _` |/ __| | | | __| | | |
                          / / | (_| | (__| | | | |_| |_| |
                          \/   \__,_|\___|_|_|_|\__|\__, |
                                                    |___/
    
                                     S T A G E  5
    
      .-------------------------------------------------------------------------.
      |  How to unlock: Achieve a B-rank or higher on the "Ancient Ruins" stage |
      '-------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    ---                        Berserker's Best Scores                          ---
    -                     Single w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 258,697                      -
    ---               Duo w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 585,608 (Xbox LIVE)               ---
    
    -- Normal Enemy Points List
    .---------------------------------.
    | ENEMY TYPE       | POINT AMOUNT |
    |=================================|
    | Majini (Base)    =         400  |
    | Licker Beta      =         900  | 
    | Duvalia          =         900  |
    | Chicken          =       2,000  |
    '---------------------------------'
    
    --------
    OVERVIEW
    --------
    
    Wow, no boss enemies?  How fantastic!  This stage is going to be like a walk in 
    park, eh?  Come back at me with your answer once you've played this stage at 
    least one time on duo mode with its higher difficulty.  It's more like a walk 
    in Alone in the Dark's Central Park location.
    
    To put it simply, this stage is the embodiment of pure hate.  The enemies on 
    this stage will chase the player down with intense aggression like that player 
    stole their copy of the RE5 Collector's Edition.  I sure as hell would chase 
    you down with a stun rod if you had intentions to steal mine and they will too.
    
    The Base Majini here will show no mercy at their attempt to hit a player with 
    their stun rods and they will gang up frequently.  They sometimes toss stun 
    grenades and pipe bombs (grenades) at times.  Some of them will expand and blow 
    up, some of them will change into Duvalias and some of them have grenades 
    strapped to their chest just begging for a player to hit them from close range 
    so they might take damage from the player with their kamikaze explosion.  Some 
    of them also have head, body and leg armor that is impenetrable without the use 
    of an explosive or magnum.
    
    A few Base Majini will camp out in high areas or long range distances and aim 
    toward a player with their rocket launchers then fire.  A rocket launcher hit 
    will cause a player to go into immediate dying status when it hits, so finding 
    their location is of the utmost importance when fighting the enemy waves.
    
    Not only will a player have to put up with some extremely aggressive Base 
    Majini, but the enemy variety will suddenly begin to change dramatically once 
    so many Base Majini are finished off.  Licker Betas will move into the area and 
    attack the player in intense numbers.  Thankfully, they are not as strong as 
    the Licker Betas in story mode, but they are still every bit as aggressive. The 
    enemy variety will eventually change back to the usual Base Majini once enough 
    Lickers have been taken down however.
    
    ----
    MAPS
    ----
    
    ** IMPORTANT NOTE ABOUT EXPERIMENTAL FACILITY MAPS **
    
    The 3F-2F maps showcase all floors with 3F and 2F overlapping the bottom 
    floors.  The top platform and staircase at the very top of 2F are covered by 
    the top room of 3F, so again, the 2F platform in question is covered a bit by 
    the topmost room of 3F.
    
    --> Time Bonus and Combo Bonus Locations
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/424/experimentalfacility1fby.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img221.imageshack.us/img221/8550/experimentalfacility3f2.jpg
    
    Visit the Time Bonus list and Combo Bonus list for an in-depth description of 
    each time and combo bonus.
    
    --> Item Locations
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/1745/experimentalfacility1fbp.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/6726/experimentalfacility3f2p.jpg
    
    Visit the Item and Breakable Object list for an in-depth description of the 
    location on the map.  The 3F-2F map includes the chicken also.
    
    --> Areas (for enemy spawning)
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img221.imageshack.us/img221/9716/experimentalfacility1fb.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/8550/experimentalfacility3f2.jpg
    
    These should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Enemy Spawn Points
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/9421/experimentalfacility1fbs.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img514.imageshack.us/img514/5531/experimentalfacility3f2m.jpg
    
    These should be used when examining the Enemy list below.  Normal Enemy Spawn 
    Points are where Base Majini will spawn from and the Licker Spawn Points found 
    below the walkways are where Licker Betas will spawn from once enough Base 
    Majini have been defeated.  Licker Spawn points are always in the shape of a 
    tunnel entrance below a platform.  The Lickers climb along the side of the wall 
    as they move out of the tunnel when they enter the area.
    
    --> Blank Map (For the gamer that wants to make his/her own location listings)
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img341.imageshack.us/img341/9716/experimentalfacility1fb.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img514.imageshack.us/img514/8550/experimentalfacility3f2.jpg
    
    These should be used if you want to label everything yourself.
    
    --> Sephirosuy's Experimental Facility Map on GameFAQs
    
    http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/ps3/file/929198/56579
    
    ---------------
    STARTING POINTS
    ---------------
    
    -- Starting Point 1
    
    On the far west side of the top floor on the third floor.  The player will face 
    the top of a ladder to the east upon starting.
    
    -- Starting Point 2
    
    On far southeast side of the very bottom floor on the B1 floor.  The player 
    will face the stairs to the west upon starting.
    
    ---------------
    TIME BONUS LIST
    ---------------
    
    --> TOTAL EXTRA TIME = 7 MINUTES
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 1
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Right in front of the elevator shaft on the third floor.  The 
    elevator shaft is on the south side.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 2
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Near the very end of the third floor hallway that has a ladder that 
    leads down to the second floor.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 3
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: While moving down the stairs on the second floor, this will be near 
    the bottom of the stairs.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 4
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: On a raised platform in the south center portion of the first floor. 
    There are two hand grenade pickups on the control panel behind this time bonus.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 5
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Directly in front of the elevator shaft on the first floor.  The 
    elevator shaft is on the east platform on the first floor.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 6
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: In the middle of the spike trap on the first floor.  the spike trap 
    is to the north.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 7
    
    Extra Time: +90 seconds
    Location: On the very bottom floor of B1 near the southeast wall.  There are 
    some oil canisters nearby.
    
    ----------------
    COMBO BONUS LIST
    ----------------
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 1
    
    In the very top room of the third floor.  This is lying on the southwest side.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 2
    
    On the raised platform off to the east on the bottom portion below the stairs 
    on the second floor.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 3
    
    Midways down the long ramp on the first floor that leads to the spike trap, 
    this will be on the east side in the middle of that ramp.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 4
    
    After stepping onto the B1 floor shortly after dropping down the ladder, look 
    off to the left when stepping onto the platform with the stairs that leads down 
    to the very bottom floor to see this in the northwest corner.
    
    ---------
    ITEM LIST
    ---------
    
    [ ] Tall Crate
    
    Lying to the side of combo bonus 1 in the top room on the third floor.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    Lying on the second floor platform with the red flowers at the top of the 
    second floor.  This is on the west side of the flowers.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb (x2)
    
    Propped up against the west side of the platform that is below the stairs on 
    the second floor.  The two of these are not directly near each other but close 
    enough to list them together.
    
    [ ] Tall Crate (x2)
    
    Near the top of the stairs that lead down to the bottom portion of the second 
    floor.
    
    [ ] Tall Crate (x2)
    
    On the raised platform off to the east on the bottom portion below the stairs 
    on the second floor.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade (x2)
    
    Lying along the control panel on the raised platform where time bonus 4 is 
    while on the south side of the first floor.
    
    [ ] Tall Crate (x2)
    
    On the big east platform along the first floor.  This is lying across from the 
    side of the first floor elevator shaft and time bonus 5.
    
    [ ] Incendiary Grenades (x2)
    
    On the north small platform that can be leaped over to.  This platform is to 
    the east of the spike trap on the first floor.  The spike trap is in the north.
    
    [ ] Red Herb
    
    Lying along the southwest wall in the spike trap that is on the north side of 
    the first floor.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    Right before reaching the very bottom floor on B1, this will be on the platform 
    above the stairs that leads to that floor, along the southwest corner.
    
    ----------
    CHICKEN(S)
    ----------
    
    [ ] Chicken
    
    The chicken will start out near the third floor elevator and move around the 
    room with the two railings below the ladder of the first starting point.
    
    ----------
    ENEMY LIST
    ----------
    
    NOTE: All enemies listed below are based on enemies that actually spawn in the 
    stage.  Some enemies are already present from the beginning so the amount of 
    enemies listed below will not add up to the total amount of 150 enemies.  The 
    chicken(s) in each stage count(s) as an enemy also.
    
    -- Base Majini (x30)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A.
    Max Number in stage at once: 10
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Base Majini (x30)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area B.
    Max Number in stage at once: 10
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Licker Beta (x30)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Licker Beta (x42)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area D.
    Max Number in stage at once: 11
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Rocket Launcher Majini 1
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 10 or more enemies.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Rocket Launcher Majini 2
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 30 or more enemies and 
    Rocket Launcher Majini 1 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Rocket Launcher Majini 3
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 40 or more enemies and 
    Rocket Launcher Majini 2 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Rocket Launcher Majini 4 & 5
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 60 or more enemies and 
    Rocket Launcher Majini 3 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 2
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Rocket Launcher Majini 6 & 7
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 70 or more enemies and 
    Rocket Launcher Majini 4 & 5 have been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 2
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Rocket Launcher Majini 8 & 9
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 80 or more enemies and 
    Rocket Launcher Majini 6 & 7 have been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 2
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    ---------
    AREA LIST
    ---------
    
    There are two areas total for the Experimental Facility stage:
    
    -- Area A
    
    Area A covers all of 2F and 3F.  1F is covered up to the extreme north and 
    south portions.  In the north, starting with the south portion of the spike 
    trap all the way to the north and in the south, starting from the near mid-
    portion of the railing all the way to the south, this area does not cover any 
    of those regions.
    
    -- Area B
    
    Area B covers all of B1F and 1F.
    
    -------------------------
    SINGLE PLAYER WALKTHROUGH
    -------------------------
    
    For this stage, a player can really run and break all the time bonuses then 
    fight the enemies or fight the enemies along the way while breaking time 
    bonuses.  The enemy assortment gets increasingly tough as enemies are killed, 
    so fighting along the way can be a bad move.
    
    It's really good to quickly grab a combo bonus when the Lickers begin to appear 
    in the stage since they are so incredibly numerous.  Combo bonus 4 is one of 
    the best combo bonuses to stand near and collect when the Licker Betas begin to 
    appear since your character will be up on a raised platform that the Lickers 
    will need to jump on in order to reach the character.
    
    --> FROM THE 3F STARTING POINT
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
    
    --> FROM THE B1F STARTING POINT
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
    
    --> THE AGGRESSIVE BASE MAJINI
    
    On this stage, you will learn just how aggressive a Base Majini group can get. 
    Even single Base Majini can be a problem at times.  They come equipped with 
    stun rods, pipe bombs (grenades), flash grenades and rocket launchers.  They 
    like to toss pipe bombs from the higher floors when your character is on the 
    lower floor, so always listen for the clanging noise of the pipe bombs and move 
    away from that area quickly.  The most common Base Majini on this stage will 
    carry stun rods and they will get under your skin so bad at times that you'll 
    want to punch a department store Santa.
    
    The Base Majini with stun rods get so aggressive at times that simply running 
    from one and then turning to fire at it can be dangerous since the Base Majini 
    might be right up in your face preparing to hit your character with the stun 
    rod the moment that your character turns around.  You don't always want to turn 
    around and shoot however, since some of the Base Majini have grenades strapped 
    to their chests and shooting the grenades will cause them to instantly explode 
    and damage your character if the character is near the explosion.  This can be 
    used to your advantage to defeat several Base Majini at once however.
    
    You really have to be ready for these enemies by equipping a weapon that will 
    get them off of your character quick whenever they surround your character.  
    Just about any weapon can do the job really.  With a handgun, you'll need to 
    shoot them in the head, arms or legs then quickly perform a melee.  Your 
    character has to be just as aggressive as they will be.
    
    Some of the Base Majini will have heavy armor, so you'll need to quickly shoot 
    an unarmored portion or take out a magnum then shoot through their armor.  
    Shotguns can work good at knocking them away from your current area as well. 
    Collect flash grenades when they are found since some of the Base Majini will 
    mutate into Duvalias and a Duvalia among a group of super aggressive Base 
    Majini can make quite a frustrating pair.
    
    Whenever a green laser suddenly appears on your character that means that a 
    Base Majini with a rocket launcher is standing in the nearby area and is about 
    to fire a rocket.  Whenever you see a green laser in the area, your character 
    needs to stop everything and move out of the way.  Find the rocket launcher 
    Majini quickly and dispose of them.  They like to stand in groups of two in one 
    area then only move to adjust their aim when your character moves.
    
    Shoot them with a magnum from long range if you have to or run up close to them 
    and shoot them once in the legs to stun them then run up and perform a melee.  
    They will lean their body back for their leg stun melee animation rather than 
    falling to their knees.  They cannot be stunned while they reload their rocket 
    launcher so a character must wait for them to finish before they can be stunned 
    again.  These enemies can actually shoot from another floor at times, so watch 
    for the green laser and react quickly by running away or entering into some 
    type of invincibility animation (pick up an item, perform a melee, etc.) to 
    avoid the rocket.
    
    --> INVINCIBILITY AND RELOADING THROUGH THE INVENTORY MENU
    
    It is very important to take advantage of invincibility animations while in 
    this stage.  Performing melee attacks will render your character invincible and 
    picking up an item will give your character some slight invincibility.  When a 
    Base Majini fires a rocket, a player can actually pick up an item once the 
    rocket fire is heard and avoid the rocket with this clever exploit.  Climbing 
    ladders and falling from platforms will give your character invincibility as 
    well and all of this is so incredibly useful.
    
    You NEED to reload through the inventory during this stage.  Quickly pull up 
    the inventory during a melee attack or while climbing a ladder then combine the 
    ammo with its corresponding gun.  Reloading out in the open on this stage is so 
    very risky on this stage and your character will get hit eventually while doing 
    so if you choose to trigger a reload animation.
    
    --> ENTER THE LICKER BETAS
    
    Once a good majority of Base Majini have been defeated a few Licker Betas will 
    begin to enter the area.  And they will continue to enter and enter and enter. 
    These enemies can get even more numerous than the Base Majini and are more 
    dangerous.  Do not let your character get surrounded by these enemies along a 
    walkway or they will tear that character up quickly.
    
    It's best to find a raised platform and get up on it when surrounded by 
    Lickers, such as the platform with the hand grenade pickups and time bonus 4 or 
    the platform at the bottom of the stairs on the second floor.  Climb on top of 
    the platform and fire at the Lickers from the safety of the platform.  They can 
    get up on the platform, but they will have to jump on it.  They can be shot 
    with just about any weapon since they are weaker than story mode Licker Betas.  
    Magnums, grenade launchers with acid rounds, explosive rounds or nitrogen 
    rounds, shotguns, rifles, machine guns, or even a basic handgun (from long 
    range) will work.
    
    If a Licker Beta ever gets your character in a tongue impale or tongue grab 
    then you'll have to take the full damage from the entire grab animation in 
    single player mode.  The impale from the front takes half of your character's 
    health and the tongue strangle from the back takes a little less.  If a Licker 
    ever tries to pin your character then your character better move out of the way 
    or perform the counter attack command displayed on the on-screen command 
    because if a Licker Beta pins a character in single player mode then "You Are 
    Dead", plain and simple because there is not a partner to knock the Licker Beta 
    off in single player.
    
    In Duo play, a partner can save a character from both of the Licker restraints 
    mentioned above.  Saving a character from a Licker pin down can be tricky 
    however.  There are times where the partner assist melee will hit the Licker 
    while it is on top of the character, but the melee will not knock off the 
    Licker; this happens when a Licker Beta is undamaged.  The partner assist melee 
    HAS TO KILL the Licker Beta while it is on top of a partner in order for it to 
    free the partner.  Two partner assist melees will usually kill it but you risk 
    your partner's death if it doesn't.  For this reason, I highly recommend 
    shooting the Licker Beta off of your partner.  Whenever a partner is pinned to 
    the floor by a Licker, quickly hold down the partner lock-on button then aim 
    and fire; a player might have to adjust aiming upward a bit depending on the 
    weapon that is fired.
    
    When a Licker tongue impales a partner, the other player DOES NOT have to use 
    the partner assist action in order to end the grapple.  The tongue portion of 
    the Licker can actually be shot off the player.  Quickly hold down the partner 
    lock-on button then shoot toward the player to most likely hit the Licker's 
    tongue and save the player without the need of a partner assist melee knife 
    slash.  Other than the tongue shot, a player can shoot the Licker that is 
    impaling the other character or perform the knife slash partner assist melee to 
    stop the grapple.  The tongue grapple can be just as deadly as the pin down 
    since it will quickly drain life well into the dying status life portion and 
    kill the player off quickly after dying status is activated.
    
    While fighting Licker Betas, rocket launcher Majini might be in the area, so if 
    you ever see a green laser, then your character will have to risk everything 
    and move out of the way, sometimes even moving off the platform that your 
    character might be on while fighting Licker Betas.  The second floor platform 
    provides a slight wall of support from the side with the staircase so the 
    character can hide behind the wall to avoid rockets.
    
    --> IT'S A TRAP!
    
    Seriously, this stage is one big trap.  Its full of hidden explosive barrels 
    along with a few oil canisters.  It also has a transformer on B1F and a spike 
    trap on the north side of 1F.  All of these traps can be used to a player's 
    advantage or they can make the stage even harder (if an enemy pipe bomb goes 
    off near an explosive barrel, etc).
    
    Let's take a look at the hidden explosive barrels.  A player should know the 
    location of each of these, so I will list them below from the starting position 
    of the 3F starting point:
    
    --> THIRD FLOOR HAZARDS
    
    - Explosive Barrels
    
    a) On the far southeast side below the grated portion of the floor of the top 
       room of the third floor.
    b) Above the fenced ceiling in the hallway with time bonus 2.  It's to the 
       north after falling down the ladder.
    
    --> SECOND FLOOR HAZARDS
    
    - Oil Canisters
    
    On the top platform with the red flowers.  This is to the right after falling 
    from the ladder on 3F.
    
    --> FIRST FLOOR HAZARDS
    
    - Explosive Barrels
    
    a) Under the floor of the south platform along the east side of that platform.
    b) Under the floor of the east platform along the north side of that platform.
    c) Under the floor of the north platform with the spike trap on the east side 
       of that platform.
    
    - Spike Trap
    
    On the north side of the first floor.  Stand on the west side of the spike 
    caged portion of the spike trap and you'll get a "Kick" command.  Initiate the 
    command to kick the button and set off the trap.
    
    --> B1 FLOOR HAZARDS
    
    - Transformer
    
    In the middle of the platform that is right below the ladder that leads to the 
    first floor.
    
    - Explosive Barrel
    
    Under the floor on the west side of the bottom platform where time bonus 7 is 
    located.
    
    - Oil Canisters
    
    On the bottom platform to the left of time bonus 7.  It's basically in the 
    middle of the platform.
    
    --> USING THE TRAPS TO YOUR ADVANTAGE
    
    Now that you know the location of each trap, while being followed by a big 
    crowd, try shooting the hazardous objects while standing away from them.  The 
    explosive barrels can easily get rid of any crowd of Lickers or Base Majini 
    that are following your character.  The oil canisters can provide a good 
    distraction for a group so that your character can get away or have time to 
    retaliate.  The transformer isn't really too useful, but it can stun a group 
    for a short while.
    
    One main factor that can help a player achieve a high score or simply get rid 
    of a tough enemy is the spike trap on the north portion of the first floor.  I 
    deem this contraption as the perfect "Asshole Killer".  Whenever an annoying 
    enemy such as a group of Base Majini, a Duvalia or a group of Licker Betas 
    enter the trap, run to the west side and "Kick" the button on that side to 
    instantly kill off anything inside of the trap.  If you're playing duo and your 
    partner is inside the trap when it is set off, then that partner will go into 
    dying status, so make sure that your partner is not inside the trap when 
    setting it off.
    
    Any of the enemies fought in this stage can be lead into the trap from any 
    direction, preferably from the south or east.  Once they are lured inside, make 
    a break for the button on the west side then kick it to kill all of the enemies 
    inside.  Sometimes enemies will actually move through the cage while your 
    character stands near the button.
    
    --> SIDESTEP AND BACK UP
    
    The absolute most important tip I can give you for this stage besides using 
    constant melees to render yourself invincible is to constantly sidestep and 
    back up while fighting enemies.  A player should be constantly backing up or 
    running forward while fighting Base Majini.  Backing up can help to avoid a 
    stun rod hit.  If a Base Majini ever dashes at your character to hit the 
    character with a stun rod then run at it and get behind it then quick turn back 
    toward it and shoot it as it recover from stun rod swipe.  If they ever group 
    up then try to stun one for a melee attack and then quickly perform that melee 
    attack or run away.
    
    Base Majini with rocket launchers have limited aiming; once they begin to aim 
    while their green laser appears, they will only fire in that one direction for 
    that shot, so a player can simply sidestep the rocket.  It is imperative to 
    know this while at a distance from one.  A player can be right next to one as 
    it aim and completely circle the rocket launcher Majini and the Majini will 
    continue to aim in the same direction.  They have a real fast rocket launcher 
    swing when they aren't aiming however, so shoot them quick while in close range 
    when they are not aiming.  They have to be hit a few times in order to stun 
    them.  Head stuns are much easier to get than leg stuns, but leg stuns will 
    allow a player to run behind them and perform an instant kill melee.
    
    With the Licker Betas, a player needs to learn to sidestep their tongue impale. 
    If a Licker ever stands still and quickly throws back its head, quickly step to 
    the side to avoid its tongue impale.  A player has to be careful since this 
    grab move has quite a range from mid-distance.  It's best not to stand in one 
    area as Lickers approach since they can so easily tongue impale or pin a player 
    to a catwalk floor.  They will attack with an upward slash almost instantly 
    while in close range and they attack with a mid range lunge rather quick as 
    well so always shoot them quick as they approach.  A player needs to always be 
    ready to press the action and run button together to counter their pin down 
    grab.  The move can be run avoided by stepping out of range also.
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL, TRIBAL SHEVA, STARS CHRIS, and STARS WESKER
    
    Battle Suit Jill is probably the ultimate choice for this stage.  She can 
    handle Base Majini by tripping them with her VZ61 and then perform her Double 
    Knee Drop on them.  When the Lickers begin to appear, she can use her PSG-1 
    rifle to shoot at them from a distance.  Each rifle shot from her PSG-1 will 
    kill off a Licker so long as it hits their front portion.  From the back, they 
    sometimes take two rifle shots.
    
    Jill can actually stand on the ramp along the first floor and shoot the Lickers 
    on the B1 level as they spawn.  Collect as much rifle ammo as possible before 
    the Lickers appear in order to have enough for their vast number.
    
    Tribal Sheva is a very good choice for this stage because of her bow that kills 
    just about any enemy on this stage in one hit.  She also has nitrogen rounds 
    which can be used to freeze a whole group of Base Majini or Licker Betas.  
    Sheva can get up on a raised platform whenever the Lickers appear then easily 
    shoot arrows down on them and chain kills rather easily.
    
    It's really best to save her nitrogen rounds for Base Majini.  Wait for Base 
    Majini to mount up on her then shoot them all with nitrogen round and shatter 
    them with a Roundhouse for some melee kills.  In solo mode, many top ranking 
    players actually allow Base Majini to gather while Sheva gets hit so that more 
    will be frozen when she shoots.  This is a very good strategy for building time 
    through melee kills.
    
    STARS Chris is another good choice for this stage since he carries a grenade 
    launcher and a magnum, which are both good weapons for Licker Betas, and he has 
    the potential for some good melee kill setups with his machine gun.  His 
    instant kill Neck Breaker, Uppercut and ground Stomp will be his best assets 
    for melee kills.
    
    A Chris player might be able to find both explosive rounds and acid rounds 
    which will help out for groups of Lickers and his magnum can pierce right 
    through multiple Lickers that stand in a row for multiple kills with one shot.  
    His starting electric rounds can be good for Duvalias, but a player will have 
    to spam a Duvalia with up to four electric rounds to kill it off.  It's best to 
    discard the electric rounds once another grenade type ammo is found.  It takes 
    three hits to finish off a Licker with electric rounds, but electric rounds are 
    very good for stunning crowds of Lickers in place, though explosive and acid 
    rounds are still your best bet for quick kills on Lickers.
    
    Chris can always shoot a Duvalia's legs with a machine gun or magnum then take 
    out the magnum and shoot it in its mount to kill it off if electric rounds are 
    discarded early.  If Chris can find nitrogen rounds, save them for Base Majini 
    and shoot a nitrogen round at a group then shatter them with his Straight punch 
    melee for some quick melee kills.
    
    STARS Wesker is a good choice in this stage mainly because he can melee kill 
    Lickers often.  He has a hard time against Base Majini thanks to the helmet 
    armor and a bad hit detection for head stuns dealing with Base Majini.  You'll 
    mainly want to attempt handgun shot leg stuns then run behind and Mustang Kick 
    the Base Majini for a one hit stun or perform Wesker's Tiger Uppercut for a two 
    hit stun.  Shoot rocket launcher Majini in the legs twice then perform Wesker's 
    Tiger Uppercut to finish them off.
    
    Come Licker time, a Wesker STARS player can use a combination of his handgun, 
    random incendiary grenade drops and his dash to melee kill Lickers.  Two 
    handgun shots followed by a dash will instantly kill a Licker for a melee kill. 
    An incendiary grenade followed by two dash hits has the potential to kill off 
    multiple Lickers.  These methods are very dangerous however because of the loss 
    of life that a Wesker player will get from performing so many dashes, so the 
    player must constantly use green herbs that lie around the stage and green 
    herbs from rocket launcher Majini to heal for more dashes.
    
    A STARS Wesker player can also take advantage of Wesker's Hydra and magnum for 
    killing off Lickers quickly to keep the current combo chain.  If you're going 
    to melee kill Lickers then you'll need more handgun ammo than anything, so 
    discarding the other two weapons when the Lickers appear might be a good idea.  
    Wesker can kill off any Licker with three handgun shots, so he can still keep a 
    chain going at the spur of the moment if needed.
    
    --> CHICKEN EGG GLITCH
    
    If the Chicken is killed while it is in the elevator, it will not leave behind 
    it's usual gold egg item.  If the chicken dies outside of the elevator and 
    happens to fall over into the elevator during it's dying animation then it will 
    not drop the egg either.
    
    --> BASE MAJINI HEAD STUN HIT DETECTION
    
    When a Base Majini is shot in the head, a head stun is not always guaranteed 
    like head stuns with other Majini types.  Base Majini will sometimes simply 
    flinch a bit instead of performing a head stun animation.  This can severly 
    screw up Wesker's melee game, so with STARS Wesker it is always best to attempt 
    his leg stun melee kills instead of trying for his head stun + Cobra Strike 
    melee kill.
    
    --> TIME BONUS GLITCH
    
    After hitting the first time bonus in Experimental Facility, if you watch the 
    clock at the top of the screen, two seconds will be lost automatically shortly 
    after hitting the time bonus.  As far as I know, there is no way to avoid this 
    glitch.  It happens no matter how long you wait to hit a time bonus and no 
    matter which time bonus is hit first.
    
    --------------------
    DUO MODE WALKTHROUGH
    --------------------
    
    Although I mention that the kill streak is not as important as melee kills for 
    many other stages, with the Experimental Facility, maintaining a high kill 
    streak is just as beneficial as melee kills.  Thanks to the Licker Beta 
    enemies, a player cannot simply melee kill often to reach a high score.
    
    Both players must be extremely aggressive when dealing with both the Base 
    Majini and the Licker Betas.  Whenever a Base Majini is right up in a player's 
    face, that player should immediately fire a weapon to stun the Base Majini.  
    Their stun rod attacks have very little warning so you must hit them quick to 
    avoid getting hit yourself.  It's best to aim for the legs of a Majini to avoid 
    blasting their grenade straps.  If they wear armor on the legs then aim for 
    their exposed feet when attempting a leg stun.  The back of their legs are 
    unarmored also.
    
    Whenever a player hears a "clang, clang, clang" of a pipe bomb explosive that a 
    Base Majini will throw, move immediately or perform some type of melee to a 
    Majini if the Majini is stunned to avoid the explosion.  It is so very 
    important that a player listen for the pipe bombs' sound effects in order to 
    avoid the oncoming explosion.  Base Majini will toss pipe bombs from the upper 
    floors and they will sometimes stand on the ledge of the spawn point and toss 
    them down at players.
    
    *************
    SAFE STRATEGY
    *************
    
    NOTE: You won't score as high with this first strategy.  Look below this 
    strategy to see a better method for scoring higher.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 1 PLAYER
    
    The player that starts on the upper floor of the Experimental Facility should 
    go ahead and grab COMBO BONUS 1 and then hop down to the next floor below the 
    ladder.  Be sure to find the chicken and defeat it quickly.  This chicken can 
    get away rather easily and he can be a pain to find if he jumps down to the 
    lower floors.
    
    NOTE: DO NOT kill the chicken if it moves into the elevator or it will NOT drop 
    it's gold egg item.
    
    Kill off the Base Majini in the room below the ladder.  The spawn point from 
    the upper room and the nearby spawn point will give a player enough enemies to 
    kill for quite some time.  If the enemies ever start to pile up then hop over 
    the railings and stand on the other side of them to make the Base Majini hop 
    over the railings as well.  They move over the railings much slower than your 
    character though, to which you can take advantage of by attacking them as they 
    try to move over the railing while following your character.
    
    The first fully armored Majini in the upper floor room will always spawn a 
    Duvalia upon being hit multiple times, so if you have a character with an 
    instant kill melee then quickly shoot him in the leg for a hopeful leg stun or 
    trip then finish him off with a ground melee or instant kill head crush ground 
    melee from his head portion.  One trick for avoiding the Duvalia spawning is to 
    hit the Majini once (try for a leg stun) then trick it into hopping over a 
    railing or jumping off the nearby ladder next to time bonus 2.  As long as it 
    is in the middle of hopping over a railing or jumping then the Majini will die 
    and not form a Duvalia.  A rocket launcher Majini will drop from the ladder of 
    the top floor room, so be prepared to fight him off; try to stun him then run 
    behind him and get an instant kill melee on him.
    
    The player should leave the top floor once the enemies stop appearing as much.  
    Break TIME BONUS 1 and TIME BONUS 2 before leaving.  Whether you take the 
    elevator down to 1F or take the ramps along 2F is up to you.  Taking the 
    elevator can possibly ruin the kill streak.  Along the way down to 2F you'll 
    run into several Base Majini and possibly a few rocket launcher Majini, so be 
    very careful while attempting to take that route.  Break Time Bonus 3 on the 
    way down the stairs if you take that route.  If the elevator is taken then 
    don't worry about Time Bonus 3 since both players will have to move up to the 
    second floor again anyway.  Meet up with your partner on 1F.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 2 PLAYER
    
    The player on the bottom floor will start out right near TIME BONUS 7, so break 
    it immediately.  Base Majini will start to spawn up the stairs, so rush up the 
    stairs and start killing them with melee kills if possible.  The partner on the 
    floor above will likely grab Combo Bonus 1, so don't grab COMBO BONUS 4 
    immediately.  Be sure to pick up the green herb in the corner of the platform 
    above the stairs.
    
    Use the middle transformer on the top platform to shock groups of Base Majini 
    if they ever start to pile up.  If Base Majini are still in the immediate area 
    for you to kill then wait around for the combo bonus meter to stop from Combo 
    Bonus 1 then quickly grab COMBO BONUS 2.  Kill off the Base Majini until the 
    combo bonus expires then climb the ladder.  Quickly rush to the spike trap on 
    the first floor then break TIME BONUS 6 and pick up the red herb inside the 
    trap and combine it with the green herb that was picked up earlier.
    
    Hop across the small platforms then break TIME BONUS 5 while near the elevator 
    shaft.  Move up the ramp then step onto the platform with TIME BONUS 4 and 
    break it.  It might be best to stay below the time bonus platform and kill off 
    Base Majini for a while then break it afterward.  The partner from the top 
    floor should be arriving shortly, hopefully.
    
    --> MEETING ON 1F
    
    Both players should meet on the south platform of the first floor.  Fight off 
    the Base Majini until Lickers start to appear.  Both players should step onto 
    the middle ramp that stretches across the first floor.  Stay in the middle of 
    the ramp for the most part since no Licker spawn points are nearby.  Pick up 
    COMBO BONUS 3 once the Lickers start to mount up.  A character with a rifle 
    should fire at the Lickers to the north on the walkway and fire down at the 
    Lickers as they spawn from the B1F spawn point since the character can easily 
    see them off the side of the ramp.
    
    The other player should watch the partners back by killing any Lickers that 
    step onto the south platform.  Lickers will exit the spawn point below the 
    south platform and the east platform.  They will move up the ramp from the east 
    occasionally.  A player can easily shoot the Lickers as they exit from the 
    spawn point below the south platform while standing on the ramp.
    
    The Lickers will not mount up as much on the north platform, so the character 
    that faces south will not have to worry about them as much, but that character 
    should keep an extremely sharp eye out for the Base Majini with rocket 
    launchers that enter the area from the northwest corridor.  Whether you rush 
    toward them and attempt melee kills to them or shoot them from a distance is up 
    to you.  Melee kills are much better for the extra time bonus that they give, 
    but they'll cause your character to leave the other player behind while 
    potential Lickers will come after your character or the other character from 
    the south platform.  Be sure to collect the green herbs from the dying rocket 
    launcher Majini and combine them to save inventory space.  Share the green 
    herbs with the partner.  The green herbs will be beneficial for the top floors.
    
    Now comes the hardest part of keeping a kill streak.  Once the Lickers begins 
    to stop coming.  The partner without the rifle should immediately run along the 
    northwest corridor and climb the ladder since one player needs to get to the 
    second floor in order to make the next wave of Base Majini spawn.  The players 
    must separate and the player that moves to the second floor must keep the kill 
    streak active while the partner on the first floor kills off the remaining 
    Lickers then comes to join the partner.
    
    --> MEETING ON 2F
    
    Once both players meet on the second floor, a swarm of Base Majini will attack 
    followed by several Lickers.  The Lickers will mainly spawn from the top 
    platforms so staying on the staircase during their arrival is the best way to 
    fight them off since there are no spawn points there.  Pick up COMBO BONUS 2 
    while fighting the Base Majini or the Lickers.  Two proximity bombs lie along 
    the bottom platform and they should be placed near the very bottom of the 
    stairs and the middle of the stairs in order to provide a failsafe plan in case 
    the Lickers from the bottom floor spawn point ever try to sneak up on the 
    characters.
    
    One player should focus on killing the Lickers that spawn from the top floor 
    spawn points while the other focuses on both.  Its very beneficial for both 
    characters to turn their attention toward the top floor since the Lickers may 
    sometimes mount up greatly.  The Lickers that appear on the bottom floor will 
    not be in that great of number from the single spawn point below but they 
    should not be left without attention. Setting proximity bombs can help out 
    extremely well for when a player must turn attention toward the top floor.  
    Listen for the bomb to go off then quickly turn your attention back toward the 
    bottom floor.
    
    --> AN ALTERNATE METHOD
    
    The positioning of the areas (or regions) for this stage make it to where 
    players must step between the first floor and second floor in order to make 
    enemies spawn.  Players can actually meet up on the second floor and fight off 
    the Base Majini and Lickers from that floor then move to the first floor once 
    the enemies stop appearing.  Both ways a player will have to leave the other 
    behind for a while in order to maintain a kill streak.  How well each player 
    can maintain existence by themselves plays a major role in scoring high on this 
    stage.  Fighting Lickers alone is extremely risky but it's a risk that one 
    player must take in order to maintain a kill streak in between floors.
    
    When meeting up on the second floor to fight the first few enemy waves, the 
    rocket launcher Majini will spawn from the Majini spawn point on the platform 
    below the stairs.  The players will be able to distance themselves more from 
    the oncoming Licker Betas thanks to a longer staircase, but the rocket launcher 
    Majini will remain on the bottom platform and will aim up toward the stairs.  A 
    player will need to stay on the bottom platform if the team wants to melee kill 
    the rocket launcher Majini.  Be sure to watch the Licker spawn point below the 
    platform if you choose to stay behind.  As mentioned above, proximity bombs 
    should be placed on the staircase to help out the player that moves along the 
    stairs.
    
    Whichever way the stage is approached, the rocket launcher Majini will only 
    appear during the first few enemy waves.  When the players move onto the next 
    floor, they will only have to fight normal Base Majini and Licker Betas without 
    having to worry about the rocket launcher Majini.
    
    **************************************************************
    "NOT SO SAFE YET YOU'LL LIKELY SCORE HIGHER THIS WAY" STRATEGY
    **************************************************************
    
    In order to get a higher score for this stage and eliminate the time it takes 
    to meet up, both players should NOT meet up until ALL of enemies on either the 
    first floor or the second floor are all gone.  Basically one player should stay 
    on the first floor and one player should stay on the second floor.  The player 
    on the second floor is likely to run out of enemies to kill before the stage 
    ends, so that player should rush down to the first floor to help out the other 
    player if needed.
    
    This method is VERY dangerous and should be only be used by experienced 
    players.  If a player gets pinned by a Licker or enters dying status at any 
    time then the other player will not be able to save that character most likely. 
    If the player does manage to get to the character then the stage kill streak 
    will definitely be screwed up and much time will be taken in getting to the 
    dying character, so it is really best to restart when a character is about to 
    be killed off.
    
    The player on the first floor should stay in the middle of the ramp that 
    stretches down to the spike trap once the Lickers start to appear and the 
    player on the second floor should stay either below the stairs or in about the 
    mid portion of the stairs.  This player will have to keep a constant watch on 
    both ends of the ramp.  The player on the first floor can also look to the B1 
    level if the kill streak is ever dying and quickly shoot a Licker as it spawns 
    from the B1 level.  The Lickers will spawn from several spawn points for the 
    player on the first floor.  To the south, the player will have to keep a close 
    watch on the Lickers that spawn near the elevator and the Lickers that spawn 
    from below the platform next to the long corridor.
    
    The second player will have to face off against rocket launcher Majini which 
    will spawn from the spawn point below the stairs and above the stairs.  The 
    Lickers will spawn from the third flooor and second floor spawn points.  Be 
    sure to watch for green lasers to know when they are aiming at your character 
    then quickly move out of the path of the green lasers.  If this player stands 
    on the stairs then rocket launcher Majni will move out of the spawn points 
    below the stairs most of the time.  The player is literally going to have to 
    step in between lasers and Lickers at some points, so this battle can get quite 
    intense.
    
    It can be a good idea to set up proximity bombs on the lower portion of the 
    stairs to keep the Lickers busy while this player focuses on the Lickers from 
    the top.  You might even want to consider placing proximity bombs below the 
    Base Majini spawn point below the stairs so that the rocket launcher Majini hop 
    down onto them.  If your character can melee kill however, then try to shoot 
    them in the legs before they fire then go for an instant kill melee for some 
    bonus seconds.
    
    --------------------------------
    EXPERIMENTAL FACILITY DUO VIDEOS
    --------------------------------
    
    --> Seitengrate (STARS Wesker) and Berserker Kev (STARS Chris)
    
    Score: 544,081
    
    Part 1 - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PWZNvUZTE4g
    Part 2 - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rthORh10its
    
    --> Masuo0 (STARS Wesker) and kurono-K (STARS Chris)
    
    Score: 722,106
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=holY1VRMsAc
    
    
    
                          _         _ _          _                           [ST06]
                    /\/\ (_)___ ___(_) | ___    /_\  _ __ ___  __ _ 
                   /    \| / __/ __| | |/ _ \  //_\\| '__/ _ \/ _` |
                  / /\/\ \ \__ \__ \ | |  __/ /  _  \ | |  __/ (_| |
                  \/    \/_|___/___/_|_|\___| \_/ \_/_|  \___|\__,_|
    
                                     S T A G E  6
    
                 .--------------------------------------------------.
                 | How to unlock: Achieve a B-rank or higher on the |
                 |          "Experimental Facility" stage           |
                 '--------------------------------------------------'
    
    ---                        Berserker's Best Scores                          ---
    -                     Single w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 270,526                      -
    ---               Duo w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 871,767 (Xbox LIVE)               ---
    
    -- Normal Enemy Points List         -- Boss Enemy Points List
    .---------------------------------. .-----------------------------------------.
    | ENEMY TYPE       | POINT AMOUNT | | ENEMY TYPE               | POINT AMOUNT |
    |=================================| |=========================================|
    | Majini (Town)    =         300  | | Gatling Gun Majini       =      10,000  |
    | Cephalo          =         800  | '-----------------------------------------'
    | Chicken          =       2,000  |
    '---------------------------------'
    
    --------
    OVERVIEW
    --------
    
    Missile Area brings together both Missile Areas from the main game of Resident 
    Evil 5 and combines them both into one full stage.  Missile Area is quite a 
    large stage and it has several ladders and dropoffs that can be used as 
    shortcuts.  A player needs to fully memorize all of the hidden ladders strewn 
    throughout the area to quickly reach top or bottom floors quickly in order to 
    make the most out of each run.
    
    Town Majini are the main enemies for this stage.  Many more of them come 
    equipped with dynamite when compared to the Town Majini in the Mines stage.  
    It's uncommon to fight a group of Majini in this stage without at least one 
    dynamite carrier among them.  A player really needs to watch the character's 
    current area when fighting a group of Majini since a dynamite explosive can so 
    easily land right near a character from seemingly out of nowhere.
    
    The boss enemy for this area is the Gatling Gun Majini.  His biggest threat is 
    his incredibly long range that he shoot his gatling gun from.  From up close, 
    his threat level is basically cut in half unless fought among a big group of 
    Town Majini.  Any explosive or extremely powerful weapon will quickly stun the 
    Gatling Gun Majini to where a player can easily focus on damaging him with 
    intense gunfire followed by a melee attack.
    
    --------
    MAP LIST
    --------
    
    --> Time Bonus and Combo Bonus Locations
    
    http://img401.imageshack.us/img401/342/missileareatimeandcombo.jpg
    
    Visit the Time Bonus list and Combo Bonus list for an in-depth description of 
    each time and combo bonus.
    
    --> Item Locations
    
    http://img401.imageshack.us/img401/8381/missileareaitems.jpg
    
    Visit the Item and Breakable Object list for an in-depth description of the 
    location on the map.  The map includes the chicken also.
    
    --> Areas (for enemy spawning)
    
    http://img223.imageshack.us/img223/8832/missileareaareas.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Enemy Spawn Points
    
    http://img401.imageshack.us/img401/7540/missileareaspawnpoints.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Blank Map (For the gamer that wants to make his/her own location listings)
    
    http://img223.imageshack.us/img223/9372/missileareablank.jpg
    
    This should be used if you want to label everything yourself.
    
    --> Sephirosuy's Missile Area Map on GameFAQs
    
    http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/ps3/file/929198/56576
    
    ---------------
    STARTING POINTS
    ---------------
    
    -- Starting Point 1
    
    On the platform in the northwest that is right beside the west end of the 1F 
    conveyor belt in the north.  The player will face east.
    
    -- Starting Point 2
    
    In the middle of the southwest office on the south portion of 3F.  The player 
    will face north.
    
    ---------------
    TIME BONUS LIST
    ---------------
    
    --> TOTAL EXTRA TIME = 9 MINUTES
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 1
    
    Extra Time: +90 seconds
    Location: In the far northwest portion of the map.  In order to reach this time 
    bonus, a character must climb the ladder of the east high walkway that 
    stretches across the conveyor belt on the south end of the 1F conveyor belt in 
    the north.  There are two high walkways that stretch over the conveyor belt and 
    a player must climb the one on the east side.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 2
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: This is at the far east end of the north 1F conveyor belt.  It is up 
    under the portion that is covered by the 2F conveyor belt while looking 
    overhead.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 3
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Lying on the third floor platform that is reachable by climbing the 
    ladder in the east near time bonus 6 or by climbing the ladder in the 
    northeast, across from the 1F conveyor belt.  A player will have to leap over 
    to this platform either way.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 4
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Inside the room in the middle east portion of the map on the third 
    floor.  The door to this room can be gotten to by climbing the ladder in the 
    east near time bonus 6 or by climbing the ladder in the northeast, across from 
    the 1F conveyor belt.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 5
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: This time bonus is lying near the end of the 2F conveyor belt that 
    stretches across the middle portion of the area.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 6
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Lying among some crates in the east, middle portion of the map.  Move 
    down either staircase to the east of time bonus 7 to reach this or drop from 
    the walkway to the east of time bonus 3.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 7
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: In the west, middle portion of the map to the west of time bonus 6.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 8
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: In the south portion of the area, look for a shaft with a platform in 
    the middle of it and this will be in the middle of that platform.  This shaft 
    is on the west side of the area just to the south of time bonus 7.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 9
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Get on the conveyor belt in the far south and move to the far east 
    side of that conveyor belt.  This time bonus is in front of the furnace at the 
    end.  Be careful not to move too far past it or the character will get killed 
    by the flames of the furnace.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 10
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Climb either of the ladders (west or east) just to the north of the 
    south conveyor belt.  This time bonus is on the northeast portion of the 3F 
    walkway.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 11
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Climb either of the ladders (west or east) just to the north of the 
    south conveyor belt.  This time bonus is inside of the control room in the 
    southeast portion of the 3F walkway.
    
    ----------------
    COMBO BONUS LIST
    ----------------
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 1
    
    In the northeast portion of the map, this is lying on a crate next to two flash 
    grenades.  It's on a raised platform at the north end of the 2F conveyor belt.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 2
    
    This is to the west of the first ramp that leads off the 2F conveyor belt.  It 
    is on a long set of shelves.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 3
    
    On a table near the north railing of the south conveyor belt.  A player must 
    move down the stairs near the dropoff that leads to the south conveyor belt.  
    This is lying next to a first aid spray pickup.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 4
    
    This is inside of the office on the 3F walkway along the south side of the 
    area.  Climb the ladder on the east or west side to the north of the south 
    conveyor belt to reach the walkway that will lead to this.  The office is in 
    the southwest.
    
    ---------
    ITEM LIST
    ---------
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    In the northwest section of the area, lying on a crate along the south side of 
    the 1F conveyor belt.  The crate is to the west beside the small staircase.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    Lying on a crate beside time bonus 1 in the far northwest section of the area.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade (x2)
    
    In the far northeast, on the second floor on a crate beside combo bonus 1.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    Lying on a shelf besides combo bonus 2.  This is to the west of the first ramp 
    on the 2F conveyor belt.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    On a crate inside the east room on the north 3F walkway.  This is the same room 
    with time bonus 4.
    
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade (x2)
    
    On a shelf inside the east room on the north 3F walkway.  This is the same room 
    with time bonus 4.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade (x2)
    
    On a shelf inside the east room on the north 3F walkway.  This is the same room 
    with time bonus 4.
    
    [ ] First Aid Spray
    
    Lying on a crate in the east portion of 1F near time bonus 6.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade (x2)
    
    After moving down the south staircase from time bonus 8, turn around and find 
    the crate with these on it.
    
    [ ] First Aid Spray
    
    Lying on the table beside combo bonus 4 in the south area, north of the south 
    conveyor belt.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    On a crate off to the north after grabbing the first aid spray pickup near 
    combo bonus 4.  This is around the area with the chicken.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    Lying on the controls in the southeast control room on the 3F in the south.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade
    
    Lying on the controls in the southeast control room on the 3F in the south.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    Lying on a counter in the southeast control room on the 3F in the south.
    
    ----------
    CHICKEN(S)
    ----------
    
    [ ] Chicken
    
    The chicken roams around the southeast portion of the map, just to the north of 
    south conveyor belt by the explosive barrel and the ladder that leads up to the 
    3F walkway.  It sometimes roams to the west of this area.
    
    ----------
    ENEMY LIST
    ----------
    
    NOTE: All enemies listed below are based on enemies that actually spawn in the 
    stage.  Some enemies are already present from the beginning so the amount of 
    enemies listed below will not add up to the total amount of 150 enemies.  The 
    chicken(s) in each stage count(s) as an enemy also.
    
    -- Town Majini (x20)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Town Majini (x25)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area B.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Town Majini (x20)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area C.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Town Majini (x20)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area D.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Town Majini (x20)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area E.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Town Majini (x30)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area F.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Gatling Gun Majini 1
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 20 or more enemies.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    -- Gatling Gun Majini 2
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 60 or more enemies and 
    Gatling Gun Majini 1 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    -- Gatling Gun Majini 3 (red)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 90 or more enemies and 
    Gatling Gun Majini 2 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    ---------
    AREA LIST
    ---------
    
    There are six areas total for the Missile Area stage:
    
    -- Area A (blue)
    
    Area A covers the majority of the top north region.  This area covers the 
    entire first floor of the Missile Area in the north.
    
    -- Area B (green)
    
    Area B is... well, Area B forms a backward "h" in design and covers the 
    majority of the 2F conveyor belt along with a good chunk of the region to the 
    south of the 1F conveyor belts in the north.
    
    -- Area C (purple)
    
    Area C covers most of the midportion of the middle 2F conveyor belt along with 
    most of the area to the east and west.
    
    -- Area D (red)
    
    Area D starts at the middle portion of the 2F conveyor belt and covers the 
    majority of the rest of the map all the way to the south.
    
    -- Area E (brown)
    
    Area E covers all of the 3F walkway in the south.  It also includes the office 
    room.  The shaft where time bonus 8 is located is also a part of this area - 
    basically, if you stand on the platform where time bonus 8 is located then 
    Majini will spawn from the overhead shaft spawn point and from the spawn points 
    above the high walkway.
    
    -- Area F (light blue)
    
    Area F basically covers the entire middle portion of the map.
    
    -------------------------
    SINGLE PLAYER WALKTHROUGH
    -------------------------
    
    --> FROM THE 1F CONVEYOR BELT STARTING POINT
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 1*, 2**, 3, 4***, 5****, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
    
    * Climb up the nearby ladder next to time bonus 1 then drop from the middle 
    section of the high walkway while facing east to land on the conveyor belt with 
    time bonus 2 at the end.
    
    ** Climb on top of the raised platform and move up the stairs to get on the 2F 
    conveyor belt.  Run to the south ladder that is on the east side and climb it 
    to reach 3F.
    
    *** Drop from the south side of the outside walkway on 3F to get back on the 2F 
    conveyor belt.
    
    **** Drop from the dropoff on the east side of the conveyor belt to reach time 
    bonus 6
    
    Don't worry about the chicken until after breaking time bonus 11.  Drop from 
    the east ladder then allow him to be your first victim.
    
    --> FROM THE B1F STARTING POINT
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 11, 10*, 9, 8, 7, 6**, 3, 4***, 5****, 1*****, 2
    
    * Kill the chicken after dropping from the east ladder on 3F.
    
    ** Climb the ladder behind the crate with the first aid spray then hop over to 
    time bonus 3 while on 3F.
    
    *** After breaking time bonus 4, hop off the north side of the outside walkway 
    then break time bonus 5.
    
    **** Hop off the east side of the 2F conveyor belt from the dropoff that is 
    right before your character gets to the raised platform in the north.  This 
    way, your character can quickly climb up the ladder of the east walkway that 
    stretches across the 1F conveyor belt and reach time bonus 1 quicker.
    
    ***** Climb the ladder near time bonus 1 and dropoff the east section of the 
    walkway above to land on the conveyor belt with time bonus 2.
    
    --> WATCH FOR THE EXPLOSIVES
    
    This stage has tons of Majini that will run at your character while equipped 
    with dynamite.  Don't shoot them too close unless you know that you're not 
    going to hit the dynamite that they carry.  Shooting them with a shotgun from 
    up close can be extremely risky since the spread tends to hit the dynamite.  Be 
    sure to keep your character's life meter above 50% for this stage since a 
    dynamite hit from nowhere can so easily knock a low health character into dying 
    status even when the character is still in green health.
    
    Be careful about standing still for too long during fights as well.  A lot of 
    times, a Majini with dynamite will show up somewhere off the camera and might 
    toss dynamite toward your character, so stay on the move quite a bit.  
    Sometimes Majini will light a dynamite stick then charge directly at your 
    character.  Run away from them when they do this or quickly shoot them in the 
    leg to stop their mad dash.  A lot of times they move too quickly to aim at 
    them however.
    
    --> DEALING WITH THE GATLING GUN MAJINI
    
    The Gatling Gun Majini can be a major threat from long range and he can shoot 
    from quite a distance.  While at a distance from him, quickly run behind any 
    sort of obstacle to take cover from his machine gun fire.  When no obstacle is 
    available, a player can run to the side of him and avoid his gunfire while he 
    turns his gun in an attempt to keep up with the player.  The running method can 
    work well at times from midrange, but always try to find some sort of wall or 
    obstacle as opposed to running.
    
    Whenever the Gatling Gun Majini begins to rotate his gatling gun barrel, he 
    will fire no matter how close your character gets to him.  From close range, he 
    will attack a character by smacking that character with the back end of his 
    gatling gun.  This is a rather quick melee move and covers some good distance 
    in front of him, so don't ever get extremely close to him unless he is stunned 
    since your character won't be able to back away when he attempts his melee 
    attack with the gatling gun.
    
    If your character does not have a magnum in the character's starting inventory, 
    then be sure to load up on hand grenade pickups and proximity mines that are 
    found throughout this stage.  Stunning the Gatling Gun Majini with a quick 
    explosion or powerful shot to any portion of the body is the key to ultimately 
    taking him down.
    
    Whenever the Gatling Gun Majini first steps into view, shoot him with a magnum 
    or toss a hand grenade toward him to stun him.  He can be lured toward a 
    Proximity Bomb as well, but this will take longer obviously.  While he is 
    stunned, run up to him and blast him in the head with the most powerful that 
    your character has.  Be sure to run up close enough so that the melee command 
    appears in you're using Control Type B or D.  Fire at him then quickly perform 
    a melee attack to finish off the attacking sequence.  If he is not dead after 
    the full attacking sequence then restun him and damage him again from close 
    range.
    
    There are two types of Gatling Gun Majini found in this stage.  The first two 
    have a yellow outfit and the third and final Gatling Gun Majini has a red 
    outfit.  The red Gatling Gun Majini can take more damage than the yellow 
    Gatling Gun Majini.
    
    If your character is caught in his gunfire, then keep in mind that he is likely 
    to taunt by raising his gatling gun into the air and firing right as your 
    character gets up, so use that time to your advantage to quickly stun him.
    
    --> TAKE ADVANTAGE OF EXPLOSIVE BARRELS/CANISTERS
    
    There are quite a few explosive barrels and canister on this stage.  Most of 
    the explosive objects lie along the many conveyor belts but a few are 
    elsewhere.  Allow enemies to pile up near them at times then shoot the 
    explosive barrel or canister to defeat all of them at once.
    
    --> THE WIDE OPEN AREA
    
    While along the 2F conveyor belt, your character has a good view of a good 
    majority of the surrounding area.  A character with a rifle can easily take 
    advantage of this open area and get in plenty of long range shots from long 
    distance.  Some characters can even take down the Gatling Gun Majini from long 
    range with their rifles.  This works even better on Duo mode.
    
    --> THE LAST FEW MAJINI
    
    This stage can get right down aggravating because of the many different areas 
    for enemy spawning that are present throughout the Missile Area.  If the Majini 
    ever stop appearing and time is still leftover then run to the south and climb 
    the ladder next to the staircase.  This will likely make enemies spawn from the 
    office room and nearby shaft.  Another few sections to try is the portion in 
    the far north and the third floor walkway in the north.
    
    It's so very common to have a single Majini wander throughout this area once 
    most of the Majini are defeated.  Try to find him quickly to save on time once 
    all other Majini are defeated.  Sometimes it pays to stand in one spot and 
    listen for him.  Of course sometimes, he might not have spawned, which means 
    that your character will have to move throughout the different portions of the 
    stage to make him appear.
    
    NOTE; DO NOT kill the Gatling Gun Majini while he is on the north conveyor belt 
    or he will not leave behind a first aid spray.
    
    --> GATLING GUN MAJINI FIRST AID SPRAY GLITCH
    
    If a Gatling Gun Majini is killed while on the north conveyor belt, the Majini 
    will not leave behind the usual first aid spray item that he usually drops.
    
    --------------------
    DUO MODE WALKTHROUGH
    --------------------
    
    (it's a real good idea to watch the video by kurono-K and masuo-0 to see how 
    this strategy works from the player 1 starting point)
    
    --> STARTING POINT 1 PLAYER
    
    The player that starts on the platform near the conveyor belt to the north 
    should step onto the conveyor belt from the beginning then run and hit TIME 
    BONUS 2  (60 seconds).  Don't kill any enemies until the other player starts to 
    kill (watch for points to appear).  Climb up onto the platform near the time 
    bonus (to the right) then move up the stairs and kick through the door.  There 
    will always be a Majini with a long pipe blocking the door, so melee kill him 
    and kill off any Majini that move up the stairs to keep the kill chain going.
    
    Step through the doorway then turn to the left and grab the two flash grenades 
    (for Cephalos) and pick up COMBO BONUS 1.  Step onto the middle conveyor belt.  
    Try to make sure that no Majini are in the way then shoot the two explosive 
    canisters on the conveyor belt to keep Majini from setting them off with 
    dynamite or cocktails while your character is near them.  Stay up on the 
    conveyor belt and fight enemies then run toward the far end of the conveyor 
    belt and break TIME BONUS 5 (30 seconds).
    
    The Gatling Gun Majini will be arriving soon (after 20th kill), so get ready to 
    run from his gatling gun fire.  He will spawn from the upper floor walkway 
    above the explosive canisters at the north end.  Run to the side and grab COMBO 
    BONUS 2 while avoiding his fire if needed.  Step under the overhead walkway 
    once he steps to the end of the walkway to avoid his fire.  Wait for him to 
    jump down then kill him.  The other Gatling Gun Majini will drop from the 
    middle shaft area at about the 62nd kill, so be ready for him.
    
    Drop down the side of the conveyor belt with the ladder while still on the 
    north end at around the 70th kill.  Kill off any Majini that get in your way to 
    keep the chain going. Climb the ladder near the bottom floor conveyor belt and 
    run to the far end of the other side then break TIME BONUS 1 (90 seconds).  
    Climb the nearest ladder by the time bonus then fall to the other side.  You 
    need to stay in the north area until all Majini have spawned in this area.  
    Once Majini come in few number (one or two) then it should be safe to move on.
    
    Climb the ladder that leads to the third floor walkway.  Run to the right down 
    the narrow walkway path then hop over to the platform with TIME BONUS 3 (30 
    seconds).  Simply standing on the platform with time bonus 3 will make Majini 
    spawn below for you partner.  You need to hop over to this platform from time 
    to time if no Majini are currently in your area to make sure that all Majini 
    spawn by standing on this platform.  Literally stand on the platform when there 
    are not any enemies above.  Standing on this platform will make sure the other 
    player does not have to climb up the ladder on that player's side in order to 
    make the Majini on the upper level above the player spawn.  They will spawn so 
    long as you stay on the suspended platform.
    
    Hop back across and kill any Majini that get in your way then enter the storage 
    room off to the right and break TIME BONUS 4 (60 seconds).  Kill off any Majini 
    that appear in this room from the ceiling spawn point.  All that you have to do 
    now is to stay on this walkway and defeat any Majini that appear.  Remember to 
    hop over to the platform where time bonus 3 was at in order to make enemies 
    spawn.  It's possible to help out your partner from this platform as well.  
    Majini will climb the ladder in the east to get on your platform, so be sure to 
    watch that direction.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 2 PLAYER
    
    The player that starts in the office should immediately turn then break TIME 
    BONUS 11 (60 seconds).  Picking up COMBO BONUS 4 is up to you.  Pick up the 
    flash grenade off the control panel and maybe the green herb from the side 
    shelf to the right then open the door to the left and step out onto the walkway 
    outside.  The Majini outside will light a dynamite stick, so you might as well 
    attempt to melee kill him real quick for the extra 5 seconds since he will die 
    shortly after you leave him.
    
    Run along the walkway and break TIME BONUS 10 (30 seconds) at the far end of 
    the walkway.  Kill any Majini that appear on the walkway, then drop down the 
    ladder on the side with time bonus 11.  Kill the chicken in the area below then 
    pick up the first aid spray on the table to the left.  Picking up COMBO BONUS 3 
    is up to you.
    
    From this point, basically, everything else is up to you.
    
    You need to hit TIME BONUS 9 (60 seconds), TIME BONUS 7 (30 seconds), TIME 
    BONUS 6 (30 seconds) and TIME BONUS 8 (60 seconds).  Hitting time bonus 9 from 
    the beginning will risk the kill chain severly, but hitting it then will save 
    you time in having to run back for it later.  Time bonus 7 can easily be hit 
    any time really - just make sure that the kill chain isn't blinking before 
    hitting it.  Time bonus 6 should be hit whenever Majini start to appear along 
    the corridors that lead to that time bonus (when the other player hops over to 
    the platform to break the 30 second timer above).  You need to have enemies 
    appear along the way in order to keep the kill streak going.
    
    Time bonus 8 (on the raised platform) can be hit toward the end of the run. If 
    the other player stays on the suspended platform on the top floor then the 
    upper floor Majini will spawn, but if the other player does not stay on the 
    suspended platform then your character will have to climb back up the ladder 
    that leads to the walkway outside the office room in order to get the Majini on 
    the upper level to spawn.
    
    -----------------------
    MISSILE AREA DUO VIDEOS
    -----------------------
    
    --> Seitengrate (BSAA Chris) and Berserker Kev (BSAA Chris)
    
    Score: 642,882
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QqwfgnQOjy8
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P8mIGOPiUtc
    
    --> Big Kahoona 22 (Midnight Wesker) and xVcRx NAP (Midnight Wesker)
    
    Score: 904,822
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kjq2-UQNxNk
    
    --> kurono-K (Midnight Wesker) masuo0 (Midnight Wesker)
    
    Score: 915,301
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vy3KhMHCFIU
    
    
    
                       __ _     _            ___          _                  [ST07]
                      / _\ |__ (_)_ __      /   \___  ___| | __
                      \ \| '_ \| | '_ \    / /\ / _ \/ __| |/ /
                      _\ \ | | | | |_) |  / /_//  __/ (__|   < 
                      \__/_| |_|_| .__/  /___,' \___|\___|_|\_\
                                 |_|                           
    
                                     S T A G E  7
    
      .------------------------------------------------------------------------.
      |  How to unlock: Achieve a B-rank or higher on the "Missile Area" stage |
      '------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    ---                        Berserker's Best Scores                          ---
    -                     Single w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 229,135                      -
    ---               Duo w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 793,367 (Xbox LIVE)               ---
    
    -- Normal Enemy Points List         -- Boss Enemy Points List
    .---------------------------------. .-----------------------------------------.
    | ENEMY TYPE       | POINT AMOUNT | | ENEMY TYPE               | POINT AMOUNT |
    |=================================| |=========================================|
    | Majini (Town)    =         300  | | Chainsaw Majini          =       7,000  |
    | Cephalo          =         800  | '-----------------------------------------'
    | Chicken          =       2,000  |
    '---------------------------------'
    
    --------
    OVERVIEW
    --------
    
    Ship Deck is taken from the first section of chapter 6-1 in the main game.  It 
    comprises the same metal container placement and adds in a few ziplines to 
    reach certain portions of the map very quickly.  Ship Deck can be like a 
    labyrinth of metal containers once a player reaches the south portion.  This 
    stage has TONS of ladders.  Knowing where ladders will take your character is a 
    key factor in navigation for this stage.  The stage is best memorized but a 
    player can gain an idea of which ladder to climb or drop from by tilting the 
    camera for a better view of the surrounding area.
    
    Town Majini are once again the main enemy type that will be fought on this 
    stage.  Many of them will carry dynamite in this stage just like they did in 
    The Mines and Missile Area.  The boss enemies are quite frequent on the Ship 
    Deck.  They come in the form of Chainsaw Majini.  One of them is already 
    waiting in the southeast portion of the map from the get go.  The rest will 
    spawn after the first has been taken down and after a certain number of enemies 
    have been killed.
    
    Some of the Chainsaw Majini (blue pants) will always go into berserk mode a few 
    seconds after falling from heavy damage.  It is very important to keep these 
    enemies in mind and finish them off as quickly as possible - basically start 
    firing at them when they start to get up after a knockdown.
    
    --------
    MAP LIST
    --------
    
    --> Time Bonus and Combo Bonus Locations
    
    http://img504.imageshack.us/img504/8858/shipdecktimeandcombobon.jpg
    
    Visit the Time Bonus list and Combo Bonus list for an in-depth description of 
    each time and combo bonus.
    
    --> Item Locations
    
    http://img301.imageshack.us/img301/8615/shipdeckitemsk.jpg
    
    Visit the Item and Breakable Object list for an in-depth description of the 
    location on the map.  The map includes the chicken also.
    
    --> Areas (for enemy spawning)
    
    http://img504.imageshack.us/img504/4987/shipdeckareasb.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Enemy Spawn Points
    
    http://img158.imageshack.us/img158/1207/shipdeckspawnpoints.jpg
    
    This should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Blank Map (For the gamer that wants to make his/her own location listings)
    
    http://img158.imageshack.us/img158/7598/shipdeckblanko.jpg
    
    This should be used if you want to label everything yourself.
    
    --> Sephirosuy's Ship Deck Map on GameFAQs
    
    http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/ps3/file/929198/56578
    
    ---------------
    STARTING POINTS
    ---------------
    
    -- Starting Point 1
    
    In the far north, the player will start on the first platform along the tower.  
    The player will face south.
    
    -- Starting Point 2
    
    In the far southeast, the player will start at the top of the stairs in that 
    direction.  The player will face east.
    
    ---------------
    TIME BONUS LIST
    ---------------
    
    --> TOTAL EXTRA TIME = 9 MINUTES AND 30 SECONDS
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 1
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: On the third floor of the tower in the far north, near the zipline.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 2
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: On the far north platform at the circular end that stretches to the 
    north.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 3
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: While walking away from the north tower along the east side of the 
    boat, this will be lying below the second set of stairs that your character 
    comes to.  A ladder is nearby.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 4
    
    Extra Time: +90 seconds
    Location: This is across from the staircase at the very end of the west walkway 
    that leads away from the north section of the boat.  Combo Bonus 3 is on a 
    higher platform nearby.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 5
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Find the ladder that leads up to a metal container to the south of 
    time bonus 4 then climb the ladder and hop over the next three crates to the 
    east and then climb the next ladder and this will be at the top.  It's on a 
    east metal container.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 6
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Near the middle of the metal containers in the south portion of the 
    map.  It's in between several metal containers.  Ladders can be climbed from 
    the east or west to reach this or it can be while coming from the north.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 7
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: In the very middle of the map (to the west a bit from the middle), 
    your character will be on a set of metal containers.  There is a ladder that 
    leads to a west metal container and, after climbing it, your character can leap 
    across a few metal containers to the west.  This time bonus is on the south end 
    of the long set of metal containers.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 8
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: This is in the south and to the north of combo bonus 4.  Time bonus 7 
    is in the same basic area as this one, only higher.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 9
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: There is a gate in the west middle portion of the map.  Kick open the 
    gate door and this will be off to the right behind it.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 10
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: After kicking open the gate door on the west middle side of the map, 
    move up the stairs in the back then get on the walkway that heads south.  Climb 
    each ladder while moving up the crane tower and this will be off to the left at 
    the top.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 11
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: This time bonus is in the far southeast portion of the map on a 
    platform above some stairs.
    
    ----------------
    COMBO BONUS LIST
    ----------------
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 1
    
    On the far north platform on the ship.  This is lying on the east side.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 2
    
    This is lying along the end of the east set of walkways that lead away from the 
    north section of the boat.  It is off to the east near the second ladder on 
    that side.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 3
    
    This is lying along the end of the west set of walkways that lead away from the 
    north section of the boat.  Climb the ladder along the west side to reach it.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 4
    
    Combo bonus 4 is to the south of time bonus 8.  It's up a ladder in the south 
    while on the west portion of the map.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 5
    
    After kicking open the gate door on the west middle side of the map, move up 
    the stairs in the back then get on the walkway that heads south.  Climb each 
    ladder while moving up the crane tower and this will be directly in front of 
    your character at the top.
    
    ---------
    ITEM LIST
    ---------
    
    [ ] Tall Crate (x2)
    
    These are along the far north walkway where time bonus 2 is located.  The 
    chicken is also nearby.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade (x2)
    
    Lying along the west side of the top pole along the third floor of the north 
    tower.
    
    [ ] Rocket Launcher
    
    This is propped up against the left side of the zipline framework on the third 
    floor of the far north tower.
    
    [ ] Tall Crate
    
    Along the east path that leads away from the north portion of the boat.  This 
    is near a ladder.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    Along the east path that leads away from the north portion of the boat.  This 
    hand grenade is lying on a metal crate and near a ladder.
    
    [ ] Tall Crate (x2)
    
    Below the high platform where combo bonus 3 is located.  This is along the west 
    path that leads away from the north portion of the boat.
    
    [ ] Tall Crate (x2)
    
    Along the east portion down the stairway from time bonus 11.
    
    [ ] Tall Crate
    
    Up the staircase to the south of time bonus 11 in the southeast.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade (x2)
    
    These are lying on a metal crate, up the staircase to the south of time bonus 
    11.  Round the stairway railing to the left after climbing the stairs and they 
    will be up ahead.
    
    [ ] Tall Crate
    
    On top of a long stack of metal containers in the far south.
    
    [ ] Tall Crate
    
    In the area with combo bonus 4 in the southwest portion of the map.
    
    [ ] Grenade Launcher, Flame Rounds, First Aid Spray
    
    Around the center south portion of the map, hop over to time bonus 7 then break 
    it and drop to the south set of crates to find these lying nearby.
    
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade (x2)
    
    Lying along the control panel for the gate door in the middle west portion of 
    the map.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb (x2)
    
    Climb to the very top of the crane tower that can be reached after moving past 
    the gate in the center portion of the map and these will be across from the 
    zipline.
    
    [ ] Rocket Launcher (x2)
    
    Climb to the very top of the crane tower that can be reached after moving past 
    the gate in the center portion of the map and ride the zipline to the east.  
    The zipline will take your character to a high east platform with two rocket 
    launchers lying against the railing.  Only one can be taken at a time per 
    character.
    
    ----------
    CHICKEN(S)
    ----------
    
    [ ] Chicken
    
    The chicken for this stage roams around the far north walkway where time bonus 
    2 is located.  It sometimes jumps off the walkway and moves around the area 
    below the ladder.
    
    ----------
    ENEMY LIST
    ----------
    
    NOTE: All enemies listed below are based on enemies that actually spawn in the 
    stage.  Some enemies are already present from the beginning so the amount of 
    enemies listed below will not add up to the total amount of 150 enemies.  The 
    chicken(s) in each stage count(s) as an enemy also.
    
    -- Town Majini (x40)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Town Majini (x45)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area B.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Town Majini (x52)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area C.
    Max Number in stage at once: 12
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Chainsaw Majini 1 (blue) & 2 (red)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 20 or more enemies and 
    first Chainsaw Majini has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1 of each type
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray (blue), Green Herb (red)
    
    -- Chainsaw Majini 3 (red)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 30 or more enemies and 
    Chainsaw Majini 1 & 2 have been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Chainsaw Majini 4 (red)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 40 or more enemies and 
    Chainsaw Majini 3 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: Green Herb
    
    -- Chainsaw Majini 5 (blue) & 6 (red)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 50 or more enemies and 
    Chainsaw Majini 4 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1 of each type
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray (blue), Green Herb (red)
    
    ---------
    AREA LIST
    ---------
    
    There are three areas total for the Ship Deck stage:
    
    -- Area A
    
    Area A covers the entire north half of the ship up to the end of both paths 
    (west and east) that lead to the north on the map.
    
    -- Area B
    
    Area B covers the entire east portion of the boat that is not covered by Area A 
    or C and its boundaries are in the middle and to the far north where Area A 
    starts.
    
    -- Area C
    
    Area C covers the entire west portion of the boat that is not covered by Area A 
    or B and its boundaries are in the middle and to the far north where Area A 
    starts.
    
    -------------------------
    SINGLE PLAYER WALKTHROUGH
    -------------------------
    
    In a way, it really doesn't matter when your character starts killing in this 
    stage.  Either run and destroy the time bonuses or stop and fight for a while 
    when near a combo bonus.  The Chainsaw Majini in this stage can actually be 
    taken down rather quickly to where a player won't have to deal with anymore 
    since they all appear early.  Read on in the "Kill them" section below.
    
    --> FROM THE FAR NORTH
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 1*, 2**, 3, 4, 5***, 6****, 7, 8, 9, 10*****, 11
    
    * Pick up the rocket launcher while at the top but don't use the zipline.  Use 
    the rocket launcher if needed along the way
    
    ** Kill off the chicken near this time bonus.
    
    *** Climb the ladders off to the west middle portion of the metal containers to 
    reach time bonus 6 after breaking time bonus 5.
    
    **** Climb up the metal container in the middle portion and hop over to time 
    bonus 7 and break it then drop down to time bonus 8.
    
    ***** Ride the zipline on the crane tower, pick up a rocket launcher and fall 
    then break time bonus 11.
    
    --> FROM THE FAR SOUTHEAST
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 11, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
    
    --> A MIX OF TOWN MAJINI
    
    The mix of Town Majini in this stage is really not different than the Missile 
    Area.  They seem more aggressive in this stage however.  Don't ever let them 
    group up around your character when a Chainsaw Majini is nearby.
    
    Majini still carry dynamite in this stage, so be sure to keep your character's 
    health above 50%.  This can be a rather hard task in a stage with such 
    aggressive Town Majini but a sudden dynamite blast from nowhere will instantly 
    wake you up to the realization of how quickly a dynamite explosion can thrust 
    your character into dying status.
    
    --> THE ROAR OF THE CHAINSAW
    
    Shortly after this level begins, a chainsaw can be heard in the distance.  He's 
    coming to get you, my dear reader!  One Chainsaw Majini with blue pants will 
    always be the first Chainsaw Majini to appear in this area and will start from 
    the northwest end (he drops from the crane spawn point).  If your character 
    happens to start at the northwest starting point, then you'll likely see him.
    
    There are two types of Chainsaw Majini in this stage - one with blue pants and 
    one with red pants.  The red pants version is the weaker one of the two and the 
    blue pants Chainsaw Majini is stronger and will go into a berserk frenzy after 
    falling one time.  The blue Chainsaw Majini will always go into a berserk 
    status shortly after falling and he does not count as a kill or drop an item 
    until after he has been defeated while he is berserking. 
    
    --> DEALING WITH THE CHAINSAW MAJINI
    
    Just about any weapon can be used to stun the Chainsaw Majini if the player 
    shoots one in the head.  Even a handgun is useful in stunning one (two shots to 
    the head).  Hand Grenades, Incendiary Grenades, Flame Rounds, Proximity Bombs, 
    Flash Grenades or a nearby explosion with an explosive barrel will all stun him 
    as well. Incendiary grenades really provides the quickest stun out of the 
    listed throwing weapons.  The grenade launcher that can be found in this level 
    comes equipped with flame rounds that will stun the Chainsaw Majini just like 
    an incendiary grenade.  There are also some extra flame rounds near it.  
    Getting to the grenade launcher or getting to the flame rounds should be one of 
    the first task that a character should think about before fighting the Chainsaw 
    Majini, but be sure to hit time bonuses along the way.
    
    Once a chainsaw Majini is stunned, race toward him then fill him full of your 
    most powerful gun's gunshots from close range.  Make sure that no other Majini 
    are in the immediate area before doing this however.  Quickly perform a melee 
    attack before he recovers; a player can also perform the melee when any 
    surrounding Majini are about to hit to take advantage of the melee's 
    invincibility.  With Type B and D controls a player can literally stand over 
    him while he is stunned then let loose with gunshots and cancel the final 
    gunshot into a melee attack by pressing the action button during the gunshot 
    animation.
    
    The Chainsaw Majini with red pants will explode instantly upon being defeated 
    but the Chainsaw Majini with blue pants will fall then get back up a few 
    seconds later and go into berserk status.  A player can stand right near his 
    body as he falls then begin to shoot him as he gets up to go into berserk 
    status.
    
    Keep in mind that he cannot die while he is getting up, but he will quickly die 
    once fully standing if enough damage is delivered to him.  So basically, if a 
    player shoots him twice with Chris S.T.A.R.S. magnum while he gets up then that 
    player can stand and watch as he rises then suddenly dies from the damage of 
    the two magnum shots (taunt at that time to look cool).
    
    A Chainsaw Majini with blue pants that has already started berserking needs to 
    be taken down quickly!  All it takes is one Majini grab from nowhere to have 
    him catch up to a player.  If he catches a player then that player is basically 
    dead since the Chainsaw Majini will continue to swing right near the character 
    as the characters gets up while in dying status.  Be sure to shoot a berserking 
    Chainsaw Majini from a distance with any weapon until he dies.  Never use a 
    shotgun unless it is long range such as the Hydra or Jail Breaker.
    
    --> KILL THEM, KILL THEM ALL!
    
    The Chainsaw Majini in this stage show up very early.  They come as a player 
    kills them off and finishes off Majini in multiples of ten. Once a player has 
    finished off 50 Majini then all Chainsaw Majini in the area are already 
    scheduled to appear.  If they haven't then there is a Chainsaw Majini already 
    in the stage that is keeping the others from spawning, so go kill him to make 
    another spawn.
    
    In Duo mode, or if you are that sure of yourself, players can simply stand in 
    one spot and kill off all seven chainsaw Majini then have the rest of the time 
    free of these pests.  It's better to do this in Duo mode once both players have 
    met up with each other.  Some of the Chainsaw Majini with blue pants will 
    appear alongside the Chainsaw Majini with red pants, so you'll have to deal 
    with two at a time sometimes.  Keep all surrounding Majini away while a player 
    deals with the Chainsaw Majini(s) is of the utmost importance while fighting 
    any of them.
    
    --> 3 ROCKET LAUNCHERS AND A GRENADE LAUNCHER!
    
    There are a total of 3 rocket launchers and one grenade launcher hidden in this 
    stage.  One rocket launcher is on the top of the tower near time bonus 1 and it 
    is lying near the zipline.  The other two rocket launchers can be gotten to by 
    using the zipline on the crane tower in the far west.  A grenade launcher is 
    lying below the metal container that time bonus 7 is on (drop from the south 
    side).  Once the grenade launcher is picked up by a character that doesn't 
    already have one then that character will receive random grenade launcher ammo 
    drops from enemies.
    
    The grenade launcher comes equipped with flame rounds and there are some extra 
    flame rounds near it.  The flame rounds can come in handy for any character 
    since they will stun a Chainsaw Majini whenever one is shot at him much like an 
    incendiary grenade's flames.  This can be the key for BSAA Jill players to gain 
    an edge in this stage.
    
    A player cannot pick up a weapon that the player already has in that player's 
    inventory, so you can't horde rocket launchers.  Rocket launchers are really 
    best used against a set of two Chainsaw Majini.  If will kill the one with red 
    pants and knock out the one with blue pants.
    
    --> HIGH PLATFORMS FOR SNIPING
    
    There are several high platforms in this area that a character with sniper 
    rifle can take advantage of.  Both towers can be used for sniping points and 
    the platform in the east with the two rocket launchers makes an absolutely 
    perfect sniping spot, since you can get a good survey of the area without 
    having to worry about what might be behind your character.
    
    --> THE LAST FEW MAJINI
    
    This stage can have the same problems as Missile Area in trying to find the 
    last Majini to kill off in order to complete the stage.  You'll most likely be 
    missing a Majini with a crossbow.  Majini with crossbows like to group up on 
    the very top of the north tower and the very top of the crane tower in the 
    west, so immediately check those two areas if time is leftover and the stage is 
    not yet complete.
    
    --> CHICKEN EGG GLITCH
    
    If the chicken is killed while on the metal grated portion of the extreme north 
    end of the boat next to the time bonus, it will not leave behind it's usual 
    gold egg item.
    
    --------------------
    DUO MODE WALKTHROUGH
    --------------------
    
    In Duo Mode, both players need to get two things to take on the Chainsaw 
    Majini.  One player needs to grab the rocket launcher on the north tower and 
    one player needs to grab the grenade launcher with flame rounds on the west set 
    of containers.  These items are vital to helping players quickly kill of the 
    Chainsaw Majini.  It is best to make the waves of Chainsaw Majini the main 
    focus of the beginning portion of this stage.  They all arrive early after the 
    first 50 enemies have been killed off, so players can easily take them down 
    early and still get a really high score in the process.
    
    -- STARTING POINT 1 PLAYER
    
    The player in the north should immediately climb the nearby ladder to the right 
    from the start.  Climb all the way to the top then break Time Bonus 1 and grab 
    the rocket launcher to the left of the railing of the zipline then use the 
    zipline to slide all the way to the south and land on a metal container.  Drop 
    from the side of the metal container to the south (where the ladder is) then 
    climb the first ladder off to the right.
    
    Hop across the metal containers then break Time Bonus 7 on the long metal 
    container at the end.  Fall from the south end of the long metal container then 
    grab the grenade launcher, flame rounds and first aid spray.  If the other 
    character has a grenade launcher from the start (Tribal Sheva or STARS Chris) 
    then give him/her the flame rounds when that character meets up with your 
    character below.
    
    Fall down the east side of the current metal container.  Run over and break 
    Time Bonus 8.  This the meeting place for defeating the Chainsaw Majini.  Kill 
    off the Majini in the area and wait for your partner's arrival.
    
    -- STARTING POINT 2 PLAYER
    
    The player that begins in the southeast portion of the map should pick up the 
    flash grenades near the crates at the top of the stairs then break the tall 
    crate for some possible useful items.  Move down the stairs then break Time 
    Bonus 1.  Your main priority here is to meet up with the other player.  Ignore 
    the Chainsaw Majini when he drops from the overhead crane.  Run by him and 
    break the crates up ahead if needed then climb the ladder on the metal 
    container to the west.  Move around the side of the containers to the west then 
    climb the next ladder to the west.
    
    Survey the area from here.  Your partner should be below the metal containers 
    by now in the west area.  If your partner has a grenade launcher from the start 
    and already grabbed the flame rounds then consider climbing the nearby ladder 
    on the metal container off to the right and hopping over to the grenade 
    launcher with flame rounds next to where Time Bonus 7 was at.  Fall down to 
    join the player and help that player kill off the Majini below.
    
    --> SHODOWN WITH THE CHAINSAW MAJINI
    
    Keep in mind that Combo Bonus 4 is on top of the south crate from the meeting 
    place, so a player can grab it at any time.  It's best to grab it in between 
    breaks from the Chainsaw Majini.  Normal Town Majini and Town Majini with 
    dynamite will be attacking the players throughout this battle.  BE SURE to keep 
    your life above 40% at all times since one dynamite blast will take away about 
    30% - 35% of a character's life.  The Chainsaw Majini with blue pants will drop 
    first aid sprays and the Chainsaw Majini with red pants will drop green herbs. 
    Combine the green herbs to save inventory space and make sure that each partner 
    has a healing item at all times.
    
    The first Chainsaw Majini that the players will face off against is the 
    Chainsaw Majini with blue pants that should have been chasing the player that 
    started in the southeast.  Await his arrival then shoot him with a flame round 
    when he appears.  Both characters should blast him with the most powerful 
    weapon in their arsenal.  DON'T USE THE ROCKET LAUNCHER YET.  Only hit him with 
    a melee attack when he is about to recover since hitting him with one early 
    will cancel his stun early.  When he falls, one player should keep an eye on 
    his dead body then shoot him with a magnum once he starts to rise before he 
    goes into berserk mode.  Watch the kill streak to go up by one to confirm that 
    he dies with the magnum shot.  He will still continue to get up even after 
    being "killed", but he will get up then fall over dead and explode.
    
      If the Chainsaw Majini with blue pants ever goes berserk and hits your 
      partner, quickly do one of the three things while that partner is in dying 
      status:
    
      a) Fire a flame round at him to stun him.
      b) Quickly toss a flash grenade or shoot a flash round at him to stun him.
      c) Quickly aim at him and shoot him with a magnum to kill him.
    
      Quickly resuscitate the partner then finish off the Chainsaw Majini after the 
      resuscitation in the case mentioned above.
    
    Two Chainsaw Majini will appear at once after the first Chainsaw Majini; one 
    has blue pants and one has red pants. Shoot a flame round at them while they 
    are grouped together then blast them both with the rocket launcher.  If they 
    cannot be grouped or the player manages to defeat one early then go ahead and 
    fight them off with flame rounds and other high-powered weapons (magnums or 
    shotguns) and save the rocket launcher for the next group of two.  Be sure that 
    one player watches over the fallen body of the Chainsaw Majini with blue pants 
    in order to shoot him as he rises to go into berserk mode.
    
    Two Chainsaw Majini with red pants will show up next; one right after the other 
    (separate).  Shoot them with a flame round when they enter the area to stun 
    them then quickly blast them with whatever high-powered weapons that the 
    characters have.  The last two Chainsaw Majini will arrive together.  One of 
    them has red pants and the other has blue pants.  Shoot them with a flame round 
    while they are both grouped.  If the team still has a rocket launcher then 
    blast them.  If the team has a magnum then that character should stand near one 
    so the character faces the other then shoot one so that it pierces through the 
    first and hits the second.  The red Chainsaw Majini should take priority in 
    defeating both of them since he has less health but players should focus on 
    both if possible.
    
    --> CONTINUING ONWARD
    
    The second wave of two Chainsaw Majini that arrive together is the final wave 
    of Chainsaw Majini.  Both characters can stay behind and defeat the rest of the 
    Majini or they can continue on to the north.  Both players should run to the 
    north eventually and split up at this point.  One player should open the nearby 
    gate to the left and one player should run under the crate doorway to the right 
    then break Time Bonus 4 and turn right then enter the area with Time Bonus 6.
    
    --> THE PLAYER THAT OPENS THE GATE
    
    The player that opens the gate should break Time Bonus 9 then move up the 
    stairs to the side.  Follow the path to the south then climb the two ladders at 
    the end to reach the top of the crane.  Hopefully there will be four Majini 
    with crossbows at the top of the crane tower.  These Majini will stick around 
    the tower if they are not defeated at this time and can become an annoyance 
    that might keep the players from finishing the stage if they are not here when 
    the player climbs the ladder.  If the Majini with crossbows are not here then 
    try placing nearby proximity bombs near the top of the ladder so that they walk 
    into them after they climb the ladder; the Majini that follow your character 
    can ruin this trap however if you don't use the zipline quick enough.
    
    Finish all of the Majini with crossbows off, pick up Combo Bonus 5 then break 
    Time Bonus 10.  Make sure all the immediate Majini that were on top of the 
    crane tower from the beginning are now gone then use the zipline to slide over 
    to the rocket launcher platform in the east.  Pick up a rocket launcher.  This 
    rocket launcher will be your long distance method to take down any surviving 
    Majini with crossbows on the north and west tower - aim from a distance and 
    shoot one to defeat them all (this should be done later though).
    
    Fall down the platform then climb the ladder to the north.  Drop down from the 
    north side then find the second ladder off to the left before reaching the 
    doorway below the crate up ahead.  Climb the ladder then turn to the right and 
    break Time Bonus 5.  You need to get to the middle area with Time Bonus 6 and 
    help out your partner.  Face the NORTH end of one of the metal containers to 
    get a "Drop Off" command instead of a "Jump" command.
    
    --> THE PLAYER THAT CONTINUES TO THE NORTH
    
    The player that continues to the north should break Time Bonus 4 and maybe 
    collect Combo Bonus 3 from the top of the ladder to the left of Time Bonus 4. 
    Run to the right (east) and step in between the middle set of crates then break 
    Time Bonus 6 at the end of them.  You're going to be the one that will keep the 
    kill streak going for now basically.  Stay in between the crates and allow the 
    Town Majini to come to you.  Kill them off and try to maintain a kill streak 
    until the partner arrives.
    
    --> MEETING UP AGAIN
    
    Both players should meet up in the middle area where Time Bonus 6 is located 
    and they should kill off the Town Majini until they begin to stop appearing.  
    Run to the north once they stop appearing then take the northeast path 
    (directly ahead) to the north portion of the ship.  Collect Combo Bonus 2 along 
    the way.  After climbing the ladder, break Time Bonus 3 along the way as well.  
    Find and kill the chicken in the area with the red barrel in the far north.  
    The chicken may be below or above the ladder.
    
    One player should climb the ladder to the north and break Time Bonus 2 on the 
    far north edge.  The other player should fight off the Majini that enter the 
    area from the metal container spawn point.  The Majini will also enter the area 
    from the south walkway with stairs.  Majini with crossbows will attempt to 
    climb the ladder of the north tower, so shoot them off before they climb.  
    There will likely be some Majini with crossbows on the very top of the north 
    tower, so one player will have to climb up the ladders then quickly defeat 
    them.
    
    When the Majini begin to stop appearing, players should survey the area to the 
    south of the north tower.  One player can stand on the second floor of the 
    tower and look off the edge to make sure the walkway to the south is clear and 
    one player can move along the east walkway with stairs to the side of the 
    tower.  It is possible that some more Majini might jump out of the north metal 
    container near the tower, so be prepared to return if the team can't find the 
    final few Majini.
    
    --> IF THE FINAL MAJINI CANNOT BE FOUND
    
    If the team has problems finding the last Majini then quickly look up at the 
    top of the crane tower to the east and the top of the tower to the north.  If 
    Majini with crossbows are at the top of either of these tower, the player with 
    the rocket launcher should aim toward that tower and fire a rocket toward it.  
    This will hit the Majini from long range and kill off any Majini that might be 
    along with it to help the team complete the stage most likely.
    
    --------------------
    SHIP DECK DUO VIDEOS
    --------------------
    
    --> Seitengrate (STARS Chris) and Berserker Kev (STARS Chris)
    
    Score: 629,947
    
    Part 1 - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jn8Sbqcv1sg
    Part 2 - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WZQeTjIG7CM
    
    --> Dreamer RD (Midnight Wesker) and Berserker Kev (STARS Chris)
    
    Score: 708,723
    
    Part 1 - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9sYVY-ncQNE
    Part 2 - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lyx_tET-MnI
    
    --> Seitengrate (Midnight Wesker) and snake146677 (BSAA Jill)
    
    Score: 782,068
    
    Part 1 - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hgDzw2OWZrc
    Part 2 - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0MOE-Qm8ezI
    
    --> kenbio (Midnight Wesker) and kitajo (Midnight Wesker)
    
    Score: 902,198
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VYd63ux8k9w
    
    --> domo001 (Midnight Wesker) and ??? (Midnight Wesker)
    
    Score: 905K
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N0nOpYTgsNI
    
    --> Kommand (Midnight Wesker) and ??? (Midnight Wesker) [Split Screen video]
    
    Score: 930K
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zB70pYCf1yY
    
    
                               ___      _                                    [ST08]
                              / _ \_ __(_)___  ___  _ __  
                             / /_)/ '__| / __|/ _ \| '_ \ 
                            / ___/| |  | \__ \ (_) | | | |
                            \/    |_|  |_|___/\___/|_| |_|
    
                                     S T A G E  8
    
        .---------------------------------------------------------------------.
        |  How to unlock: Achieve a B-rank or higher on the "Ship Deck" stage |
        '---------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    ---                        Berserker's Best Scores                          ---
    -                     Single w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.:                              -
    ---               Duo w/Chris S.T.A.R.S.: 732,723 (Xbox LIVE)               ---
    
    -- Normal Enemy Points List         -- Boss Enemy Points List
    .---------------------------------. .-----------------------------------------.
    | ENEMY TYPE       | POINT AMOUNT | | ENEMY TYPE               | POINT AMOUNT |
    |=================================| |=========================================|
    | Majini (Town)    =         300  | | Executioner Majini       =       5,000  |
    | Cephalo          =         800  | | Executioner Majini (Red) =      15,000  |
    | Big Man Majini   =       1,000  | '-----------------------------------------'
    | Chicken          =       2,000  |
    '---------------------------------'
    
    --------
    OVERVIEW
    --------
    
    The Prison map is another exclusive stage to The Mercenaries mode.  This three 
    floor stage is filled with several twisting corridors and a basement level full 
    of lava.  The layout of this map can easily confuse a player at first much like 
    the Ship Deck, but through memorization it isn't so bad.  Town Majini roam this 
    map and spawn throughout the middle portion and side areas of the maps.
    
    The main threat with the Prison is the new Executioner Majini exclusive to this 
    stage.  He wears a red mask and has white flesh along with a red growth on his 
    back.  He also carries a new and improved flaming axe.  This Executioner is 
    much faster than the normal Executioner and can stand up to even the most 
    powerful guns for quite a while with his tremendous health.  If you're partner 
    ever dies in duo mode and a flaming axe suddenly moves by the camera then 
    you'll have a pretty good idea as to what killed that player.  Damn you, red 
    Ex!
    
    A normal Executioner will appear in the stage eventually and he is much like 
    the original Executioner, though he does have more health than the Executioner 
    fought in the Public Assembly stage.  All the same tricks for taking this bad 
    boy out on the Public Assembly stage still work here, but a player will need to 
    dish out even more punishment than before.
    
    --------
    MAP LIST
    --------
    
    NOTES ABOUT THE FOLLOWING MAPS:
    
    NOTE 1: In all the 3F-2F maps, 3F overlaps the 2F in some areas.  3F covers a 
    good majority of the north portion of 2F.
    
    NOTE 2: There is a staircase at the bottom of the east portion of 3F that was 
    not added in my initial sketch of the area.  I would have to go back and redo 
    all maps to add that.
    
    --> Time Bonus and Combo Bonus Locations
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img259.imageshack.us/img259/6917/prison1fb1ftimeandcombo.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img245.imageshack.us/img245/8942/prison3f2ftimeandcombob.jpg
    
    Visit the Time Bonus list and Combo Bonus list for an in-depth description of 
    each time and combo bonus.
    
    --> Item Locations
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img245.imageshack.us/img245/1453/prison1fb1fitems.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img242.imageshack.us/img242/1994/prison3f2fitems.jpg
    
    Visit the Item and Breakable Object list for an in-depth description of the 
    location on the map.  The map includes the chicken also.
    
    --> Areas (for enemy spawning)
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img245.imageshack.us/img245/2655/prison1fb1fareas.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img527.imageshack.us/img527/7839/prison3f2fareas.jpg
    
    These should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    HINT: It's all one big area and I just made up the maps to be thorough.
    
    --> Enemy Spawn Points
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img527.imageshack.us/img527/9016/prison1fb1fspawnpoints.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img245.imageshack.us/img245/4571/prison3f2fspawnpoints.jpg
    
    These should be used when examining the Enemy list below.
    
    --> Blank Map (For the gamer that wants to make his/her own location listings)
    
    1F-B1F
    http://img259.imageshack.us/img259/2807/prison1fb1fblank.jpg
    
    3F-2F
    http://img242.imageshack.us/img242/8279/prison3f2fblank.jpg
    
    These should be used if you want to label everything yourself.
    
    --> Sephirosuy's Prison Map on GameFAQs
    
    http://www.gamefaqs.com/console/ps3/file/929198/56612
    
    ---------------
    STARTING POINTS
    ---------------
    
    -- Starting Point 1
    
    On the third floor high walkway that extends across the middle room of the 
    prison.  The player will face to the west and starts right near time bonus 1.
    
    -- Starting Point 2
    
    In the first floor middle room of the prison.  The player will face south.
    
    ---------------
    TIME BONUS LIST
    ---------------
    
    --> TOTAL EXTRA TIME = 8 MINUTES
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 1
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: On 3F, this is in the center of the top of the walkway that extends 
    across the middle portion of the Prison.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 2
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: This is on the south side of 2F, right across from a zipline that a 
    player can use in the north.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 3
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Along the north portion of 2F right before reaching time bonus 4.  
    This is actually in a room slightly to the south of time bonus 4.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 4
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Very close to time bonus 3 on 2F, only this is in the room to the 
    north of it.  This can be seen through a window if a player approaches the room 
    from the south.  Time bonus 3 is behind the door to the south of that window.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 5
    
    Extra Time: +60 seconds
    Location: Right before getting to the northwest stairs that lead down to the 
    area with the chicken on 2F, this is on the other side of the gap that a player 
    will have to leap across to get to those stairs.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 6
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: On a walkway that extends out toward the far northwest side of 1F.  
    This is next to the ramp that leads down to the basement level.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 7
    
    Extra Time: +90 seconds
    Location: In the center of B1, this is on a walkway that extends to the south. 
    This is in the basement level below the middle portion of the area.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 8
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: This is in a northeast room to the west of the hallway with three 
    cells to the east on 1F.  A red herb lies near this time bonus.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 9
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: To the side of the bottom of the east staircase that is to the west 
    of the three cells in the east on 1F.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 10
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Inside the south cell in the set of three cells to the east on 1F.  
    Kick through the cell door then break it.
    
    [ ] Time Bonus 11
    
    Extra Time: +30 seconds
    Location: Inside of a long room in the southwest portion of 1F.  There is 
    another long room to the south of this one.
    
    ----------------
    COMBO BONUS LIST
    ----------------
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 1
    
    Move down the walkway to the west of time bonus 1 and this will be off to the 
    left.  This is on the walkway that stretches across the third floor of the 
    Prison.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 2
    
    This is in the chest in the room down the east staircase that can be taken down 
    from 3F.  This is on 2F near time bonus 2.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 3
    
    In the far northeast section of 1F, this is in the area where the chicken is 
    located.  Hop over the railing and collect this from the chest in the back of 
    the room.
    
    [ ] Combo Bonus 4
    
    On the east side of 1F this is in the north cell of the set of three cells 
    along that side.
    
    ----------
    ITEMS LIST
    ----------
    
    -- THIRD FLOOR
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    Lying on a crate near combo bonus 1 on the third floor walkway that extends 
    across the middle floor of the prison.  This is on the west side of that 
    walkway.
    
    -- SECOND FLOOR
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    Lying along the top portion of the outside walkway to the west.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    Lying on a crate near the doorway that leads out to the tracks where time bonus 
    2 is located.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    Lying beside a rail cart at the end of the north portion of the tracks that 
    extend across the middle floor of the prison.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    Lying on a metal stretcher with a body on top of it in the same corridor with 
    time bonus 4.
    
    [ ] Wooden Crate
    
    Lying on a wooden cabinet on the east side of 2F.  This is in a dead end 
    corridor right before going down the stairs on that side.
    
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade
    
    On a wooden crate on the outside walkway in the northeast.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade
    
    On a wooden crate near time bonus 5.  This is right before turning to go down 
    the set of stairs that lead to the floor with the chicken.
    
    -- FIRST FLOOR
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    In the closet cubby set in the pair of cubbies off to the right in the 
    northeast room with the chicken.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade (x2)
    
    In the further cubby set in the pair of cubbies in the room with the chicken in 
    the northeast.
    
    [ ] Wooden Crate
    
    In the far northeast room with the chicken.  This is on a wooden cabinet to the 
    left in the back of the room.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    While moving along the north walkway, this will be off to the right while 
    coming from the east.
    
    [ ] Red Herb
    
    Lying on a wooden crate in the north room that contains time bonus 8.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    Lying in the corridor below the east stairs.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade (x2)
    
    These are lying on some metal containers in the long room to the north.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade
    
    In the middle room, this is on a counter along the north side.
    
    [ ] Hand Grenade
    
    In the middle room, this is on a crate along the south side.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    Lying in a dead end corridor below the west set of stairs.
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    On a counter in the room to the south of the middle room.
    
    [ ] Proximity Bomb
    
    On a table in the room to the south of the middle room.
    
    [ ] Wooden Barrel
    
    On the east side of the long room to the south of the long room that contains 
    time bonus 11.
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade (x2)
    
    Lying along some cement blocks in the tunnel in the far south.  These are in 
    the middle portion of the tunnel.
    
    [ ] Incendiary Grenade (x2)
    
    Lying beside the north ladder along the west side of the prison.
    
    -- BASEMENT FLOOR
    
    [ ] Flash Grenade (x2)
    
    In the cell along the west side of the B1F tunnel
    
    [ ] Green Herb
    
    In the cell along the east side of the B1F tunnel.
    
    ----------
    CHICKEN(S)
    ----------
    
    [ ] Chicken
    
    The chicken for this stage is located in far northeast portion of 1F.  It roams 
    around the side of the room behind the wooden railing where combo bonus 3 is 
    located.
    
    -------
    ENEMIES
    -------
    
    NOTE: All enemies listed below are based on enemies that actually spawn in the 
    stage.  Some enemies are already present from the beginning so the amount of 
    enemies listed below will not add up to the total amount of 150 enemies.  The 
    chicken(s) in each stage count(s) as an enemy also.
    
    -- Town Majini (x122)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A.
    Max Number in stage at once: 10
    Item Drop: Random
    
    -- Big Man Majini (x14)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player is in Area A.
    Max Number in stage at once: 3
    Item Drop: Hand Grenade
    
    -- Executioner Majini 1
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated the first Executioner 
    (red).
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    -- Executioner Majini 1 (red)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 50 or more enemies and 
    Executioner 1 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    -- Executioner Majini 2
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 90 or more enemies and 
    Executioner Majini 1 (red) has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    -- Executioner Majini 2 (red)
    
    Spawning Condition: Spawns when a player has defeated 120 or more enemies and 
    Executioner Majini 2 has been defeated.
    Max Number in stage at once: 1
    Item Drop: First Aid Spray
    
    -----
    AREAS
    -----
    
    -- Area A
    
    The entire prison is only composed of one area, so Area A stretches across the 
    entire map and covers all floors.
    
    -------------------------
    SINGLE PLAYER WALKTHROUGH
    -------------------------
    
    --> FROM THE 3F HIGH WALKWAY
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 1*, 2**, 3, 4, 5***, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
    
    * Use the zipline in the north or move down the stairs to the south to get to 
    time bonus 2.
    
    ** Time bonus 3 and 4 are very close together.  It's more up to the player in 
    what order that person wants to break these.
    
    *** Kill the chicken in the room below the northeast set of stairs.
    
    --> FROM THE MIDDLE ROOM
    
    Break the time bonuses in the following order:
    
    Time Bonus Order: 11, 9, 10, 7, 6, 8, 5, 3, 4, 2, 1
    
    --> ONE AREA
    
    The entire Prison stage is composed of one area that covers all floor, so 
    Majini will spawn constantly and they come in the form of Town Majini once 
    again.  These Town Majini usually only carry melee weapons, so your character 
    won't have to worry as much about explosions during this stage unless you're 
    careless with a hand grenade or grenade launcher.  They still carry molotov 
    cocktails and dynamite from time to time though.
    
    Big Man Majini will spawn often as well.  They sometimes come in groups of 
    three. Use the usual magnum or shotgun + melee or just constant gunfire aimed 
    at a leg + melee to get rid of them easily.  They can quickly group up and 
    appear out of nowhere from around a corner or behind a door, so always be 
    prepared to quickly switch weapons when one appears.  They all drop hand 
    grenades once defeated, which can be used to destroy the many breakable walls 
    on this stage.
    
    --> A RED EXECUTIONER
    
    Whenever a player sees a red glow suddenly cover a nearby corridor or wall then 
    get ready to see the new Red Executioner.  This Executioner wears a red mask 
    and has white skin and a fiery axe.  He is much quicker than the normal 
    Executioner but he still has all the same moves.  He can be stunned the same 
    way as the other Executioner - by shooting him in the head or anywhere with a 
    powerful weapon.  His main weak point is the red growth on his back, but really 
    that shouldn't be much of a focus for a player since it is rather hard to hit 
    and a headshot works fine for stunning him.
    
    A player without a real powerful weapon should use a hand grenade or proximity 
    bomb to stun him.  Electric rounds with a grenade launcher works well in 
    stunning for a character that happens to have a grenade launcher as well.  Get 
    in close while he is stunned and fire directly at his head or the red growth on 
    his back with a magnum or shotgun (or any weapon) then perform a melee as he 
    starts to rise from his stunned position.  He rises quicker than the normal 
    Executioner and he doesn't stay stunned for that long, so take advantage of 
    each stun and spam him with gunfire while you are able to the quickly melee him 
    before he fully rises if you're character is in close range.
    
    The main problem with fighting the Red Executioner once a player is familiar 
    with his speed, is the Town Majini that will group up around him.  This 
    Executioner takes some extreme punishment, so the Majini will bunch up rather 
    quickly while hitting the Executioner.  Try to time your melee attacks until 
    right before a Majini grabs or hits your character to avoid being hit - the 
    invincibility of the melee attack animation will save your character.  There 
    may be times where you'll have to run away then fight off the Majini crowd in 
    order to focus on the Red Executioner.
    
    --> THE NORMAL EXECUTIONER
    
    Players will still have to deal with a normal Executioner after fighting off 
    Red Executioner.  The normal Executioner has all the same behavior as the one 
    from Public Assembly but his health is much greater, which means your character 
    will have to dish out even more punishment while Majini group up around your 
    character. Once again, use melee attacks to gain invincibility from the 
    surrounding Majini while fighting him and simply run away when too crowded.
    
    --> BREAKABLE WALLS AND DOORS
    
    This stage has quite a few breakable walls that can be used to your advantage 
    in making a new pathway.  The breakable walls found in the middle area are some 
    of the best walls to break for quick access to the surrounding hallways.  
    Simply toss a hand grenade or fire an explosive round at the walls to break 
    them.  Keep in mind that the Executioners can break these walls as well.  
    There's nothing quite like moving past a breakable wall only to have a sudden 
    overhead axe swing break through a nearby wall and send your character into 
    dying status.  It can happen, so be careful around those cracked walls!
    
    There are also a few wooden doors that can be broken to avoid the kick 
    animation of opening one.  These can be broken with an explosive or a gunshot.  
    With STARS Chris, a single electric round shot at a wooden door will destroy 
    it.
    
    Also take note of the large red canister in the middle room.  The canister is 
    much bigger than all the rest that a player is familiar with.  This can be shot 
    to help out when a big group of Majini follow your character.
    
    --> SO MANY FLOORS
    
    This stage has a total of three floors and one basement area.  It's good to 
    have an idea of where nearby ladders will lead your character to and, like the 
    Ship Deck, you'll need to memorize the layout of the stage in order to gain a 
    good score.  It's not really that bad of a stage once you become familiar with 
    it.  Learn which rooms are on certain floors and that will help out a lot in 
    navigation.
    
    The B1 area can be reached via a ramp on the northwest side of the first floor 
    or the opening with a ladder in the floor of the middle cell in the far east 
    portion of the first floor.  To quickly reach the second floor from the first 
    floor, run up the staircase in either of the two rooms along the northwest or 
    northeast portion of the first floor.  There is also another staircase along 
    the east side that leads to the second floor.  In order to reach the third 
    floor from the second floor, a character will have to move to the west portion 
    of the second floor then move to the south circle around it heading southeast 
    then move up the stairs along the southeast portion of the second floor.
    
    Constantly look for doors and windows to enter new rooms and be sure to have 
    the mini-map pulled up at all times.  The windows will help out a bunch when 
    being chased.  The many doors in the area can cause your character to get hit 
    shortly before or directly after the door opening animations.  Always kick the 
    doors when forced to open one to give your character some invincibility while 
    opening a door.  There might be some doors that you'll want to destroy if they 
    are wooden - toss a hand grenade at them before your character gets to them or 
    shoot them down.  Two shots from a light weapon followed by a kick will destroy 
    any wooden door.
    
    --> THE LAST FEW MAJINI
    
    Majini can get stuck in the following two areas in this stage, so check out 
    these areas if you can't find the last Majini.
    
    - At the east end of second floor corridor where time bonus 3 is located.  He 
    will be standing near the metal door at the end.
    
    - Near the two flash grenade pickups in the south tunnel on the first floor.
    
    --------------------
    DUO MODE WALKTHROUGH
    --------------------
    
    Whether both players should grab combo bonuses and kill along their path to the 
    time bonuses is really up to the players.  For this stage, I really feel that 
    it is best to simply disregard the combo bonus chests and skip out on killing 
    any enemies until all time bonuses are broken.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 1 PLAYER
    
    The player that starts on the third floor catwalk will start with time bonus 1 
    right beside the character so go ahead and break it.  The character will be 
    facing the path that leads to combo bonus 1.  Whether you go to get it or not 
    is up to you.  I recommend quick turn and moving on ahead to the east.  Run 
    down the ramp behind the character then make a right and move down the stairs 
    then kick through the door.  Run onto the railroad track then break time bonus 
    2.  Drop off the side of the tracks to fall to the first floor.
    
    The rest of what you do from here really depends on how both players want to 
    approach the stage.  If your character has a weapon that is good at destroying 
    wooden doors or breaking down cracked walls then break them to save time.  I 
    recommend running toward the room with the chicken in the northwest and 
    defeating the chicken.  The chicken is in the room with combo bonus 3.  Defeat 
    the chicken then move up the nearby stairs to reach the second floor and 
    collect the flash grenade from the boxes then break time bonus 5 on the outer 
    walkway.  After breaking time bonus 5, hop across the gap to the west then kick 
    through the metal door on the other side.
    
    Take the hand grenade from the nearby metal bed if your character doesn't 
    already have one.  Break time bonus 4.  Look to the left and find the window.  
    Toss a hand grenade through the window so that it bounces off the wall behind 
    it and breaks the wooden doorway off to the left behind it.  The hand grenade 
    will also shatter the breakable wall to the right.  Vault through the window 
    then turn left and break time bonus 3.  Try to wait until the other character's 
    arrival before killing off any Majini.  BE SURE to run to the end of the 
    corridor with time bonus 3 and get the Majini's attention at the end.  If you 
    don't get his attention or kill him off, he will remain there until the stage 
    ends.
    
    --> STARTING POINT 2 PLAYER
    
    The player that starts on the first floor is going to do most of the item 
    collecting and time bonus hitting.  Turn around from the beginning then grab 
    the flash grenade off the counter (north counter).  Run toward the window to 
    the south and vault through it then grab the green herb on the counter to the 
    left.  Turn to the right then break time bonus 11 at the end of the corridor.  
    Run back the way you came to where the green herb used to be.  Break down the 
    wooden door off to the right (in the south).
    
    In the outside tunnel, quickly pick up the two flash grenades on the boxes.  
    For the Majini that stands beside the flash grenade, a player MUST get his 
    attention while picking up the flash grenades or else he will stand there until 
    a player alerts him (or until all time expires).  Run back through the door 
    that your character destroyed and run through the doorway on the east end of 
    the room that used to have the green herb inside.  Break time bonus 9 in the 
    corridor ahead. Ignore the stairs to the north and take the left corridor then 
    break the wooden door at the end.  Break time bonus 8 inside the north room 
    then collect the red herb.  Wait until you break another time bonus then open 
    the inventory and combine red and green herb quickly.
    
    Break the wooden door to the east then rush out into the corridor with cells.  
    Kick thorugh the door of the last cell to the southeast then break time bonus 
    10.  Kick back through the cell door if it closes then move into the middle 
    cell.  Drop from the trapdoor opening to reach the B1 floor.  Quick turn then 
    run to the west.  If you are badly damaged then collect the green herb from the 
    first cell off to the right.  This green herb will usually crowd the inventory, 
    so don't grab it if you don't need it.
    
    Run toward the middle area of the B1 floor then turn to the left after stepping 
    into the lava pool area and break time bonus 7.  Continue to the west along B1 
    then enter the cell off to the left before reaching the end.  Collect the two 
    flash grenades inside then run out onto the ramp to the west and move up the 
    first floor outer walkway.  Break time bonus 6 on the outer walkway.  The other 
    player should have taken care of everything else for the team at this point, so 
    you could kick through the door off to the right (south) then move up the 
    stairs (to the south) at the end of that corridor then join up with the other 
    player on the west side of the second floor.
    
    --> FIGHTING OFF THE MAJINI
    
    Both characters can fight in the compacted hallways of the second floor near 
    time bonus 3.  This can lead to a very chaotic fight, but the Majinii will be 
    so close together that melee attacks will likely hit multiple Majini.  For Big 
    Man Majini, don't even use magnums on them.  Hit them in the legs with a low 
    powered weapon such as handgun or machine gun then perform melee attacks to 
    bounce them back and forth and double team them with a tag team melee.  A tag 
    team melee performed in these corridors has the potential to wipe out multiple 
    Majini.  Shotguns work nice as starters for melee bouncing on Big Man Majini 
    also, but they take more damage from them, which could end the tag team early.
    
    Wesker players will surely enjoy the tight corridors on the west side since 
    Wesker can easily Cobra Strike multiple Majini in the narrow spaces.  A Wesker 
    player can also perform his dash up and down the corridor while the other 
    player tag team melees any Majini that is hit with Wesker's dash.  Remember 
    that Wesker must hit a Majini at least twice with a dash in order for the other 
    player to perform a tag team melee attack on it.
    
    Try to keep the fight in one of the corridors.  Move to the opposite corridor 
    when healing or simply heal out in the open.  Be careful about staying together 
    when an Executioner is nearby since he can easily perform his overhead swing on 
    both players and kill them both off in these corridors.  This corridor is going 
    to become overrun with item drops from defeated enemies, so you're going to 
    have move over an item that you want to grab and MAKE SURE that it is the 
    correct item before confirming the pickup.  They can also ruin a melee attack, 
    though a melee attack command usually takes priority over an item pickup.
    
    Majini will drop from the third floor walkway spawn point, they will enter the 
    area from the north doorways and south stairs.  They will also climb the ladder 
    from the first floor.  The ladder can sometimes get in the way and your 
    character might accidentally kick it down when trying to perform a melee 
    attack.  Your character might accidentally jump through the nearby window as 
    well.  Try to watch the command that is displayed while near these two 
    obstacles when attempting a melee attack.
    
    -----------------
    PRISON DUO VIDEOS
    -----------------
    
    --> Dreamer RD (Midnight Wesker) and xVcRx NAP (Midnight Wesker)
    
    Score: 840,871
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-1xv7UzuxgM
    
    
    ===============================================================================
                                 MERCENARY CHARACTERS                        [CS00]
    ===============================================================================
    
    The following is a list of all characters in The Mercenaries challenge mode 
    along with a full analysis of each one based on my own playthroughs with each 
    character and some ideas from fellow friends that I have talked with.  Be 
    forewarned that some of the character names can be considered spoilers!
    
    Each character should be used differently depending on whether a player is 
    playin solo or duo mode.  In solo mode, melee kills should be used often, but 
    it is extremely to fight the vast amount of pressure that a single player will 
    be under without taking out a more powerful to kill, so in the case of solo 
    mode a more powerful weapon and explosive should be used while facing a crowd.
    
    In Duo mode, players should limit themselves to weaker weapons in order to 
    obtain as many melee kills as possible.  Each player will draw the attention of 
    the enemies so a single player will not get surrounded as much in Duo mode.  DO 
    NOT use explosives unless they are used for more powerful enemies.  Limit the 
    use of a powerful weapon so that your character only uses one for bosses and to 
    keep the kill chain going.  Melee kills are VERY important to obtaining a high 
    score in duo mode since both players will be adding 5 seconds to the clock per 
    melee kill and that can build up time greatly!  Remember that each second left 
    over after all enemies are defeated will be worth 1,000 points per second.
    
    
                                                                             [CS01]
                                           __                           __
              ___  _            _         / /    ___  __    _      _    \ \ 
             / __\| |__   _ __ (_) ___   / /    / __\/ _\  /_\    /_\    \ \
            / /   | '_ \ | '__|| |/ __| | |    /__\//\ \  //_\\  //_\\    | |
           / /___ | | | || |   | |\__ \  \ \  / \/  \_\ \/  _  \/  _  \  / /
           \____/ |_| |_||_|   |_||___/   \_\ \_____/\__/\_/ \_/\_/ \_/ /_/
    
    
                       .------------------------------------.
                       | How to unlock: Unlocked by default |
                       '------------------------------------'
    
    BSAA Chris can be considered a good starting character and he's an overall good 
    character for normal Majini battles, both single and grouped.  Chris comes 
    equipped with a low damaging handgun and a decent shotgun that can pack quite a 
    punch on a normal Majini or when used aggressively against boss enemies.  One 
    of the main useful aspects of Chris is the amount of ammo that this man brings 
    into battle.  He really comes prepared to put an end to the Majini threat.
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  Handgun  |   Hand    |  Shotgun  |
                       | Ammo (50) |Grenade (5)|Shells (30)|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |   M92F    |           |Ithaca M37 |
                       |   (HG)    |           |   (SG)    |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | First Aid |           |
                       |           |   Spray   |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Chris begins his game with the M92F handgun and the Ithaca M37 shotgun as his 
    main weapons.  Both weapons carry quite a big capacity when compared to other 
    character weapons.  Not to be pleased with his already high capacity per gun, 
    he also brings along plenty of ammo for each weapon.  Just look at that.  Chris 
    freaking brings along 30 extra shotgun shells to go along with his already high 
    capacity of 20.  He actually comes with so much shotgun ammo that one might 
    want to consider giving some to a Safari Chris or STARS Wesker players in duo 
    mode.
    
    The fact that he will gain both types of weapon ammo means that he will be 
    overflowing with ammo if every ammo pickup is taken, so be nice and share with 
    your other player in duo mode, dear sir.  Your Safari Chris and STARS Wesker 
    are counting on you to support them, since their shotgun will plow through 
    bosses quite a bit quicker than your Ithaca shotgun will and they start with 
    only 10 shotgun shells each along with a lower capacity than your shotgun!
    
    Reloading is not too much of a problem for this Chris since his weapons come 
    with such a high capacity.  I recommend setting up his inventory so one can 
    quickly reload through the inventory when reloading his Ithaca shotgun however 
    since it has the longest reload animation.  There is really no reason to reload 
    that often with Chris' handgun since it can hold an astounding 50 bullets.
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' M92F HANDGUN
    
                          .-------------------------------.
                          | M92F (HG)                     |
                          |===============================|
                          | Firepower:    250             |
                          | Capacity:     50              |
                          | Reload Speed: 1.70 sec.       |
                          | Special:      Critical 37.5%  |
                          '-------------------------------'
    
    M92F
    ----
    
    + Sets up melee attacks easily.
    
    + Extremely high capacity.
    
    + Decent long distance weapon.
    
    + Low damage (allows for better attempt at melees).
    
    One can easily look at Chris' low damaging M92F handgun and consider it useless 
    compared to the instant stopping power of Chris' shotgun, and people with that 
    kind of thought will lose out on a big score with BSAA Chris.  It's very true 
    that his handgun will not take down a normal Majini near as fast as a blast 
    from Chris' shotgun, but if a well-timed melee attack is used after a few shots 
    from Chris' handgun then the melee attack will kill off the Majini and add five 
    seconds to the clock in the process!
    
    In Public Assembly, one can simply aim for a Town Majini's legs and shoot it 
    twice in its legs.  Make the shots rapid by holding down on the fire button 
    while shooting to speed up the process.  If the Majini falls into a leg stun 
    pose after the two shots then finish it off with frontal uppercut to kill it.  
    If it falls to the ground from the second shot, or even the first shot, perform 
    a ground stomp to finish it off (no head stomp needed).  I wouldn't recommend 
    trying for a head stun followed by a straight since a player may accidentally 
    get a critical headshot and ruin the chance for a melee kill.
    
    The true greatness behind this gun's low firepower is that Chris can actually 
    get a third attempt at a stunning shot without damaging the Majini.  For a Town 
    Majini, an uppercut will kill the majority of them after the second shot and 
    after the third shot, so Chris has two chances after the first shot to get a 
    leg stun for the uppercut setup.  Techniques such as this can be used to keep 
    adding seconds to the clock per kill.  A player shouldn't stand back and spam 
    handgun fire whenever a group approaches however.  Pull out the shotgun or toss 
    a grenade when dealing with a group.
    
    Since Chris' handgun comes with such a high capacity, a player won't even have 
    to worry about reloading for quite some time.  Don't overflow Chris' inventory 
    with handgun ammo.  It's very easy to do since he starts out with so much from 
    the beginning.  You want to limit Chris a bit on what ammo he picks up to keep 
    his inventory ready for other items.
    
    Chris' handgun can be used well for distance enemies or simply spamming a 
    distant enemy with gunfire.  The laser pointer alone won't give a player 
    pinpoint accuracy but the handgun is a much better choice for distance enemies 
    rather than using the shotgun.  It can help to save a grabbed character from 
    long range.
    
    Chris' handgun comes with a decent critical headshot percentage for gaining 
    instant head pops but these will really only ruin a chance for a melee attack. 
    I wouldn't recommend trying for critical headshots that much since you'll 
    mainly only get head stuns in return and on top of that, the Majini will not 
    receive enough damage to kill it off unless it has already been weakened some 
    before the head shot.
    
    Long story short, don't discard the handgun at the beginning of the battle in 
    favor of receiving more shotgun ammo for Chris' shotgun!  It's a very good 
    choice in the hands of players that often perform melees to increase the 
    seconds on the clock.
    
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' ITHACA M37 SHOTGUN
    
                           .-----------------------------.
                           | Ithaca M37 (SG)             |
                           |=============================|
                           | Firepower:    400           |
                           | Capacity:     20            |
                           | Reload Speed: 2.40 sec.     |
                           | Special:      Critical 25%  |
                           '-----------------------------'
    
    Ithaca M37
    ----------
    
    + Overall good power for close range combat.
    
    + Effective stunning weapon for boss enemies.
    
    + Very good capacity for a shotgun.
    
    - Not near as effective at long range when compared to close range.
    
    - Slow boss killer if used alone.
    
    Nothing dishes out sweet love to a Majini like an Ithaca M37 shotgun to the 
    face.  Even though this weapon has a rather low critical rate, it can achieve 
    critical hits rather easily at mid-range.  Chris can often fire at just about 
    any close range normal Majini and usually receive a kill with this shotgun.  If 
    the hit doesn't kill the Majini, then simply run up to it and perform a ground 
    stomp to kill it off and receive +5 bonus seconds.  8 times out of 10, one 
    Ithaca shotgun blast from up close is going to kill off a normal Majini 
    however.
    
    Chris' shotgun should mainly be used for crowds of Majini or instant quick 
    kills on a single Majini.  With its rather high capacity, a Chris player won't 
    have to reload as much as other characters, so Chris can easily rampage through 
    a stage with his Ithaca without much worry of a sudden accidental reload.  As 
    usual with a shotgun, the Ithaca is not really effective at all from long 
    range.  A Chris player will want to take out the handgun for any long range 
    precision aiming or simply toss a hand grenade.
    
    The shotgun is an overall good boss stunner.  Whether it is a good boss killer 
    or not depends upon how aggressive a Chris player can be.  Chris can easily 
    stun just about any boss enemy with a close range shotgun blast to the enemy's 
    head or body then perform a follow up melee.  For enemies such as the 
    Executioner and Gatling Gun Majini, it would be best to perform an up close 
    blast to the head for a head stun then rush up to them and perform at least 
    three shotgun blasts in a row then finish off the sequence with a melee.  From 
    close range (especially when an enemy is against a wall), Chris can really spam 
    shotgun fire on any enemy and deliver some heavy damage, so stay aggressive and 
    use his melee moves effectively when a boss enemy is stunned and Chris can 
    deliver some heavy damage with his shotgun.  Use a hand grenade for an instant 
    stun on a boss enemy if a close range shotgun blast doesn't do the trick.  
    Follow up that hand grenade explosion with a number of shotgun blasts from 
    close range.
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' HAND GRENADES
    
                              .---------------------.
                              | Hand Grenade        |
                              |=====================|
                              | Direct Hit:  1,500  |
                              | Area Effect: 1,000  |
                              '---------------------'
    
    + Can easily take down a group of normal Majini or stun a boss enemy.
    
    + Useful against Cephalos and Duvalias with direct hit.
    
    - Bouncing can sometimes mess up a precise direct hit.
    
    ** MAJOR TIP: When attempting to melee kill all enemies in a stage, do not use 
    Chris' hand grenades to finish off a crowd since you're ruining your chance for 
    melee kills.  Only use Chris' hand grenades for Lickers, bosses and to break 
    down breakable walls when going for all melee kills.
    
    It's easy to forget about Chris' hand grenades while a player is rampaging with 
    Chris' shotgun, but the Ithaca shotgun is not always the best answer for an 
    extremely large group of Majini; that's when a Chris player should take a hand 
    grenade and toss it for plenty of instant kills.  The hand grenade is also a 
    very effective boss stunner from a distance.  Say, a Chris player is about mid-
    distance from the Gatling Gun Majini and that player feels that the Gatling Gun 
    Majini is about to fire, that player could quickly equip a hand grenade and 
    toss it at the Gatling Gun Majini for an immediate stun then rush over to him 
    and deliver shotgun blast to the head followed by a wonderful display of 
    Haymaker to the face.
    
    Hand Grenades are Chris's best answer to a Cephalo in most cases.  Cephalos 
    have a high tendency to stand still for short periods of time, so a Chris 
    player can easily toss a hand grenade right under one and get it in the direct 
    hit range to instantly get rid of this nuisance.  An effective trick against a 
    moving Cephalo is to knock it down with a shotgun blast then toss a hand 
    grenade at its grounded body to most likely get it in direct hit range and 
    instantly defeat it.
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' MELEE ATTACKS
    
            .---------------------------------------------------------.
            | Melee Command   | Type of Melee                | Damage |
            |=========================================================|
            | Straight        | Head Stun Melee              |   400  |
            | Hook            | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   300  |
            | Kick            | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   300  |
            | Uppercut        | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   400  |
            | Neck Breaker    | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |  Kill  |
            | Stomp           | Ground Melee                 |   600  |
            | Haymaker        | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 3,000  |
            | Back Hand       | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 3,000  |
            | Top-down Punch  | Partner Assist Melee         |   500  |
            | Uppercut        | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
            | Stab            | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  | 1,200  |
            '---------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Chris has a decent assortment of mid damage melee moves that fit his weapon 
    setup rather well.  His stomp attack will almost instantly kill any Majini that 
    has received at least one gunshot and has been grounded in the process.  His 
    Neck Breaker is a good move to perform for a definite kill and for the sake of 
    invincibility from surrounding enemies.  It's long animation can allow a player 
    to pull up the inventory and make some needed adjustments throughout the entire 
    kill sequence.  The Neck Breaker is also a good melee to perform against 
    shielded Majini; simply shoot at a leg for a leg stun then run behind the 
    shielded Majini and neck break for an instant kill.
    
    Chris' Uppercut from a leg stun can easily be considered one of his best melee 
    moves when used strategically on a Majini that has been damaged with his own 
    handgun fire.  Simply aim for the legs and shoot twice with any Town Majini 
    then, if a leg stun is achieved, run up and uppercut for an instant melee kill 
    that will add 5 bonus seconds to the clock.  Shoot two rapid handgun shots by 
    holding down the fire button to speed up the stunning process.  If the leg stun 
    is not achieved then shoot the Majini in the leg again for another try without 
    worry of killing it off.  If the Majini falls to the ground then perform a 
    ground stomp after any handgun shot to finish it off.  If you're ever unsure 
    whether a ground stomp will kill a Majini or not, walk to the head portion of 
    the Majini then trigger the ground stomp melee to have Chris perform an instant 
    kill head crush.
    
    Chris' Uppercut is also very effective against crowds.  If he is ever 
    surrounded and performs an Uppercut then Chris will knock down all surrounding 
    Majini that are close to him.  A player can finish each of them off with Chris' 
    quick Stomp.  One Uppercut will damage a Majini just enough to where a Stomp 
    will finish it off regardless of what else it has been hit with.
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for an instant kill.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for BSAA Chris.
    
    --------------------------------
    Town and Base Majini Melee Kills
    --------------------------------
    
    ** M92F shot --> M92F leg stun --> Uppercut
    
    Chris can perform a single shot to any part of a Majini's body then shoot the 
    Majini's leg for a leg stun and Uppercut the Majini to instantly kill the 
    Majini.  The weakness of Chris' M92F handgun will allow a player to try for a 
    third shot for a possible leg stun if the second shot doesn't perform one since 
    a Majini can take a total of 4 shots from the M92F before falling.
    
    It's best to perform these two shots as quick as possible.  Don't always rush 
    behind the Majini for a Neck Breaker if the first shot give you a leg stun; 
    simply shoot the Majini in the leg again.  Hopefully the Majini will fall to 
    the ground or lean over again.  If the Majini falls on the first hit then rush 
    up and perform a Stomp for an instant kill.
    
    A BSAA Chris player can shoot a Majini in the body first with the handgun then 
    quickly shoot the legs.  This will sometimes prevent the Majini from falling 
    after the second shot.  For instance, if a player knocks the Majini down to 
    it's knees on the first shot by shooting it in the legs then the second shot to 
    any portion of the body will always ground it.  By shooting the body first, no 
    type of stun will occur.  Chris' Uppercut is by far his quickest melee kill, so 
    trying to obtain a kill with this leg stun melee will benefit the player the 
    most.
    
    ** M92F shot --> Neck Breaker
    
    Chris can perform a leg stun at any time with his handgun and then rush behind 
    the Majini and perform his Neck Breaker instant kill melee.  This melee will 
    stop any Cephalo, Duvalia or Kipepeo spawning as well as provide a Chris player 
    quite a bit of time to cycle through the inventory if needed during the entire 
    animation.
    
    ** M92F shot --> M92F shot --> M92F arm stun --> Hook/Kick
    
    Chris can kill a Majini after two shots to any portion of the body followed by 
    an arm stun then a Hook or Kick.  It's really best not to actually try for 
    this, but just case you accidentally get an arm stun after two hots have 
    already hit a Majini then at least you'll know that a Hook or Kick melee will 
    finish it off for a melee kill.
    
    ** M92F shot --> M92F head stun --> Straight
    
    This combination is very risky thanks to the M92F's critical headshot rate.  
    Chris can perform any M92F shot to a Majini then shoot the Majini in the head 
    and kill it off with a Straight punch melee.  Again this is risky since it will 
    end with a head pop about half the time because the critical headshot rate of 
    the handgun.
    
    ** M92F shot --> Stomp
    
    As long as Chris has shot a Majini at least one time with the M92F before it 
    falls to the ground, a Stomp ground melee to any portion of the body will 
    finish it off.
    
    ** Face the head of a fallen undamaged Majini --> Stomp (head crush)
    
    This technique is so very useful for any Chris type.  You have to train 
    yourself to respond quickly once a Town Majini falls in order to do this 
    however. Once a Majini falls backward while facing Chris, run toward it and 
    basically run over it then quick turn and perform Chris' ground Stomp to crush 
    its head.  If Chris moves over the top of it then quick turns instantly after 
    passing by its head then he will be in the perfect placement for this melee 
    kill.
    
    ** Back Hand on Gatling Gun Majini to hit surrounding Majini (Town Majini)
    
    When fighting the Gatling Gun Majini in Missile Area, shoot him in the leg to 
    stun him so that he kneels.  Allow Majini to gather around him then perform the 
    Back Hand command while standing near the Gatling Gun Majini to damage the 
    Gatling Gun Majini and defeat the whole crowd of surrounding Majini in process 
    for melee kills.
    
    --------------------------
    Wetland Majini Melee Kills
    --------------------------
    
    ** M92F shot --> M92F shot --> M92F leg stun --> Uppercut
    
    With normal Wetland Majini it is best to aim for their legs then shoot three 
    continuous shots very quickly and hope for a leg stun or hope that they fall on 
    the third hit.  Sometimes, you will run into a Wetland Majini that will be 
    killed off with two handgun shots followed by an Uppercut, but not all the 
    time.
    
    ** M92F leg stun --> Neck Breaker
    
    Chris will need to resort to a quick leg stun and Neck Breaker for groups of 
    Wetland Majini quite a bit to gain invincibility, so this instant kill melee 
    will come in handy for Wetland Majini.
    
    ** M92F shot --> M92F head stun --> Straight
    
    This melee kill sequence would work so extremely well if it wasn't for the 
    moderate critical rate on Chris' handgun.  It's still a good melee kill setup, 
    but you'll have a head pop about 40% of the time.  Shoot the Majini in the 
    upper body to make it stand straight up and then shoot it in the head then run 
    up and perform a Straight Punch for a melee kill if the Majini's head doesn't 
    explode.
    
    ** M92F shot --> M29F leg stun --> Uppercut  (explosive arrows and shield 
    Majini)
    
    For Wetland Majini with explosive arrows or shields, perform a shot then a leg 
    stun shot with the M92F handgun then finish them off with an Uppercut.  For a 
    Majini with a shield, quickly shoot them twice in the leg since the first shot 
    to the leg will always perform a leg stun and then the second shot will not 
    phase the normal leg stun.
    
    ** M92F leg trip --> Walk around to head portion of undamaged grounded Majini 
    --> Stomp (Torch Majini)
    
    If you ever knock a Torch Majini to the ground, it will stay grounded for quite 
    a while regardless of the damage is has sustained.  Take that time to run 
    around to its head portion then perform a Stomp head crush to finish it off.
    
    -----------------------------------------
    Town, Wetland and Base Majini Melee Kills
    -----------------------------------------
    
    ** Walk around to head portion of undamaged grounded Majini --> Stomp
    
    Chris can always achieve an instant head crush by walking around to the head 
    portion of any Majini and performing his Stomp ground melee.  This is very 
    useful for when an undamaged Majini gets knocked down from being staggered too 
    much.  It's best to run directly over the top of a Majini whenever it falls 
    backward in front of Chris then quickly quick turn to face its head then 
    perform the Stomp.  Get good with this technique since it is highly useful to 
    any Chris type.
    
    ** Knife slash leg stun --> Uppercut/Neck Breaker/Stomp
    
    After Chris has shot a Majini three times (two for females), the next shot will 
    kill the Majini.  In an effort to still gain a melee kill, move up close to the 
    Majini and slash at its legs with Chris' knife to have a few more chances to 
    get a leg stun or possibly ground the Majini.  Quickly perform the melee once 
    it is stunned or falls.  Be careful about slashing too rapidly since the knife 
    hit might accidentally ground the Majini then another slash might hit it 
    quickly to where it gets up immediately afterward.  This method works with any 
    Chris type, but BSAA Chris players will get the most use out of it.
    
    ** Uppercut multiple Majini
    
    Any Chris type can perform a leg stun to a Majini then stand back and wait for 
    other Majini to attempt an attack then quickly perform an Uppercut to the 
    stunned Majini to knock down several Majini with one Uppercut.  This is highly 
    useful for crowds and it's also useful for achieving a melee kill on a Majini 
    that is one shot away from death.  When attempting all melee kills this is one 
    of Chris' most effective ways to take on a crowd.
    
    ** Stomp multiple Majini
    
    When multiple Majini have been knocked down, try to work Chris into the middle 
    of the crowd then perform his Stomp ground melee and he might hit multiple 
    Majini with his Stomp.  His Stomp ground melee is so fast that a player can 
    Stomp one Majini then quickly move over to another grounded Majini then quickly 
    Stomp it to.
    
    Chris' Stomp can also be used much like his Uppercut.  A player can stand over 
    a grounded Majini then wait for another Majini to rush toward Chris for an 
    attack then quickly Stomp the grounded Majini to where the Stomp will hit the 
    Majini that moves toward him for an attack.  His leg can actually hit a 
    standing Majini if it is close enough.  It will send the Majini staggering 
    backward as if it got hit with an arm stun melee.  If the Majini was severely 
    weakened then the Stomp will kill it off for a melee kill.
    
    ** Incendiary Grenade --> Stomp
    
    It's not really good to use this method often, since it has the potential to 
    kill a Majini that has already been damaged, but a Chris type can toss an 
    incendiary grenade at a crowd of Majini then move toward them and Stomp them 
    right when they hit the ground.  Chris Stomp is so fast that he can get about 
    two melee kills per crowd.  The Majini will be weakened enough afterward to 
    where a single leg stun shot and an Uppercut will finish them off also!
    
    ** Incendiary Grenade --> Flash Grenade (while Majini is standing after being 
    burned) --> Straight
    
    After tossing an incendiary grenade at a group of Majini, Stomp a few of them 
    then quickly toss a flash grenade as they rise to stun the remainder of them 
    then quickly finish them off with a Straight punch melee.
    
    -------------------------
    Big Man Majini Melee Kill
    -------------------------
    
    ** Extremely close shotgun blast to body --> Uppercut --> shotgun blast to body 
    without moving from standing position --> Uppercut
    
    This melee sequence requires that the player get right up next to a Big Man 
    Majini and hit it in the body with a shotgun blast from close range so that the 
    entire shotgun spread hits it.  Run up and perform an Uppercut as it blocks.  
    Quickly aim at the Big Man Majini again from where Chris currently stands after 
    the first Uppercut then shoot it again.  Run up to the Majini as it blocks then 
    hit it with another Uppercut to possibly get a melee kill.
    
    This is NOT always going to work because it's rather hard to aim precisely with 
    a shotgun so that the entire spread hits it, so don't expect to get this melee 
    kill every time.
    
    ------------------
    Gatling Gun Majini
    ------------------
    
    ** Hand Grenade to stun --> Back Hand --> Hand Grenade to stun --> close Ithaca 
    shotgun blast --> Back Hand
    
    Use a Hand Grenade to stun the Gatling Gun Majini then Back Hand him each time 
    that he is stunned. Make sure to shoot him at least once with the Ithaca 
    shotgun before Back Handing him the second time to make the second Back Hand 
    kill him.  Simply stand up right next to him then fire the Ithaca and cancel 
    into the Back Hand.  When tossing the second grenade, back up a bit while 
    standing near him (after the first Back Hand) and he should try to hit Chris 
    with a Gatling Gun swing.  Keep backing up and he will miss.  Toss the Hand 
    Grenade at that time to restun him.
    
    ********************************
    Crowd Control Melee Combinations
    ********************************
    
    ** SIG 556 shot to leg --> Uppercut
    
    You don't really want to use this combination on large crowds, but when a group 
    of two or three Majini are near Chris, try to get a leg stun on one of them 
    then stand in front of the stunned Majini and wait for one of the others to 
    attempt an attack then quickly Uppercut the stunned Majini to ground multiple 
    Majini.  This can be a real good setup for a multiple Stomp (stomping multiple 
    Majini) when a Majini is directly behind one that is directly in front of you.
    
    Even though this combination should mainly only be used for small crowds, since 
    BSAA Chris can't easily set up a Majini for a Straight punch without killing 
    it, an Uppercut sometimes be the best option for crowds.  BSAA Chris has a 
    better chance at leg stun than any other Chris variation especially with the 
    weaker damage caused by his handgun, so an Uppercut is never really hard to 
    perform while up against a crowd.
    
    ** M92F shot to head --> Straight
    
    When a crowd groups in front of Chris, target the closest Majini in the middle 
    then shoot him in the head for a head stun. Quickly run up to the staggering 
    Majini then perform Chris' Straight punch to possibly knock down the whole 
    crowd.  Chris' Straight punch has a high tendency to hit any Majini that are 
    standing close to either of his sides.  Run up to the grounded Majini and 
    perform Stomps to finish off multiple Majini after a Straight punch melee.  A 
    Straight can usually knock Majini together to where one Stomp will finish off 
    multiple Majini and give a player an even bigger time boost than normal.
    
    The main problem with using this combination for BSAA Chris is that his handgun 
    has a high critical rate, so you're likely to pop a Majini's head when shooting 
    it in the head.  Sadly, Chris' Straight punch is really his best melee for 
    crowd control, so you either take the risk, or attempt to fight off a crowd 
    with an Uppercut.
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' EFFECTIVE PARTNERS
    
    ----------------
    Battle Suit Jill
    ----------------
    
    Jill can really help a BSAA Chris player out quite a bit come boss time.  Chris 
    can stun the boss with a hand grenade or shotgun blast from close range then 
    Jill can take out the PSG-1 rifle and start blast the boss as Chris blast it 
    with the shotgun from close range.
    
    While a Jill player is not spamming knee drops, she can also use the PSG-1 
    rifle to help a Chris player keep the kill streak going.
    
    ----------
    BSAA Sheva
    ----------
    
    She can help out about the same as Battle Suit Jill.  BSAA Sheva can blast a 
    boss with her Dragunov SVD rifle while a BSAA Chris player blast the boss with 
    his shotgun from close range.  Sheva can also keep the kill streak going with 
    her a quick hit from her rifle.
    
    --------------
    Clubbin' Sheva
    --------------
    
    It's kind of arguable, but a Clubbin' Sheva player could add to the shotgun 
    hits from Chris come boss time like the other two mentioned above by using any 
    of her weapons.  It could give actual use to her slow S75 rifle.
    
    ---------------
    Midnight Wesker
    ---------------
    
    Since Chris carries such a large capacity with his handgun, he could give some 
    of his handgun ammo to a Midnight Wesker player.
    
    If Wesker performs a dash multiple times in a row (back and forth) then Chris' 
    Back Hand tag team melee can quickly defeat multiple Majini as they stagger.  
    Two dash hits to a Majini will set up the Majini for a tag team melee since 
    each dash counts as a separate arm stun hit.
    
    ------------
    STARS Wesker
    ------------
    
    Since Chris carries such a large capacity with his shotgun and starts out with 
    a rather large amount of shotgun shells, he could give some of his shotgun ammo 
    to a STARS Wesker player.  Chris could also hand over some of his handgun ammo 
    to STARS Wesker as well.
    
    If Wesker performs a dash multiple times in a row (back and forth) then Chris' 
    Back Hand tag team melee can quickly defeat multiple Majini as they stagger.  
    Two dash hits to a Majini will set up the Majini for a tag team melee since 
    each dash counts as a separate arm stun hit.
    
    --> SCORING HIGH IN SINGLE PLAYER WITH BSAA CHRIS
    
    Chris has got to take advantage of his handgun for the most part in order to 
    score high.  A player needs to perform Uppercuts and/or Stomps often.  Only 
    perform a Neck Breaker while in the midst of a crowd for invincibility 
    purposes.  Chris' Neck Breaker really doesn't give off a good time advantage 
    since the animation is so long.
    
    Chris can only defeat a Town Majini with an Uppercut after two handgun shots, 
    so it's best to aim for a Town Majini's legs then shoot it twice and perform 
    some type of melee based of its current stance.  If it falls immediately after 
    the first shot or any other shot then run up and Stomp it, if it leans over for 
    a leg stun after two shots then Uppercut it.  If the Majini still doesn't fall 
    then try to shoot it in the leg a third time.  After the third shot, the fourth 
    shot will kill the Majini.
    
    You'll need to switch to the shotgun sometimes when Majini crowd around Chris 
    too much, so take it out whenever they group too much then thin the crowd down. 
    Don't use hand grenade to kill off a crowd.  Use the shotgun or environmental 
    explosions to your advantage.  Don't take out the shotgun for small crowds 
    either.  Wait until a large crowd is near.  The shotgun can also help to save 
    the kill streak, but in single player with Chris, it's rather hard to maintain 
    a kill streak for long, but if a Majini is right next to Chris and the kill 
    streak is almost over then take out the shotgun and shoot the nearest Majini.  
    Run toward the Majini just in case the shotgun blast doesn't finish it then 
    perform a Stomp to finish it off if needed.
    
    One method that can help any Chris type is to work Majini into some type of 
    tight corridor or group them together to where they surround Chris then stun 
    one with a leg stun and perform Chris' Uppercut.  The Uppercut can knock down 
    all surrounding Majini that are close to Chris and set them all up for Stomps.  
    If a Majini gets hit by the Uppercut then a ground Stomp will finish it off. If 
    a Majini staggers then falls down then quickly run over to its head and perform 
    a stomping head crush to its head.
    
    Chris has a big problem with bosses since they take a while for him to fight 
    off with the shotgun.  Use a hand grenade to stun the Executioner then use the 
    shotgun from up close until he is about to recover, then quickly perform a 
    melee attack.  Run up to him while he staggers back then hit him with constant 
    shotgun blast in the head.  If a Chris player is aggressive enough then the 
    Executioner will fall kind of fast, but Chris still can't take him down very 
    quickly.  Spamming him with hand grenades after the first stun will bring him 
    down much faster, but Chris needs every hand grenade he can get for boss stuns 
    and breakable walls.
    
    Speaking of which, be sure to stock any flash grenades and hand grenades that 
    can be found from enemy drops.  Chris needs to start stocking handgun ammo 
    early as well.  You won't always have time to grab it when the Majini hordes 
    start to appear, so stock it early.  Don't grab too much shotgun ammo or your 
    inventory will get overcrowded quickly since the key to a high score is by 
    using the handgun to set up melees rather than killing off enemies instantly 
    with the shotgun.  Chris starts out with enough shotgun ammo to last him for 
    quite a while, so only grab it when needed.
    
    The shotgun should only be used for bosses, Cephalos, Big Man Majini, Kipepeos, 
    big Majini hordes (very big, not three) and attempting to keep the kill streak 
    alive with a quick shotgun blast to a Majini from close range.  When a Cephalo 
    spawns, quickly take out the shotgun and blast it then toss a hand grenade 
    directly at it to finish it off quickly.  A BSAA Chris player can also toss a 
    hand grenade directly below the legs of the Cephalo as it stands in place 
    shortly after it spawns; this method is faster, but both methods should be kept 
    in mind.  A flash grenade is a much better approach but they are not always 
    handy for BSAA Chris.
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY etet
    
    -- Public Assembly
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0B_m23rM7YQ
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5dXRWf-aQcQ
    
    The video above is a perfect example of the way that BSAA Chris can achieve 
    melee kills and get an overall good score in single player Mercs when dealing 
    with Town Majini.  The player constantly performs two handgun shots or more 
    followed by some type of melee whenever a Majini stun is seen after at least 
    the second hit most of the time.  Chris can always perform his instant kill 
    Neck Breaker immediately however and that leaves a player much time to cycle 
    through the inventory.
    
    Notice his use of melee moves to avoid damage.  He sometimes literally runs 
    into a crowd to perform a melee kill to gain invincibility from the crowd.  He 
    makes good use of Chris' Uppercut leg stun melee to sometimes knock down 
    multiple Majin and then rush in to perform Chris' stomp on the extra Majini 
    that stood in the way of the Uppercut.  He also walks around to the head 
    portion to perform an instant kill ground stomp to the head portion of a few 
    Majini that gets knocked down without any damage taken.
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY kdr0888
    
    -- Missile Area
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KrfY-qM1qEo
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fCC3yFg74ek
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY SeitengrateZero
    
    -- Public Assembly
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D53uXptH_Tw
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NKcppUMaoaI
    
    -- The Mines
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fNBJaAuk4bs
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6yaGoE5aSUM
    
    -- Village
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D6107jE0fAs
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gYwYPeqoq4I
    
    -- Ancient Ruins
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMrMgjRiAPY
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LYKTq5Q4oUE
    
    -- Experimental Facility
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HO3vI2Cm3qM
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ELw5ck8uoJE
    
    -- Missile Area
    
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-Jj2iOI9rvw
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m0UPgQDCEgY
    
    -- Ship Deck
    
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QkcbmEmRLTs
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H_7JpabKGxU
    
    -- Prison
    
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MuFZjTegWbM
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=35bpGd3b4wo
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY xUmbrellaCo
    
    -- Public Assembly
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rOfnSJ32Gao
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EmhaE_MHuVA
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY FoxyAreku
    
    -- Public Assembly
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2JNZetFWKTM
    BSAA Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0yvE3rmk3lM
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Chris player can issue 
    with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only be 
    performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Thanks!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Wait!"
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Chris player can 
    issue to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Chris
    
        Chris: "Help!"
               "Help me out here!"
    
    02) While Chris is in dying status
    
        Chris: "Heeeelp me!"
               "I'm not gonna' make it!"
    
    03) When Chris runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Chris player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Chris: "I need ammo"
    
    --> BSAA CHRIS' PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Chris player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Chris: "Great shot!"
               "Good work!"
               "Nice work!"
    
    02) Partner gives Chris an item
    03) Partner heals Chris
    04) Partner resuscitates Chris
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Chris: "Thanks for the help."
               "Much appreciated."
               "Thanks."
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Chris: "I'm coming!"
               "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
        Chris: "Roger"
               "Ok."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Chris has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Chris: "That'll work!"
               "Good job!"
               "Nice!"
    
    
                                                                             [CS02]
                                       __                                  __
          ___  _            _         / /  __          __               _  \ \
         / __\| |__   _ __ (_) ___   / /  / _\  __ _  / _|  __ _  _ __ (_)  \ \
        / /   | '_ \ | '__|| |/ __| | |   \ \  / _` || |_  / _` || '__|| |   | |
       / /___ | | | || |   | |\__ \  \ \  _\ \| (_| ||  _|| (_| || |   | |  / /
       \____/ |_| |_||_|   |_||___/   \_\ \__/ \__,_||_|   \__,_||_|   |_| /_/
    
    
          .---------------------------------------------------------------.
          | How to unlock: Achieve an A-rank or higher on "Village" stage |
          '---------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Safari Chris is the ultimate boss killer hands down.  It should come as no 
    surprise with his zebra skin outfit that this man is ready to go on a hunt.  He 
    has two rocket launchers prepared to shoot some Executioners, Gatling Gun 
    Majini, Reapers, Giant Majini, merchants, elephants or whatever the hell else 
    gets in his way.  Besides the rocket launchers, he also sports a really good 
    handgun and shotgun for some extra killing along the side.
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  Handgun  |  Rocket   |  Shotgun  |
                       | Ammo (30) | Launcher  |Shells (10)|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       | SIG P226  |           |    M3     |
                       |   (HG)    |           |   (SG)    |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |  Rocket   |           |
                       |           | Launcher  |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Upon first viewing Safari Chris's inventory one can't help but notice the two 
    rocket launchers that he carries.  Both of them come fitted to the top and 
    bottom quick inventory select, so if a player sees some big threat up ahead 
    then just press up or down on the d-pad and fire; whatever the threat was will 
    no longer be a factor.
    
    Besides the rocket launchers, Chris also has a good handgun and shotgun.  The 
    SIG P226 handgun comes with a capacity of 16 and Chris also has 30 extra 
    handgun bullets to go along with this.  His M3 shotgun has a capacity of 10 
    bullets and Chris brings along an extra 10 shotgun shells.
    
    As one can easily see, Chris doesn't start with a vast assortment of ammo, so 
    he'll need to be a bit conservative from the start.  Since a BSAA Chris player 
    comes equipped with a surplus of both types of ammos, it wouldn't hurt to hunt 
    him down and hound him for some extra ammo if needed.
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' SIG P226 HANDGUN
    
                         .-------------------------------.
                         | SIG P226 (HG)                 |
                         |===============================|
                         | Firepower:    350             |
                         | Capacity:     16              |
                         | Reload Speed: 1.70 sec.       |
                         | Special:      --------------  |
                         '-------------------------------'
    
    SIG P226
    --------
    
    + Good overall firepower for a handgun (not too much, not too little)
    
    + Decent capacity
    
    Chris' SIG P226 packs some really good firepower for a handgun.  It can 
    severely weaken any normal Majini in two hits and kill it for sure with three 
    shots.  The moderate firepower of this handgun can be used to Chris' advantage 
    for some convenient melee setups that will most likely kill a Majini quickly 
    for a 5 second bonus.  Unlike BSAA Chris's handgun, Safari Chris's handgun will 
    not take as many shots to weaken a Majini for a melee.  His handgun doesn't 
    perform a critical headshot that often when aimed toward a Majini's head as 
    well.
    
    One trick to boost the time during the Pubic Assembly stage is to aim for each 
    Majini's head then fire for a head stun and follow that up with a straight 
    punch for an instant kill most of the time.  Very rarely will a Town Majini 
    survive a head stun + melee from Safari Chris.  He can also stomp on any foe 
    that is grounded from any shot of his handgun for an instant melee kill much 
    like the BSAA Chris.
    
    The capacity of his handgun is decent, but one will still need to reload quite 
    a bit with it, so set this item next to its ammo in the inventory for a quick 
    inventory reload.  If you're trying to constantly add seconds to the clock, 
    then this weapon will be used more than Chris' shotgun.
    
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' M3 SHOTGUN
    
                          .-----------------------------.
                          | M3 (SG)                     |
                          |=============================|
                          | Firepower:    500           |
                          | Capacity:     10            |
                          | Reload Speed: 3.00 sec.     |
                          | Special:      ------------  |
                          '-----------------------------'
    
    M3
    --
    
    + Good overall damage
    
    + Decent capacity
    
    - Slow reload animation
    
    At the cost of a better firepower, this gun comes with a lower capacity than 
    that of BSAA Chris's Ithaca shotgun but it's still decent overall; 10 shots is 
    still much better than the Hydra's six shots for STARS Wesker.  The M3 shotgun 
    is usually an instant kill on any normal Majini that Chris manages to fire at 
    from up close.  It's also effective at mid range, though Chris may have to 
    still finish the job with a stomp.
    
    This can easily be considered an effective boss stunner and overall boss killer 
    when used from close range.  One will want to resort to a stun followed by 
    continuous shotgun blast and a melee for maximum aggression on boss enemies.  
    The normal shotgun spread makes it good for crowds and it is an overall good 
    weapon to have when quick normal Majini kills need to be made.  It has a slower 
    reload animation when compared to the Ithaca shotgun and with the fact that it 
    has a lower capacity than the Ithaca, one will definitely want to perform a 
    quick inventory reload rather than go through the 3 second reload animation for 
    ever reload.
    
    Chris' handgun power can compensate very well for quick kills against normal 
    Majini however.  Don't just confine yourself to the shotgun or you'll miss out 
    on a very effective weapon variety that Safari Chris carries.
    
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' ROCKET LAUNCHER
    
                          .-----------------------------.
                          | Rocket Launcher             |
                          |=============================|
                          | Firepower:    30,000        |
                          | Capacity:     1             |
                          | Reload Speed: ------------  |
                          | Special:      ------------  |
                          '-----------------------------'
    
    Rocket Launcher
    ---------------
    
    + Whatever the rocket hits, the rocket kills (for the most part)
    
    - Only 1 rocket per rocket launcher with no way to reload or get another 
      rocket launcher (no enemy drops) except for the Ship Deck stage which is open 
      to all players
    
    - The rocket can backfire just as easily as it can deliver an instant kill for 
      a Chris player that does not watch his surroundings when attempting to fire
    
    Chris' two rocket launcher are easily the ultimate boss killers in The 
    Mercenaries challenge mode.  Whenever a boss enemy reveals itself, simply arm 
    the rocket launcher and fire at the boss enemy for an instant kill upon impact. 
    The rocket launcher can even kill a Reaper by shooting it directly without the 
    need to go through its stun phases.  Even the area damage can instantly kill a 
    boss enemy, so a player can shoot at a nearby wall next to a boss and still 
    kill off the boss enemy.  Aiming at the floor directly in front of a boss can 
    sometimes help as well when the boss moves around too much.
    
    When a boss is not around, the rocket launcher can be effective against a crowd 
    of Majini and bigger than usual Majini as well.  You'll mainly want to conserve 
    it for big bosses that take a lot of damage to stun though.  That Red 
    Executioner in the Prison stage is simply begging to be shot with a weapon that 
    delivers 30,000 points of damage upon impact.  I'm sure we all know that way 
    too well.
    
    Even though the rocket launcher can be the saving grace come boss time, it can 
    also lead to instant failure if a Chris player is not mindful of his 
    surroundings.  The biggest threat to a Chris player that stands and aims with 
    the rocket launcher is a sudden Majini that runs toward him or darts in front 
    of him from the side of the screen.  If Chris fires while a Majini is directly 
    in front of him or blocking the rocket while standing nearby, then Chris will 
    likely go into an immediate dying status because of the blast.  Chris also 
    takes a few seconds to aim through the scope to set up the aiming process, 
    which can easily allow Majini to gather.
    
    If he can find one, Chris can take advantage of a flash grenade to stun a boss 
    or group of enemies and set them up for a rocket launcher blast.  Partnering up 
    with a Jill or Tribal Sheva player can help in that instance.  If needed, use 
    Chris' shotgun to clear a trail directly to the path of a boss and then take 
    out the rocket launcher and fire.  No distractions in the immediate area are so 
    very important when using this dangerous weapon since it can backfire on a 
    Chris player just as easily as it grants him supreme dominance.  The whole "I 
    got you know" Redfield moment can quickly lead to a "Poor performance indeed" 
    failure.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------
    Immediate Rocket Launcher Blast While Aiming With Another Weapon
    ----------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command: Aim with a weapon such as a handgun then immediately equip the rocket 
    launcher through the quick select D-pad command assigned to the rocket launcher 
    then fire immediately.
    
    Normally Safari Chris has to stand and lean over a bit then place the rocket 
    launcher on the shoulder shortly before aiming, but with the method mentioned 
    above the rocket launcher fire is instant.  You're actually aiming with the 
    first weapon then quickly equipping the rocket launcher and firing instantly at 
    whatever target your character was aiming at.
    
    Here's a more detailed description on how to perform this technique:
    
    1) Set up the rocket launcher to where it can be quickly equipped with a D-pad 
       press (Up, Down, Left, Right) by placing it in the Up, Down, Left or Right 
       slots in the inventory menu
    2) Aim with a weapon such as a handgun.  Whatever you aim at is going to hit 
       with the rocket.
    3) While still aiming with the handgun, press the D-pad direction that the 
       rocket launcher is assigned to then immediately fire.
    
    This method is most useful for when an enemy is close to your character and you 
    don't have time to go through the full aiming animation of the rocket launcher. 
    Just aim with a handgun then immediately equip the rocket launcher then fire to 
    avoid having the enemy get too close to where the rocket blast might hit your 
    character.
    
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' MELEE ATTACKS
    
            .---------------------------------------------------------.
            | Melee Command   | Type of Melee                | Damage |
            |=========================================================|
            | Straight        | Head Stun Melee              |   400  |
            | Hook            | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   300  |
            | Kick            | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   300  |
            | Uppercut        | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   400  |
            | Neck Breaker    | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |  Kill  |
            | Stomp           | Ground Melee                 |   600  |
            | Haymaker        | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 3,000  |
            | Back Hand       | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 3,000  |
            | Top-down Punch  | Partner Assist Melee         |   500  |
            | Uppercut        | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
            | Stab            | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  | 1,200  |
            '---------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Chris' melee setup goes along well with the SIG P226 handgun's moderate 
    firepower.  In Public Assembly, a Safari Chris player can usually get an 
    instant kill on a Town Majini with a head stun + straight punch melee finish.  
    As always, Chris' instant kill neck breaker from a leg stun can be a good melee 
    move to perform for instant invincibility and inventory cycling during the kill 
    animation while in the midst of a crowded area.
    
    His stomp is a perfect way to finish off any Majini that is grounded through 
    any type of his own gunfire in order to add an additional five second bonus to 
    the clock.  Since his stomp already takes 600 damage by itself, any type of 
    gunfire from Chris' arsenal added before it will make it an instant kill.
    
    Like all Chris types, Chris' Uppercut is also very effective against crowds.  
    If he is ever surrounded and performs an Uppercut then Chris will knock down 
    all surrounding Majini that are close to him.  A player can finish each of them 
    off with Chris' quick Stomp.  One Uppercut will damage a Majini just enough to 
    where a Stomp will finish it off regardless of what else it has been hit with. 
    Like BSAA Chris, Safaris Chris can shoot a Majini twice in the legs with his 
    handgun then perform an Uppercut, but keep in mind that the third shot will 
    kill the Majini.
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for an instant kill.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for Safari Chris.
    
    --------------------------------
    Town and Base Majini Melee Kills
    --------------------------------
    
    ** SIG P226 head stun shot --> Straight
    
    Chris can quickly shoot a Majini in the head then run up and perform his 
    Straight melee punch to the Majini and kill it off the majority of the time.  
    Rarely will a Majini survive this sequence, but there are very few that will to 
    which a player can perform a Stomp to end the kill.
    
    ** SIG P226 shot --> SIG P226 leg stun shot --> Uppercut
    
    This is a really good melee kill setup to know for when a Chris player misses a 
    headshot or a Majini gets right up in your face and you don't have for a 
    headshot.  Shoot the Majini once and then shoot it in the leg and, if you get a 
    leg stun animation, perform Chris' Uppercut to kill off the Majini.
    
    ** SIG P226 leg stun shot --> Neck Breaker
    
    Like with all Chris types, Chris can perform a leg stun at any time then run 
    behind a Majini and perform an instant kill Neck Breaker.  This will cancel any 
    possible Cephalo, Kipepeo or Duvalia spawnings from a Majini as well as provide 
    a Chris player quite a bit of time to cycle through the inventory if needed 
    during the entire animation.
    
    ** SIG P226 shot --> Stomp
    
    As long as Chris has shot a Majini at least one time with the SIG P226 before 
    it falls to the ground, a Stomp ground melee to any portion of the body will 
    finish it off.
    
    ** Face the head of a fallen undamaged Majini --> Stomp (head crush)
    
    This technique is so very useful for any Chris type.  You have to train 
    yourself to respond quickly once a Town Majini falls in order to do this 
    however. Once a Majini falls backward while facing Chris, run toward it and 
    basically run over it then quick turn and perform Chris' ground Stomp to crush 
    its head.  If Chris moves over the top of it then quick turns instantly after 
    passing by its head then he will be in the perfect placement for this melee 
    kill.
    
    ** Back Hand on Gatling Gun Majini to hit surrounding Majini
    
    When fighting the Gatling Gun Majini in Missile Area, shoot him in the leg to 
    stun him so that he kneels.  Allow Majini to gather around him then perform the 
    Back Hand command while standing near the Gatling Gun Majini to damage the 
    Gatling Gun Majini and defeat the whole crowd of surrounding Majini in process 
    for melee kills.
    
    --------------------------
    Wetland Majini Melee Kills
    --------------------------
    
    ** SIG P226 shot --> SIG P226 shot --> Melee
    
    It's really best to aim for the Wetland Majini's legs when attempting both 
    shots.  If the Wetland Majini falls to the ground with the second shot then it 
    will remain grounded for a Stomp.  If the Wetland Majini leans over for a leg 
    stun then perform Chris' Uppercut.
    
    This method will also work for Majini with shields.  Many times, Majini with 
    shields will be harder to hit in the leg twice however, so a Safari Chris 
    player might want to rush behind the leg stunned Majini and perform a Neck 
    Breaker.
    
    ** SIG P226 leg stun --> Uppercut (Explosive Arrow Majini)
    
    For Wetland Majini that carry explosive arrows, simply shoot them in the leg 
    once for a leg stun then run up and Uppercut them.  A head stun + Straight will 
    kill them off as well.
    
    ** SIG P226 leg stun --> Neck Breaker
    
    This is highly needed for Wetland Majini groups for invincibility's sake like 
    with Town Majini, but even more so with the aggressive Wetland Majini.  When 
    fighting a group, shoot for the legs of one Majini then quickly run behind it 
    and perform Chris' Neck Breaker to again invincibility from any attacks.
    
    ** SIG P226 leg trip --> Walk around to head portion of undamaged grounded 
    Majini --> Stomp (Torch Majini)
    
    If you ever knock a Torch Majini to the ground, it will stay grounded for quite 
    a while regardless of the damage is has sustained.  Take that time to run 
    around to its head portion then perform a Stomp head crush to finish it off.
    
    -----------------------------------------
    Town, Wetland and Base Majini Melee Kills
    -----------------------------------------
    
    ** Walk around to head portion of undamaged grounded Majini --> Stomp
    
    Chris can always achieve an instant head crush by walking around to the head 
    portion of any Majini and performing his Stomp ground melee.  This is very 
    useful for when an undamaged Majini gets knocked down from being staggered too 
    much.  It's best to run directly over the top of a Majini whenever it falls 
    backward in front of Chris then quickly quick turn to face its head then 
    perform the Stomp.  Get good with this technique since it is highly useful to 
    any Chris type.
    
    ** Uppercut multiple Majini
    
    Any Chris type can perform a leg stun to a Majini then stand back and wait for 
    other Majini to attempt an attack then quickly perform an Uppercut to the 
    stunned Majini to knock down several Majini with one Uppercut.  This is highly 
    useful for crowds and it's also useful for achieving a melee kill on a Majini 
    that is one shot away from death.  When attempting all melee kills this is one 
    of Chris' most effective ways to take on a crowd.
    
    ** Stomp multiple Majini
    
    When multiple Majini have been knocked down, try to work Chris into the middle 
    of the crowd then perform his Stomp ground melee and he might hit multiple 
    Majini with his Stomp.  His Stomp ground melee is so fast that a player can 
    Stomp one Majini then quickly move over to another grounded Majini then quickly 
    Stomp it to.
    
    Chris' Stomp can also be used much like his Uppercut.  A player can stand over 
    a grounded Majini then wait for another Majini to rush toward Chris for an 
    attack then quickly Stomp the grounded Majini to where the Stomp will hit the 
    Majini that moves toward him for an attack.  His leg can actually hit a 
    standing Majini if it is close enough.  It will send the Majini staggering 
    backward as if it got hit with an arm stun melee.  If the Majini was severely 
    weakened then the Stomp will kill it off for a melee kill.
    
    ** Incendiary Grenade --> Stomp
    
    It's not really good to use this method often, since it has the potential to 
    kill a Majini that has already been damaged, but a Chris type can toss an 
    incendiary grenade at a crowd of Majini then move toward them and Stomp them 
    right when they hit the ground.  Chris Stomp is so fast that he can get about 
    two melee kills per crowd.  The Majini will be weakened enough afterward to 
    where a single leg stun shot and an Uppercut will finish them off also!
    
    ** Incendiary Grenade --> Flash Grenade (while Majini is standing after being 
    burned) --> Straight
    
    After tossing an incendiary grenade at a group of Majini, Stomp a few of them 
    then quickly toss a flash grenade as they rise to stun the remainder of them 
    then quickly finish them off with a Straight punch melee.
    
    ********************************
    Crowd Control Melee Combinations
    ********************************
    
    ** SIG P226 shot to head --> Straight
    
    The best part about Safaris Chris in terms of melee is that his primary melee 
    kill combination is his best melee setup for crowd control, so you'll almost 
    always kill off a Majini while attempting to knock down a crowd.  When a crowd 
    groups in front of Chris, target the closest Majini in the middle then shoot 
    him in the head for a head stun. Quickly run up to the staggering Majini then 
    perform Chris' Straight punch to possibly knock down the whole crowd.  Chris' 
    Straight punch has a high tendency to hit any Majini that are standing close to 
    either of his sides.  Run up to the grounded Majini and perform Stomps to 
    finish off multiple Majini after a Straight punch melee.  A Straight can 
    usually knock Majini together to where one Stomp will finish off multiple 
    Majini and give a player an even bigger time boost than normal.
    
    ** SIG P226 shot to leg --> Uppercut
    
    You don't really want to use this combination on large crowds, but when a group 
    of two or three Majini are near Chris, try to get a leg stun on one of them 
    then stand in front of the stunned Majini and wait for one of the others to 
    attempt an attack then quickly Uppercut the stunned Majini to ground multiple 
    Majini.  This can be a real good setup for a multiple Stomp (stomping multiple 
    Majini) when a Majini is directly behind one that is directly in front of you.
    
    --> EFFECTIVE PARTNERS FOR SAFARI CHRIS
    
    ----------
    BSAA Sheva
    ----------
    
    If a BSAA Sheva player discards her handgun (which is rather useless) then she 
    can give her handgun ammo to a Safari Chris player since his supply is rather 
    limited from the start.  Her ammo will keep him well stocked for quite a while. 
    Sheva can have a good melee kill game with only her VZ61 alone so she does not 
    really need her handgun.
    
    ---------
    BSAA Jill
    ---------
    
    BSAA Jill usually has problem while dealing with a boss.  Safari Chris has the 
    ultimate answer to defeat a boss, so he makes a good companion for a BSAA Jill 
    player so she can continue to spam her knee drop on fallen Majini.
    
    ----------------
    Battle Suit Jill
    ----------------
    
    Safari Chris can take care of the boss while Battle Suit Jill continually spams 
    her knee drop on fallen Majini.  Battle Suit Jill has an effective weapon for 
    taking down a boss, but a rocket launcher hit is a lot quicker!
    
    ---------------
    Midnight Wesker
    ---------------
    
    Even though Midnight Wesker has the other ultimate boss killer weapon, turning 
    to face a boss takes time away from his effective melee kill game (headshot, 
    Cobra Strike), so a Safari Chris player can easily remedy this by taking down 
    the boss enemy with his rocket launcher.  This is most effective against 
    Reapers which can take a while to take down without precise aiming.  Chris can 
    simply shoot the Reaper at any time with the rocket launcher to destroy it.
    
    --> SCORING HIGH IN SINGLE PLAYER WITH SAFARI CHRIS
    
    Safari Chris players will mainly be aiming for the head of Town Majini with his 
    handgun to shoot them and exploit his Straight punch melee kill technique.  
    There will be times where a critical will be landed instead of an actual head 
    stun, so a Chris player must be ready to respond to that sudden head pop while 
    in the midst of an approaching horde by backing away or quickly shooting toward 
    any grabbing Majini.  It might be best to quickly switch to the M8 shotgun 
    during that time then shoot any Majini that might attack.
    
    Chris' Straight punch works well against crowds, but his Uppercut is still just 
    as good for knocking down crowds.  Be sure to run toward any extra Majini that 
    get hit by the punch and finish them off with a Stomp.  The Straight will 
    rarely not finish off a Majini, but every now and then a Majini has just a bit 
    more life that will allow it to survive the sequence, so be ready to finish it 
    off with a Stomp if this is the case.  If you ever miss a headshot and hit 
    another part of the body, quickly shoot the leg of the Majini in the hope of a 
    leg stun then finish it off with an Uppercut.  DON'T shoot the head again, or 
    you'll kill off the Majini.
    
    Come boss time, Safari Chris really has no problem... for the two bosses that 
    he manages to hit with his rocket launcher.  The key word there is "two" when 
    each stage usually has three bosses or more.  Chris will have to go up against 
    a boss eventually though.  He doesn't have enough rocket launchers for all of 
    them per stage.  A player will be forced to use the same tactics as BSAA Chris 
    at that point.  Stun the boss with a shotgun blast to the head then quickly run 
    up on it and shoot it and then melee punch it right before it recovers.  It can 
    be a good idea to take down a boss with the shotgun whenever a Majini horde is 
    not in the area.  This way Chris can easily focus on taking down the boss with 
    his slow shotgun + melee damaging and not be interrupted with a grab.
    
    On the flip side of that boss method, Chris can more easily aim with his rocket 
    launcher while a Majini horde is not on the battlefield and he won't shoot any 
    of the Majini that player can potentially melee kill.  It all depends on the 
    player and how that player wants to deal with a boss and horde of Majini.
    
    One method that can help any Chris type is to work Majini into some type of 
    tight corridor or group them together to where they surround Chris then stun 
    one with a leg stun and perform Chris' Uppercut.  The Uppercut can knock down 
    all surrounding Majini that are close to Chris and set them all up for Stomps.  
    If a Majini gets hit by the Uppercut then a ground Stomp will finish it off. If 
    a Majini staggers then falls down then quickly run over to its head and perform 
    a stomping head crush to its head.  Just like with BSAA Chris, Safari Chris 
    must shoot a Town Majini with at least two handgun shots to kill it off with an 
    Uppercut.
    
    Besides the Straight punch, the invincibility of Chris' Stomp and Neck Breaker 
    play a big role in keeping him safe from attacking Majini.  The Neck Breaker 
    melee's invincibility frame (while performing it) is a player's best way to 
    cycle through the inventory during a battle as well.  Simply perform a leg stun 
    then follow that up with a Neck Breaker and make inventory adjustments during 
    the actual neck break.
    
    Whenever a group of Majini get burned from any type of fire explosion, 
    especially cocktails, run up to them and Stomp as many as you can when they hit 
    the ground.  Since Chris' Stomp is so fast, he can usually Stomp about two of 
    them, maybe three.
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS ON youku.com
    
    -- Public Assembly
    http://v.youku.com/v_show/id_XMTE4NjQyMTMy.html
    
    -- Mines
    http://v.youku.com/v_show/id_XMTE0NDcwMzA0.html
    
    -- Ship Deck
    http://v.youku.com/v_show/id_XMTE5MzgxNzM2.html
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY Dreamer RD
    
    -- Public Assembly
    Safari Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MqmJjjkOvbM
    Safari Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y9ci9CJ6_FU
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY FoxyAreku
    
    -- Missile Area
    Safari Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ClxWw79OjQU
    Safari Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qq-tzAz64MA
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Chris player can issue 
    with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only be 
    performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Thanks!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Wait!"
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Chris player can 
    issue to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Chris
    
        Chris: "Help!"
               "Help me out here!"
    
    02) While Chris is in dying status
    
        Chris: "Heeeelp me!"
               "I'm not gonna' make it!"
    
    03) When Chris runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Chris player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Chris: "I need ammo"
    
    --> SAFARI CHRIS' PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Chris player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Chris: "Great shot!"
               "Good work!"
               "Nice work!"
    
    02) Partner gives Chris an item
    03) Partner heals Chris
    04) Partner resuscitates Chris
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Chris: "Thanks for the help."
               "Much appreciated."
               "Thanks."
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Chris: "I'm coming!"
               "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
        Chris: "Roger"
               "Ok."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Chris has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Chris: "That'll work!"
               "Good job!"
               "Nice!"
    
    
                                                                             [CS03]
                                   __                                         __
       ___  _            _        / /  __    _____    _         __     __     \ \
      / __\| |__   _ __ (_) ___  / /  / _\  /__   \  /_\       /__\   / _\     \ \
     / /   | '_ \ | '__|| |/ __|| |   \ \     / /\/ //_\\     / \//   \ \       | |
    / /___ | | | || |   | |\__ \ \ \  _\ \ _ / /_  /  _  \ _ / _  \ _ _\ \ _   / /
    \____/ |_| |_||_|   |_||___/  \_\ \__/(_)\/(_) \_/ \_/(_)\/ \_/(_)\__/(_) /_/
    
    
    .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------.
    | How to unlock: Achieve an A-rank or higher on "Experimental Facility" stage |
    '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Chris (S.T.A.R.S.) can easily be considered your all-in-one character fit for 
    any type of enemy in Mercenaries.  Chris basically has the answer for any enemy 
    type.  He has a descent machine gun for normal enemy kills, a grenade launcher 
    for multiple enemies and a magnum for bosses.
    
    --> STARS CHRIS' INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |  Grenade  |           |
                       |Machine Gun| Launcher  |  Magnum   |
                       | Ammo (150)|   (ELC)   | Ammo (6)  |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  SIG 556  |           |  S&W M29  |
                       |    (MG)   |           |   (MAG)   |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Chris (S.T.A.R.S.) starts his game with a really good assortment of ammo for 
    his inventory.  His 150 shots of Machine Gun ammo can easily last him for quite 
    a while.  The thought he even carries some extra magnum ammo is a blessing 
    indeed considering his magnum already holds an astonishing 12 bullets, giving 
    him 18 right from the start.  His grenade launcher comes equipped with electric 
    rounds, which is the best all purpose round that a character can gain for a 
    grenade launcher.  This Chris' inventory does not include a healing item, so 
    make sure to pick up any healing items that Chris happens to run across as 
    early as possible to compensate for this.
    
    Whenever I play with Chris (S.T.A.R.S.), I like to immediately place the 
    Machine Gun ammo into the center slot as quickly as possible to provide for an 
    extremely quick reload through inventory without the need of his reload 
    animation.  His Magnum ammo is already in a very reachable slot for inventory 
    reloading and thanks to his high magnum capacity, one can simply wait to reload 
    through the inventory menu while climbing a ladder or during the next melee 
    attempt.  There's really not much rush to reload with Chris' magnum like with 
    other characters' magnums.
    
    Chris' grenade launcher starts with electric rounds, which can be helpful for 
    early Cephalo or Duvalia spawnings.  This grenade round can easily ruin melee 
    kills in a Duo game however, so if a player comes across flash rounds then that 
    player can substitute the flash rounds for the electric rounds and not have to 
    worry about damaging enemies in the process.  Against Wetland and Base Majini, 
    electric rounds can be used to set up melee kills on groups however.  A 
    combination of weakening an enemy with electric rounds then using flash rounds 
    to stun them in place for a melee can work well for Wetland and Base Majini 
    when attempting melee kills.
    
    --> STARS CHRIS' SIG 556 MACHINE GUN
    
                         .-------------------------------.
                         | SIG 556 (MG)                  |
                         |===============================|
                         | Firepower:    160             |
                         | Capacity:     65              |
                         | Reload Speed: 2.55 sec.       |
                         | Special:      --------------  |
                         '-------------------------------'
    
    SIG 556
    -------
    
    + Kills normal enemies rather quickly with minimal stagger when fired at upper
      half.
    
    + A single shot to an enemies leg + behind instant kill melee attack will kill
      a single enemy in seconds.
    
    + Normal enemies can be grounded most of the time by aiming at legs and the 
      damage done by the shots will usually allow them to be instantly killed by a
      ground melee.
    
    - Doesn't always set up stuns very easily for melee kills.
    
    Chris' SIG 556 can easily take down a normal Majini with little struggle.  When 
    aimed toward the upper half of a Majini it can easily spam the Majini with 
    bullets and kill it fast without the need of having to waste many bullets and 
    without the fear of having a Majini suddenly drop or fall to the side from its 
    spray.
    
    The machine gun's single fire (simply tap the fire button) can be used to 
    instantly stun an enemy in the leg then Chris can run behind the enemy and 
    perform an instant kill melee to add five bonus seconds to the clock.  A player 
    can also aim for an enemy's legs then perform a rapid fire and usually ground 
    the enemy with just enough damage for Chris to run up and perform a melee 
    ground stomp finish for a quick five seconds added to the clock.
    
    A player can also aim for the head of a Majini then perform a single tap to set 
    up a head stun melee Straight punch.  This is extremely useful as an enemy 
    continues to get damaged when attempting a leg stun since a head stun will 
    occur if the shot is not a critical headshot.
    
    Like any gun, Chris' machine gun will not always instantly set up a leg stun or 
    ground an enemy so you could waste all of your shots trying to set up a melee 
    and never achieve a stun.  The SIG 556 seems more notorius for not setting up a 
    leg stun through its shots when compared to all the other character machine 
    guns but it's still an overall good melee setup.  Base Majini are some of the 
    hardest enemies to get a leg stun on with the SIG 556.  A player will likely 
    use many shots trying for a leg stun on a Base Majini; once one is achieved, 
    usually an Uppercut will finish off the Base Majini.
    
    --> STARS CHRIS' GRENADE LAUNCHER
    
    Chris starts with Electric Rounds and can also find Flame, Explosive, Acid, 
    Flash, and Nitrogen rounds from enemy drops or breakable objects.
    
                                GRENADE LAUNCHER AMMO
          .----------------------------------------------------------------.
          | Acid Rounds                   |  Electric Rounds               |
          |================================================================|
          | Firepower:    500             |  Firepower:    400             |
          | Effect: Penetrates armor and  |  Effect: Instantly stuns       |
          | stuns with acid damage as     |  multiple enemies with         |
          | acid spreads from each shot   |  electricity.                  |
          '----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Electric Rounds (starts with this)
    ---------------
    
    + Electric rounds can instantly stun a Reaper all the way if one is shot 
      directly toward it and another is shot directly toward its shoulder weak 
      point.
    
    + Electric rounds can instantly stun a whole crowd of enemies and have the 
      possibility of setting some up for a melee attack in their weakened state 
      from the electric shock.
    
    + Electric rounds can instantly defeat parasitic enemies quickly
      Kipepeo (1 shot) [a shot to the ground will hit these in the air]
      Bui kichwa (1 shot)
      Cephalo (2 shots)
      Duvalia (2-3 shots)
    
    + Electric Rounds can destroy wooden doors.
    
    - Electric Rounds can cause electrical damage to a character if shot from close 
      range.
    
    - It usually takes two Electric Rounds to defeat a normal Majini.
    
    Chris' grenade launcher starts with electric rounds inside which is the 
    absolute best all around round that can be obtained for Mercenaries.  Electric 
    rounds can work well to stun a group of normal Majini and kill them all within 
    two shots. Electric rounds are also very effective against annoying parasitic 
    enemies such as Duvalias and Cephalos; two shots will instantly kill a Cephalo 
    and around three will kill a Duvalia.  Kipepeos can also be easily defeated 
    with Electric rounds by simply firing one at the ground to catch it in the air, 
    eliminating the need of having to aim into the air and follow the little 
    bastards with a gun.  Flash rounds are no doubt better at defeating a parasitic 
    enemies, but they don't really damage normal enemy types any.
    
    STARS Chris has a slight problem killing shielded enemies with his normal 
    machine gun unless you simply spam fire on one or perform a leg stun into a 
    front or back melee.  Electric rounds can remedy that problem by zapping right 
    through the shields of any shielded enemies and kill multiple shielded enemies 
    in a group with two shots.
    
    Acid Rounds
    -----------
    
    + Acid Rounds can instantly stun a Reaper for its first weakness phase then a 
      Reaper can be shot again to enter its major weakness phase and skip the 
      second.
    
    + Acid Rounds can instantly defeat a group of Licker Betas with its acid spread
    
    + Acid Rounds can deliver acid damage to an entire crowd of enemies with acid 
      spread.  Spam them against a crowd (usually 2 shots) to defeat them quickly.
    
    + Acid Rounds can break cracked walls and destroy wooden doors.
    
    - Acid Rounds cannot defeat most normal enemies in one hit.
    
    - Acid Rounds can cause damage to a player from an extremely close range.
    
    Acid rounds can hit all surrounding enemies in a group with acidic damage once 
    the shot is fired at one enemy in a group.  Even though they cannot kill a 
    normal Majini with one hit, they can be spammed on a group (2 shots) to take 
    down the entire group instantly.
    
    Since the first shot of an acid round will make a group of enemies stagger, a 
    STARS Chris player can shoot a group of Majini then stand and wait for them to 
    drop then Stomp around two of them for a melee kill.  Since Chris' ground melee 
    is so fast, acid rounds can be useful for quick melee kills while dealing with 
    a crowd.
    
    Acid rounds are highly effective against Reapers.  Two well-timed acid rounds 
    shot at a Reaper will make it to where the Reaper will showcase its major chest 
    weak point, to which Chris can finish it off with a magnum shot to the chest 
    weak point.
    
    These rounds are also highly effective against Licker Betas in the Experimental 
    Facility stage.  The acid area effect can take some extreme damage from a 
    Licker and almost always kill them with one hit.
    
          .----------------------------------------------------------------.
          | Explosive Rounds              |  Flame Rounds                  |
          |================================================================|
          | Firepower:   1,000            |  Firepower:    500             |
          | Effect: Explosive damage on   |  Effect: Instant burning       |
          | target creating an area       |  damage on target creating     |
          | affect on surrounding targets |  area affect around target     |
          '----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Flame Rounds
    ------------
    
    + Flame Rounds can instantly engulf a whole crowd of enemies in flames.  Spam 
      them against enemy groups (usually 2 shots) for good results.
    
    + Flame Rounds can break cracked walls and destroy wooden doors.
    
    - Flame Rounds cannot defeat most normal enemies in one hit.
    
    - Flame Rounds can cause flame damage to a character if shot from close range.
    
    Flame rounds can work much like electric rounds and acid rounds in that they 
    can instantly defeat a whole crowd with spread damage in two shots.  Flame 
    rounds produce a burning spread effect that will stagger and knock down any 
    enemies that are caught in the blaze produced by a flame round.
    
    Flame rounds can be just as useful as acid rounds for knocking down a crowd for 
    melee kills.  Chris can shoot a crowd then walk up to them as they fall then 
    Stomp about two of them for a melee kill since his ground melee is so quick.
    
    Explosive Rounds
    ----------------
    
    + Explosive Rounds can instantly defeat an entire crowd of enemies.
    
    + Explosive Rounds can break cracked walls and destroy wooden doors.
    
    - Explosive Rounds can cause damage to a character if shot from close range.
    
    Explosive rounds are the ultimate instant Majini group killer.  Arm Explosive 
    rounds to instantly take down a whole group of Majini in one shot.  They don't 
    even have to be shot directly.  The spread of the explosion is enough to kill 
    off any normal Majini in Mercenaries.
    
    These are also very effective against Licker Betas.  Explosive rounds are not 
    as damaging as acid rounds, but they will sometimes instantly kill a Licker 
    when shot toward one.  If the shot doesn't kill the Licker then it will 
    certainly knock it down.  These actually have a rather good chance at setting a 
    Licker up for stabbing melee kill since the explosive rounds have a better 
    chance at leaving a Licker alive when compared to an acid round.  Watch for the 
    Licker to fall on its back and kick its legs up in the air after being hit with 
    an explosive round then rush in and perform a stab melee kill to it.
    
          .----------------------------------------------------------------.
          | Flash Rounds                  |  Nitrogen Rounds               |
          |================================================================|
          | Firepower:   100              |  Firepower:    100             |
          | Effect: Instant blinding stun |  Effect: Instant freeze on     |
          | on multiple enemies. Instant  |  normal enemies.  Staggers     |
          | kill on parasitic enemies.    |  other enemies with damage.    |
          '----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Flash Rounds
    ------------
    
    + Flash Rounds instantly kill parasitic enemies such as Cephalos and Duvlias.
    
    + Can instantly stun all nearby enemies and set them up for melees.
    
    + Basically no damage against normal enemies or big enemies.  This can be seen 
      a both a plus and a minus since the fact that it takes not damage can save a 
      melee kill.
    
    + Like Acid Rounds, Flash Rounds can instantly stun a Reaper for its first 
      weakness phase then a Reaper can be shot again to enter its major weakness 
      phase and skip the second.
    
    + Partner specific strategy for Wesker (Midnight) and Wesker (S.T.A.R.S.) 
      partner; a flash round sets up enemies for Wesker's Cobra Strike melee.
    
    - Basically no damage against normal enemies or big enemies.  This can be seen 
      as both a plus and a minus since the fact that it takes no damage can save a 
      melee kill.
    
    - Since there is little damage done to an enemy, a follow-up melee hit will 
      likely not kill the enemy unless it has been damaged prior to the stun.
    
    - Blinds players for a few seconds if shot too close to either player.
    
    - Causes enemies with dynamite and explosive arrows to explode and makes Majini 
      with cocktails drop their cocktails.
    
    Flash rounds are highly effective against parasitic enemies such as Duvalia, 
    Cephalos, Bui kichwa and Kipepeos.  A flash round will instantly kill off a 
    parasitic enemy.  It's area effect covers a very wide range as well.  It can 
    stun normal Majini and bosses and set them up for a head stun melee attack when 
    they are approached.
    
    When attempting melee kills with STARS Chris, a flash round can help out quite 
    a bit.  They are basically your melee kill helpers.  For instance, if a Chris 
    player damages a Majini to where one more shot will kill it off, that player 
    can aim toward the ground then shoot a flash round to blind the Majini and set 
    the Majini up for a head stun melee without the Majini taking any damage from 
    the initial stun before the melee.  Flash rounds are not very effective against 
    Majini that haven't been damaged prior to the stun however since Chris' 
    Straight punch will not kill a normal Majini unless he gets a random critical 
    head shatter off of the melee which he only has a small chance of getting.
    
    There is one partner specific strategy that one can take advantage of with 
    Flash rounds also.  When a STARS Chris player plays alongside a STARS Wesker or 
    Midnight player, the Flash rounds have a whole new reason.  One flash round 
    shot at a whole group of enemies can stun them all and set them up for Wesker's 
    Cobra Strike Melee, which takes 1,200 damage all the time and always guarantees 
    a kill on a normal Majini enemy.  Wesker has enough time per flash round stun 
    to get around three melee attacks which will instantly give the team 15 seconds 
    of extra time.  Chris could take that time to shoot a staggered Majini's legs 
    with the Machine gun then perform his ground melee on around two of them.
    
    Flash Rounds are also highly effective when shot at Reapers.  Much like the 
    Acid Rounds, two well-timed flash rounds shot at a Reaper will make it to where 
    the Reaper will showcase its major chest weak point, to which Chris can finish 
    it off with a magnum shot to the chest weak point.  Flash rounds are able to 
    hurt a player, but the player has to basically shoot them against a wall that 
    the player is standing right beside in order for a flash round to damage the 
    player.  Getting damaged by one is very rare.
    
    If you're going for all melee kills with STARS Chris then flash rounds can 
    serve him a better purpose when a Cephalo or other type of parasitic enemy 
    appears.  The flash round will kill off the Cephalo or parasitic enemy without 
    damaging any surrounding Majini, unlike an electric round or a magnum shot.  
    It's really best to not melee attack Majini that are stunned with a flash round 
    and have not been damaged prior to the stun since that will only slow down a 
    melee kill.  It would be best to take that chance to ground a Majini with the 
    SIG 556 and then Stomp it.  If a player stuns a Majini that is already damaged 
    then go ahead and perform the free head stun melee to finish off the stunned 
    Majini.  Obviously, a STARS Chris player will have to keep up with any damaged 
    Majini while trying to perform melee kill hits after a flash round stun.
    
    Much like a nitrogen round, flash rounds can make some Majini instantly explode 
    or it can damage them greatly based on what weapons they carry. When a Majini 
    carries explosive arrows or dynamite, it will instantly explode when a flash 
    round is shot in its area.  When a Majini carries a cocktail, the flash round 
    will cause it to drop its cocktail and burn itself and anything that surrounds 
    it.  This can be really bad on stages such as The Mines, Missile Area and Ship 
    Deck where Majini with dynamite appear in great number.  Not only can this ruin 
    melee kills, but it can cause a player to get hit in the process of shooting a 
    flash round.
    
    Nitrogen Rounds
    ---------------
    
    + Nitrogen Rounds can instantly freeze a group of enemies and set them up for 
      one hit shots or instant melee kills.
    
    + Each instant melee kill after a freeze adds five bonus seconds to the clock.
    
    - Nitrogen Rounds are not always effective against big enemies.
    
    - Nitrogen Rounds are usually very rare, especially for STARS Chris.
    
    Nitrogen rounds are highly effective for groups of Majini.  Simply fire a 
    Nitrogen round directly into a group and freeze the whole crowd.  Chris can 
    finish off each frozen Majini with a straight melee attack, which will add 5 
    seconds to the clock per hit.  When Chris can group a bunch of frozen Majini 
    together then perform melee attacks to each single frozen Majini in a crowd, he 
    can get quite the amount of bonus time with the extra five seconds per straight 
    punch.  Literally allow Majini to surround Chris then simply aim toward the 
    ground below him then shoot a nitrogen round to freeze a whole bunch of Majini 
    at times.
    
    Chris can also take out his machine gun and instantly shatter his foes with 
    rapid fire after a Nitrogen round but a melee attack is always the best attack 
    to perform for the 5 second bonus from each melee kill.  The most important 
    factor to keep in mind about a nitrogen round is that a single hit will not 
    kill an enemy, only freeze it, so you don't want to use these when you're 
    pressed for time because a frozen enemy will not register as a kill until it 
    has been shattered.
    
    Some bigger enemies such as Big Man Majini and Lickers can be shot with 
    nitrogen rounds as well.  Frozen Lickers can be hit with a melee attack once 
    they are frozen, but you'll need to have a Majini in the way.  Basically Chris 
    will have to punch the Majini and hit the frozen Licker in the process.  A 
    Chris player can also lead Lickers toward a railing and freeze them while on 
    the other side of the railing and then hop over the railing to break them for a 
    melee kill.  If Chris makes contact with a frozen Licker while hopping over the 
    railing then the Licker will shatter and the player will receive a 5 second 
    bonus for the shatter.  Frozen Lickers can also be be shattered with a gunshot 
    or knife slash.
    
    When aiming at a crowd of Majini, don't ever fire a nitrogen round when a 
    Majini is equipped with either explosive arrows, cocktails or lit dynamite.  
    These type of enemies will explode when frozen and they will shatter any nearby 
    frozen Majini along with them and ruin your melee kill setups.  Kill these 
    enemies off first while they are in a crowd then freeze the crowd.
    
    --> STARS CHRIS' S&W M29 MAGNUM
    
                        .---------------------------------.
                        | S&W M29 (MAG)                   |
                        |=================================|
                        | Firepower:    2,100             |
                        | Capacity:     12                |
                        | Reload Speed: 3.53 sec.         |
                        | Special:      Level 3 Piercing  |
                        '---------------------------------'
    
    S&W M29
    -------
    
    + Impressive capacity for a magnum allows for more shots without the worry of 
      reloading.
    
    + Effective boss killer and capacity can compensate for a slightly lower damage
      than other magnums.
    
    + One shot kills against most normal enemies.
    
    + Decent rate of fire.
    
    + Instant long range kills on normal enemies with good aim
    
    Chris S&W M29 Magnum is a very effective boss killer.  It doesn't take off as 
    much damage as the standard magnum, but the weapon's capacity and rate of fire 
    can easily make up for that.  Chris can easily spam a boss enemy with shots and 
    kill it off rather quickly.  A boss enemy will likely get stunned with the 
    first shot, so Chris can continue to spam it with shots or, if enemies are in 
    the area, he can run up and perform his standing melee for instant 
    invincibility against the surrounding enemy hordes and then finish off the boss 
    enemy with magnum shots directly after the melee.
    
    This is a very effective weapon against normal Majini as well.  Thanks to its 
    level 3 piercing, this gun can shoot through multiple Majini with a single 
    bullet.  It can also shoot right through the armor of a Base Majini.  With 
    practice Chris' magnum can be an effective long range weapon as well.  Since 
    his machine gun and grenade launcher are questionable at long range, pull out 
    the his magnum when an enemy is at a distance then aim with the laser pointer 
    and fire when appropriate for an instant kill long range shot.
    
    While attempting to keep the kill streak alive in a stage, this weapon can help 
    out for an instant quick kill on any normal Majini.  When the kill streak 
    indicator begins to flash, simply take out the M29 magnum and aim for the 
    closest Majini in site then fire to save your kill chain.
    
    --> STARS CHRIS' MELEES
    
                                    MELEE ATTACKS
             .---------------------------------------------------------.
             | Melee Command   | Type of Melee                | Damage |
             |=========================================================|
             | Straight        | Head Stun Melee              |   400  |
             | Hook            | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   300  |
             | Kick            | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   300  |
             | Uppercut        | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   400  |
             | Neck Breaker    | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |  Kill  |
             | Stomp           | Ground Melee                 |   600  |
             | Haymaker        | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 3,000  |
             | Back Hand       | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 3,000  |
             | Top-down Punch  | Partner Assist Melee         |   500  |
             | Uppercut        | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
             | Stab            | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  | 1,200  |
             '---------------------------------------------------------'
    
    STARS Chris' weapon assortment can easily set up some very good melee attempts 
    for him overall.  His machine gun can be his best asset when trying to perform 
    a melee attack on a normal Majini.  The most effective melee combinations are a 
    single shot to the leg followed by an instant kill melee from behind or Chris 
    can perform rapid shots to the leg with his machine gun followed by a ground 
    melee.  Both of these will score a kill and add five bonus seconds to the 
    clock.
    
    Remember that a player can quickly open up the inventory and cycle through it 
    to make adjustments during Chris' long neck breaker animation.  When shooting a 
    Majini with a single fire shot in the leg, aim toward the leg then fire and let 
    up then begin to run behind the Majini.  If the Majini doesn't stun then 
    perform another single tap followed by a dash.  It will eventually stun or it 
    will die while you're trying.
    
    When attempting to fire with several shots to the leg for a ground melee setup, 
    fire a group of shots then let up and see if the Majini falls.  You don't want 
    to shoot the Majini too many times or the Majini will simply die, so limit your 
    shots and wait for the Majini to hit the ground then quickly run up and perform 
    the ground melee.  If you accidentally knock down an enemy early and you know 
    if a normal ground stomp will kill it, then walk around to the side of its head 
    and perform Chris' stomp on its head for an instant kill regardless of health.  
    If you shoot an enemy a bunch of times in the leg and the Majini simply kneels 
    over with a leg stun then go ahead and take the risk and perform Chris' 
    uppercut frontal melee and it will most likely kill the Majini if it was shot 
    enough.
    
    Single headshots performed to a Majini's head with the SIG 556 is a very 
    effective way to set up a Majini for Chris' Straight punch melee.  If the 
    Majini is damaged prior to a head stun, then the Straight punch melee performed 
    after a head stun can possibly finish it off for a melee kill.  It's a good 
    idea to try for a head stun if Chris continues to miss out on a leg stun while 
    shooting a Majini.  The head stun will always work whenever a random critical 
    headshot is not received if the Majini has enough health to sustain the hit.  
    Thanks to the SIG 556's low damage, it's rather easy to obtain a Straight punch 
    melee kill by tapping the trigger button while aiming at the head of a Majini 
    that has already sustained damage prior to the head stun.
    
    Like all Chris types, Chris' Uppercut is also very effective against crowds.  
    If he is ever surrounded and performs an Uppercut then Chris will knock down 
    all surrounding Majini that are close to him.  A player can finish each of them 
    off with Chris' quick Stomp.  One Uppercut will damage a Majini just enough to 
    where a Stomp will finish it off regardless of what else it has been hit with.
    
    --> STARS CHRIS' MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for an instant kill.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for STARS Chris.
    
    --------------------------------
    Town and Base Majini Melee Kills
    --------------------------------
    
    ** SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 shot --> Stomp
    
    Chris can kill a Town or Base Majini with a ground melee Stomp after at least 
    two hits from the SIG 556 prior to the Majini being grounded.  The best way to 
    do this is to aim for the feet of the Majini then hold down the trigger button 
    for a few seconds so that the Majini falls within the fist few shots.
    
    At least two shots must hit the Majini before it hits the ground in order for a 
    normal Stomp to finish it off.  In order to compensate for a single hit with 
    the SIG 556 before being grounded or not hits at all, a Chris player can move 
    around toward the head portion of the grounded Majini then perform a head crush 
    Stomp for an instant kill melee.  If a shot hits the Majini while it is 
    grounded then a melee cannot be performed since the Majini will begin to get 
    up.
    
    ** SIG 556 leg stun shot --> Neck Breaker
    
    Chris can quickly shoot any Majini in the leg and, if the Majini performs a leg 
    stun animation then Chris can quickly run behind the Majini and perform an 
    instant kill Neck Breaker.  This will cancel any possible Cephalo, Kipepeo or 
    Duvalia spawnings as well as provide a Chris player quite a bit of time to 
    cycle through the inventory if needed during the entire animation.
    
    ** SIG 556 shot to body --> SIG 556 shot to body --> SIG 556 leg stun shot --> 
    Uppercut
    
    This combination is much like the body shot followed by a leg stun shot with 
    BSAA Chris and the melee kill is just as fast on a single Majini.  If a player 
    can master getting two quick shots and then getting a leg stun shot, this 
    combination can allow that player to easily melee kill single Majini with 
    little hassle.
    
    ** SIG 556 shot to leg --> SIG 556 shot to leg --> SIG 556 shot to leg --> SIG 
    556 leg stun shot --> Uppercut
    
    Well, it's not like a player is going to count exactly four shots, but it's 
    good to have an idea that if the fourth shot of any SIG 556 auto-fire is a leg 
    stun then Chris can quickly finish off the Majini with an Uppercut.  Trying for 
    this can be risky, but if you've already tried to ground a Majini for a Stomp 
    by shooting it's legs multiple times and the Majini simply won't fall after the 
    first two or three hits then you'll know that Chris can most likely perform an 
    Uppercut to finish it off eventually if the leg stun is the fourth hit.
    
    Achieving this combination is more about getting the feel of four shots after 
    holding down the trigger button for an extended period.  This is a combination 
    that is more suitable for players that are familiar with the SIG 556 weapon 
    rather than a first time starter.
    
    Chris can also finish off the Majini with a Hook or Kick if the fourth shot 
    happens to be an arm stun.  The four shots weaken the Majini so much that it 
    doesn't matter what type of melee is performed really.  Since aiming at a 
    Majini's legs is so important to Chris' melee kill game, an Uppercut will be 
    more likely however.
    
    Some Majini such as the crossbow Majini and female Majini are weaker than other 
    so they can only survive 3 shots from the SIG 556.
    
    ** SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 head stun shot --> Straight
    
    After two shots to any portion of the body then a head stun with the SIG 556, 
    Chris can kill off a Majini with a Straight punch melee.  This is mainly useful 
    if a player aims directly toward a Majini's head then hold down the trigger for 
    just a second in order to shoot a total of three shots.  This will set up the 
    Majini perfectly for a melee kill from a Straight punch melee.
    
    ** Partner Assist Melee Attack --> SIG 556 head stun shot --> Straight
    
    If you're playing with a partner that doesn't know to run up and hit a Majini 
    after your character knocks off the Majini, quickly run over to the staggering 
    Majini then shoot it directly in the head for a head stun then perform a 
    Straight punch on it.  After knocking off a female Majini, shoot its leg for a 
    possible leg stun since a head stun shot will kill it.
    
    ** Stomp Melee that hits standing Majini --> SIG 556 head stun shot --> 
       Straight
    
    This is much like the method above only the Majini will stagger back because it 
    stood too close to Chris' Stomp ground melee.  When a Majini staggers back from 
    being in close range to Chris Stomp, it can be melee attacked by the partner or 
    Chris can quickly shoot it in the head with the machine gun then perform a 
    Straight Punch to finish it off.  Your partner is not always going to be around 
    when this happens, so it's good to keep this technique in mind.  If a female 
    Majini gets staggered back then shoot it in the leg for a possible leg stun 
    since a head shot will kill it.
    
    ** Face the head of a fallen undamaged Majini --> Stomp (head crush)
    
    This technique is so very useful for any Chris type.  You have to train 
    yourself to respond quickly once a Town Majini falls in order to do this 
    however. Once a Majini falls backward while facing Chris, run toward it and 
    basically run over it then quick turn and perform Chris' ground Stomp to crush 
    its head.  If Chris moves over the top of it then quick turns instantly after 
    passing by its head then he will be in the perfect placement for this melee 
    kill.
    
    ** Back Hand on Gatling Gun Majini to hit surrounding Majini (Town Majin)
    
    When fighting the Gatling Gun Majini in Missile Area, shoot him in the leg to 
    stun him so that he kneels.  Allow Majini to gather around him then perform the 
    Back Hand command while standing near the Gatling Gun Majini to damage the 
    Gatling Gun Majini and defeat the whole crowd of surrounding Majini in process 
    for melee kills.
    
    --------------------------
    Wetland Majini Melee Kills
    --------------------------
    
    ** SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 leg trip --> SIG 556 head stun --> Straight
    
    Trip a Majini with two quick shots to the leg with the SIG 556.  A normal 
    Wetland Majini will automatically get up if it has been hit with 4 shots or 
    lower, so aim directly for its head when it gets up and shoot it one in the 
    head (tap the trigger).  After the head stun, run up and Straight punch it to 
    kill it off.
    
    As you might imagine, this takes some practice, but it is a very effective way 
    to kill off a normal Wetland Majini that are not equipped with a bow or a 
    shield.  Keep in mind that a Wetland Majini will die with in 5 SIG 556 shots so 
    the leg trip must be done by the third shot or else the head stun shot will 
    kill it off.  A Wetland Majini will stay grounded after 3 shots from the SIG 
    556.
    
    Sometimes the recovery animation can throw off the timing for the head stun and 
    you don't want to shoot too fast out of risk of hitting the wrong portion of 
    the body, so aim carefully and precisely.  As you might imagine, this can 
    sometimes be hard to obtain against grouped Wetland Majini, but sometimes they 
    stand around and allow this sequence to be performed to a single Wetland Majini 
    in a crowd.
    
    ** SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 head stun --> Straight
    
    I'm sure this is obvious after the above mention, but after two shots from the 
    SIG 556, a head stun shot + a Straight punch melee will finish off a Wetland 
    Majini regardless if it is grounded or not.
    
    ** SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 leg stun --> 
    Uppercut
    
    You have to really get the feel of this one and know about how many shots that 
    have actually hit the Wetland Majini before performing the Uppercut.  Don't 
    stand back and count, just learn the timing for the button press duration.
    
    ** SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 shot to ground the Majini --> 
    Stomp
    
    After a Wetland Majini has been shot three times with the SIG 556, it will not 
    get up once grounded, so take that time to perform a Stomp ground melee to 
    finish it off.
    
    ** SIG 556 leg stun --> Neck Breaker
    
    As usual the Neck Breaker is an instant kill as always.  This can be effective 
    against a Majini that carries a shield and especially Torch Majini on the 
    Ancient Ruins stage.
    
    ** Electric Round leg stun --> Uppercut
    
    It's hard to control the way an electric round will stun a Majini, but if a 
    Chris player can achieve a leg stun with a single shot then Chris can kill off 
    the Majini with an Uppercut for a melee kill.
    
    ** Electric Round --> Flash Round --> Straight
    
    Fire an electric round at a group of Wetland Majini then quickly load and fire 
    a flash round or toss a flash grenade and Straight punch all of them for melee 
    kills.  The electric round will damage each of them just enough to where a 
    Straight punch will kill them off.  The electric round wlll also instantly 
    destroy any wooden shield that a Wetland Majini might be carrying.  The only 
    normal Wetland Majini that this method will not kill off is the Torch Majini.
    
    ** SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 leg stun --> Uppercut [shield 
    Majini]
    
    The first leg hit against a Wetland Majini that carries a shield is always a 
    leg stun hit.  The next hits will not interrupt the leg stun.  A Chris player 
    can aim at the legs of a Majini that carries a shield and fire off three shots 
    then run up and Uppercut the stunned Majini to kill it off.  The Uppercut will 
    break its shield and defeat it for a melee kill.  Like with many of Chris' 
    melee setups, you have to get the feel of holding down the trigger for three 
    shots rather than counting them.
    
    ** SIG 556 shot --> SIG 556 stun (leg or head) --> melee [explosive arrow 
    Majini]
    
    Either combination will instantly kill off a Wetland Majini with explosive 
    arrows since they are so weak compared to the others.
    
    ** SIG 556 leg trip --> Walk around to head portion of undamaged grounded 
    Majini --> Stomp (Torch Majini)
    
    If you ever knock a Torch Majini to the ground, it will stay grounded for quite 
    a while regardless of the damage is has sustained.  Take that time to run 
    around to its head portion then perform a Stomp head crush to finish it off.
    
    -----------------------------------------
    Town, Wetland and Base Majini Melee Kills
    -----------------------------------------
    
    ** Walk around to head portion of undamaged grounded Majini --> Stomp
    
    Chris can always achieve an instant head crush by walking around to the head 
    portion of any Majini and performing his Stomp ground melee.  This is very 
    useful for when an undamaged Majini gets knocked down from being staggered too 
    much.  It's best to run directly over the top of a Majini whenever it falls 
    backward in front of Chris then quickly quick turn to face its head then 
    perform the Stomp.  Get good with this technique since it is highly useful to 
    any Chris type.
    
    ** Nitrogen Round shot --> Straight
    
    If Chris can manage to find some nitrogen rounds then he can fire them at a 
    group of Majini to freeze them then finish them off with a Straight punch melee 
    kill.  Tribal Sheva has a much better melee attack for this than Chris since 
    her Roundhouse melee covers a wider area, but Chris can still punch through 
    several frozen Majini in a row.
    
    It's best to allow Majini to swarm Chris and completely surround him.  Aim at 
    the ground with the grenade launcher then wait until the moment that one is 
    about to attack then fire a nitrogen round to freeze all surrounding Majini 
    that are in a close proximity to Chris (even behind him).  A player can 
    literally freeze around eight Majini while attempting this.
    
    Don't ever simply fire off a nitrogen round just "because you have it".  
    Conserve these as much as possible and only use them when a big crowd of Majini 
    surrounds Chris - more than three Majini.  These are most useful in Public 
    Assembly and the Experimental Facility where Town and Base Majini group up 
    quite a bit.
    
    When aiming at a crowd of Majini, don't ever fire a nitrogen round when a 
    Majini is equipped with either explosive arrows, cocktails or lit dynamite.  
    These type of enemies will explode when frozen and they will shatter any nearby 
    frozen Majini along with them and ruin your melee kill setups.  Kill these 
    enemies off first while they are in a crowd then freeze the crowd.
    
    ** Flame Round shot --> Stomp
    
    Even though flame rounds will damage a Majini, Chris can shoot a group of 
    Majini with a flame round if they ever become too much to deal with then he can 
    Stomp them when they hit the ground.  He won't be able to Stomp all of them 
    most likely, but they will fall forward, so he can Stomp multiple Majini at 
    times.
    
    Only use flame rounds when nitrogen rounds cannot be found.  Until then, the 
    flame rounds can serve as Chris' crowd control weapon for big groups - more 
    than three.  Acid rounds can work well also and they are less dangerous from 
    close range, but flame rounds seem to have a slower stun animation before a 
    Majini falls to the ground.
    
    ** Flash Round shot on weak Majini --> Straight
    
    Flash rounds can be good at stunning a crowd that surrounds Chris in order to 
    get them off his back for a while or they can also work well for setting a weak 
    Majini up for a melee kill.  When a Majini has been weakened with a few shots 
    from the machine gun, shoot the Majini with a flash round, or shoot a flash 
    round near it in order to stun it then run up and hit it with a Straight punch 
    to finish it off with a melee kill.
    
    ** Flame Round --> Flash Round (once Majini is standing) --> Straight
    
    After burining multiple Majini with a flame round, Stomp as many as you can 
    then, if you have some flash rounds, quickly load them into the grenade 
    launcher then fire them at the remainder of the Majini crowd as they get up 
    then kill each off them with Straight punches.  The flame rounds will weaken 
    Majini enough to where a Straight punch will finish them off for a melee kill.
    
    ** Uppercut multiple Majini
    
    Any Chris type can perform a leg stun to a Majini then stand back and wait for 
    other Majini to attempt an attack then quickly perform an Uppercut to the 
    stunned Majini to knock down several Majini with one Uppercut.  This is highly 
    useful for crowds and it's also useful for achieving a melee kill on a Majini 
    that is one shot away from death.  When attempting all melee kills this is one 
    of Chris' most effective ways to take on a crowd.
    
    ** Stomp multiple Majini
    
    When multiple Majini have been knocked down, try to work Chris into the middle 
    of the crowd then perform his Stomp ground melee and he might hit multiple 
    Majini with his Stomp.  His Stomp ground melee is so fast that a player can 
    Stomp one Majini then quickly move over to another grounded Majini then quickly 
    Stomp it to.
    
    Chris' Stomp can also be used much like his Uppercut.  A player can stand over 
    a grounded Majini then wait for another Majini to rush toward Chris for an 
    attack then quickly Stomp the grounded Majini to where the Stomp will hit the 
    Majini that moves toward him for an attack.  His leg can actually hit a 
    standing Majini if it is close enough.  It will send the Majini staggering 
    backward as if it got hit with an arm stun melee.  If the Majini was severely 
    weakened then the Stomp will kill it off for a melee kill.
    
    ** Incendiary Grenade --> Stomp
    
    It's not really good to use this method often, since it has the potential to 
    kill a Majini that has already been damaged, but a Chris type can toss an 
    incendiary grenade at a crowd of Majini then move toward them and Stomp them 
    right when they hit the ground.  Chris Stomp is so fast that he can get about 
    two melee kills per crowd.  The Majini will be weakened enough afterward to 
    where a single leg stun shot and an Uppercut will finish them off also!
    
    ** Incendiary Grenade --> Flash Grenade (while Majini is standing after being 
    burned) --> Straight
    
    After tossing an incendiary grenade at a group of Majini, Stomp a few of them 
    then quickly toss a flash grenade as they rise to stun the remainder of them 
    then quickly finish them off with a Straight punch melee.
    
    ** Electric Round --> Flash Round --> Straight (Base Majini only)
    
    Fire an electric round at a group of Base Majini then quickly load a flash 
    round or toss a flash grenade then Straight punch them all for melee kills 
    while they are stunned. Since some of the Base Majini have metal helmets, the 
    flash round may not stun them all.
    
    ----------------------
    Licker Beta Melee Kill
    ----------------------
    
    ** Explosive Round/Acid Round shot --> Stab
    
    If a player can find explosive rounds in the Experimental Facility stage then 
    load them in the grenade launcher then fire one explosive round at a group of 
    Lickers or a single Licker.  The Licker will sometimes fall over on its back 
    and kick its leg when it has been hit along the front portion of its body.  Run 
    up to the Licker at that time and you'll get the "Stab" melee command in order 
    to finish it off for a melee kill.  The explosive round hit can't be a direct 
    hit on the Licker or the explosion will kill it.  Acid rounds can work in the 
    same way, but an Acid Round is usually too powerful for a Licker to survive for 
    a follow-up melee kill.  It's best to watch the kill streak and see if your 
    character has gained a kill from the explosive round before running up to 
    attempt a melee to a Licker.
    
    ** Nitrogen Round Shot --> Hop over nearby railing to hit frozen Licker
    
    A player can achieve a melee kill on a Licker by leading a Licker next to a 
    railing.  Freeze the Licker with a nitrogen round then hop over the railing so 
    that Chris hits the frozen Licker with a portion of his body.  The hit will 
    shatter the Licker and give the player a +5 second bonus for a melee kill.  
    This can be done on multiple frozen Lickers so long as Chris hits them while 
    hopping over a railing.
    
    -------------------------
    Big Man Majini Melee Kill
    -------------------------
    
    ** M29 shot to body --> M29 shot to leg --> Straight
    
    If the Big Man Majini is shot directly in the body two times then the second 
    shot will kill him, but if a STARS Chris player shoots the Big Man Majini in 
    the leg for the second shot then the Big Man Majini will fall to his knees then 
    the player can rush up and perform a Straight punch melee to finish him off.  
    The Big Man Majini is extremely weak at this point to where even a knife slash 
    will finish it off, so don't miss your chance for a melee finish!  Toss a flash 
    grenade at him to stun him if you miss then perform the melee.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------
    Executioner Melee Kill (Public Assembly Executioner)
    ----------------------------------------------------
    
    ** M29 shot to body --> M29 shot to head --> M29 shot to head --> M29 shot to 
    body --> Uppercut
    
    This combination will instantly kill off the Executioner for a melee kill.  It 
    is kind of hard to perform all the precise blasts and melee during one stun but 
    it can be done with enough speed.  The player will most likely perform the 
    Uppercut right before the Executioner rises.
    
    ---------------------------------------------
    Gatling Gun Majini Melee Kill (Yellow outfit)
    ---------------------------------------------
    
    ** M29 shot to body --> M29 shot to body --> M29 shot to body --> M29 shot to 
    body --> M29 shot to body --> Haymaker
    
    Shoot the Gatling Gun Majini five times in the body (not the head) with the M29 
    magnum then rush up and perform a Haymaker while he is stunned to kill him with 
    that Haymaker melee. You'll likely have to delay the fifth shot a bit since he 
    will most likely recover from the fist stun.  Shoot him the fifth time to stun 
    him and then rush and perform a Haymaker to finish him off.
    
    ** M29 shot to body --> M29 shot to body --> Haymaker --> (back up a bit to 
    avoid gatling gun swipe) --> M29 shot to body --> Haymaker
    
    Shoot the Gatline Gun Majini once in the body with the M29 magnum to stun him 
    then shoot him again in the body.  Rush up to him and perform a Haymaker then 
    quickly back away to avoid his gatling gun swipe.  Shoot him again in the body 
    with the M29 then perform another Haymaker to finish him off.  This method 
    helps a player save magnum ammo, though it may take longer overall.
    
    ** M29 shot to leg --> M29 shot to body --> Back Hand --> M29 shot to leg --> 
    Back Hand
    
    This melee kill combination can be risky since the first Back Hand takes longer 
    to recover from when compared to a Haymaker, but the Back Hand tag team melee 
    can easily defeat a whole crowd of Majini that gather around the Gatling Gun 
    Majini for extra melee kills.
    
    ------------------------------------------
    Gatling Gun Majini Melee Kill (Red outfit)
    ------------------------------------------
    
    ** M29 shot to body (or leg) --> M29 shot to body --> M29 shot to body --> M29 
    shot to body --> Haymaker (or Back Hand) --> M29 shot to body (or leg) --> 
    Haymaker (or Back Hand)
    
    The red Gatling Gun Majini can be melee killed with basically the same method 
    used for the yellow Gatling Gun Majini, but it will take a few more magnum 
    shots.
    
    ********************************
    Crowd Control Melee Combinations
    ********************************
    
    ** SIG 556 shot to head --> Straight
    
    When a crowd groups in front of Chris, target the closest Majini in the middle 
    then shoot him in the head for a head stun. Quickly run up to the staggering 
    Majini then perform Chris' Straight punch to possibly knock down the whole 
    crowd.  Chris' Straight punch has a high tendency to hit any Majini that are 
    standing close to either of his sides.  Run up to the grounded Majini and 
    perform Stomps to finish off multiple Majini after a Straight punch melee.  A 
    Straight can usually knock Majini together to where one Stomp will finish off 
    multiple Majini and give a player an even bigger time boost than normal.
    
    ** SIG 556 shot to leg --> Uppercut
    
    You don't really want to use this combination on large crowds, but when a group 
    of two or three Majini are near Chris, try to get a leg stun on one of them 
    then stand in front of the stunned Majini and wait for one of the others to 
    attempt an attack then quickly Uppercut the stunned Majini to ground multiple 
    Majini.  This can be a real good setup for a multiple Stomp (stomping multiple 
    Majini) when a Majini is directly behind one that is directly in front of you.
    
    --> EFFECTIVE PARTNERS FOR STARS CHRIS
    
    ---------------
    Midnight Wesker
    ---------------
    
    If a STARS Chris player can find flash rounds from a random item drop, the 
    player can use the flash rounds to stun Majini for Midnight Wesker to hit with 
    his Cobra Strike melee.  Try not to shoot a flash round when a Majini with 
    cocktails or dynamite is in the area since this will cause those Majini to 
    explode (fire explosion and normal explosion) and it might damage the Midnight 
    Wesker player.
    
    Also, like with any Chris type, If Wesker performs a dash multiple times in a 
    row (back and forth) then Chris' Back Hand tag team melee can quickly defeat 
    multiple Majini as they stagger.  Two dash hits to a Majini will set up the 
    Majini for a tag team melee since each dash counts as a separate arm stun hit.
    
    A STARS Chris player should also give Midnight Wesker some of his magnum ammo 
    in stages with many bosses, especially on Ship Deck and in the Prison.  I'd 
    actually recommend that the Chris player not even stock any ammo in the 
    inventory except for what is already in the gun; give all magnum inventory ammo 
    to the Midnight Wesker player.  A Midnight Wesker player's magnum will surely 
    finish off a boss well before Chris' M29 magnum will.
    
    ------------
    STARS Wesker
    ------------
    
    Chris can once again gain flash rounds to help out a Wesker player.  This time, 
    Chris can help out even more since Wesker S.T.A.R.S. players can't set an enemy 
    up for a Cobra Strikes as easily as Midnight Wesker.
    
    Also, like with any Chris type, If Wesker performs a dash multiple times in a 
    row (back and forth) then Chris' Back Hand tag team melee can quickly defeat 
    multiple Majini as they stagger.  Two dash hits to a Majini will set up the 
    Majini for a tag team melee since each dash counts as a separate arm stun hit.
    
    --> SCORING HIGH IN SINGLE PLAYER WITH STARS CHRIS
    
    Nitrogen rounds can be the main key to scoring high with STARS Chris while in a 
    solo game.  Sadly, luck plays a major role in obtaining them.  Wait until a big 
    Majini crowd appears around Chris then aim toward the center of them, or 
    directly at the ground below Chris if they are all surrounding your character 
    then fire and break them all with melee Straight punches.  Majini with 
    cocktails and explosive arrows can mess up your frozen punching bags with how 
    the fire from their cocktails will destroy other frozen Majini when they are 
    hit.
    
    Flash rounds can play another big role in Chris' single player game, mainly for 
    defense.  They aren't that effective for Chris in Duo mode, but in single 
    player, they can instantly stun a whole horde of Majini.  Chris can then run up 
    and Straight punch one of them then Stomp it, or a player can quickly trip one 
    with the SIG 556 then Stomp it or perform a Neck Breaker.
    
    One method that can help any Chris type is to work Majini into some type of 
    tight corridor or group them together to where they surround Chris then stun 
    one with a leg stun and perform Chris' Uppercut.  The Uppercut can knock down 
    all surrounding Majini that are close to Chris and set them all up for Stomps.  
    If a Majini gets hit by the Uppercut then a ground Stomp will finish it off. If 
    a Majini staggers then falls down then quickly run over to its head and perform 
    a stomping head crush to its head.
    
    The invincibility of Chris' Stomp and Neck Breaker play a big role in keeping 
    him safe from attacking Majini.  The Neck Breaker melee's invincibility frame 
    (while performing it) is a player's best way to cycle through the inventory 
    during a battle as well.  Simply perform a leg stun then follow that up with a 
    Neck Breaker and make inventory adjustements during the actual neck break.
    
    Whenever a group of Majini get burned from any type of fire explosion, 
    especially cocktails, run up to them and Stomp as many as you can when they hit 
    the ground.  Since Chris' Stomp is so fast, he can usually Stomp about two of 
    them, maybe three.
    
    When a Cephalo spawns from an enemy, Chris can finish it off with a single 
    electric round followed by a few SIG 556 shots or he can finish it off with a 
    magnum shot followed by a few SIG 556 shots.  He can spam both of them twice, 
    but it is not needed.  Focus on using magnum shots when Majini are grouped 
    around the Cephalo to avoid killing them off without a melee.
    
    --> STARS CHRIS' VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY Big Kahoona 22
    
    -- Public Assembly
    STARS Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rDy2o7kT8YE
    STARS Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R1NMCWfUtNA
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY xUmbrellaCo
    
    -- Public Assembly
    STARS Chris SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3M68RgmqqE4
    STARS Chris SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kQ7ukZPZeow
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY FoxyAreku
    
    -- The Mines
    STARS Chris SS Rank - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=swC-2WmqlcQ
    
    --> STARS CHRIS' BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Chris player can issue 
    with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only be 
    performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Thanks!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Chris: "Wait!"
    
    --> CHRIS' PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Chris player can 
    issue to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Chris
    
        Chris: "Help!"
               "Help me out here!"
    
    02) While Chris is in dying status
    
        Chris: "Heeeelp me!"
               "I'm not gonna' make it!"
    
    03) When Chris runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Chris player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Chris: "I need ammo"
    
    --> STARS CHRIS' PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Chris player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Chris: "Great shot!"
               "Good work!"
               "Nice work!"
    
    02) Partner gives Chris an item
    03) Partner heals Chris
    04) Partner resuscitates Chris
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Chris: "Thanks for the help."
               "Much appreciated."
               "Thanks."
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Chris: "I'm coming!"
               "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
         Chris: "Roger"
                "Ok."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Chris has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Chris: "That'll work!"
               "Good job!"
               "Nice!"
    
    
                                                                             [CS04]
                                          __                           __
          __  _                          / /    ___  __    _      _    \ \
         / _\| |__    ___ __   __ __ _  / /    / __\/ _\  /_\    /_\    \ \
         \ \ | '_ \  / _ \\ \ / // _` || |    /__\//\ \  //_\\  //_\\    | |
         _\ \| | | ||  __/ \ V /| (_| | \ \  / \/  \_\ \/  _  \/  _  \  / /
         \__/|_| |_| \___|  \_/  \__,_|  \_\ \_____/\__/\_/ \_/\_/ \_/ /_/
    
                       .------------------------------------.
                       | How to unlock: Unlocked by default |
                       '------------------------------------'
    
    BSAA Sheva has a good weapon assortment, but none of them compliment her melee 
    attacks that often.  Her handgun is rather weak but has a small edge in its 
    ability to gain criticals more often than usual.  Her machine gun is low 
    damaging but it can knock an enemy down easy and set it up for ground melee, 
    however her ground melee is very slow.  Sheva's Dragunov SVD rifle is quite 
    useful for single enemies and bosses with its high rate of fire.
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  Handgun  | Dragunov  |Machine Gun|
                       | Ammo (50) | SVD (RIF) | Ammo (150)|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |   M92F    |           |   VZ61    |
                       |   (HG)    |           |   (MG)    |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | First Aid |           |
                       |           |   Spray   |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Sheva comes equipped with a standard M92F handgun, which comes with high 
    capacity of 40 bullets.  She brings an extra 50 bullets into the battle with 
    her.  Her VZ61 machine gun holds a capacity of 260 bullets and she has an extra 
    150 bullets to go along with it.  Her machine gun is very helpful to her from 
    close range, so it is wise to constantly find more ammo for this weapon 
    throughout the battle.
    
    Her Dragunov SVD rifle carries a capacity of 13 rifle bullets.  Sadly Sheva 
    does not have any extra rifle ammo to go along with this fantastic weapon, so a 
    Sheva player is going to be forced into finding ammo for it from the get go.  
    Be sure to collect as much rifle ammo as possible since Sheva's rifle is 
    incredibly useful for much needed power when taking down boss enemies or for 
    quick normal enemy kills.  To round out her inventory, Sheva also brings along 
    one first aid spray.
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S M92F HANDGUN
    
    M92F
    ----
    
    + High capacity
    
    - Low firepower
    
    - Doesn't support her melee attacks that well for melee kills
    
                         .-------------------------------.
                         | M92F (HG)                     |
                         |===============================|
                         | Firepower:    250             |
                         | Capacity:     40              |
                         | Reload Speed: 1.36 sec.       |
                         | Special:      Critical 50%    |
                         '-------------------------------'
    
    This is probably the worst handgun and character match up in The Mercenaries. 
    Sheva's handgun takes exactly four shots to take down most Town Majini and her 
    melees are so weak that it takes at least three shots to set up a Town Majini 
    so that a quick melee will kill the Majini.  She also has the chance of 
    knocking a Majini over while trying to get the stun and from there a player can 
    either shoot the Majini some more to finish it off or perform Sheva's slow 
    ground melee to finish it off.
    
    The gun has a rather high critical rate for a head pop when aimed at a Majini's 
    head, but the critical occurrence is still too much of a gamble to rely upon.  
    If the shot is not a critical then Sheva can only follow-up with more handgun 
    fire or her head stun melee roundhouse, which will not kill unless the Majini 
    has been currently weakened or she can shoot the Majini in the leg as it 
    staggers and hopefully get a leg stun in which she can finish off the Majini 
    with a somersault melee kill for 5 bonus seconds.
    
    The gun has a high capacity, but in the end it really doesn't matter since the 
    gun is basically only good for four shot kills or the 50/50 probability of 
    critical shot to the head.  It's still a good handgun to keep around for when 
    the machine gun runs out of ammo however.  A Sheva player can still easily 
    perform a shot to a Majini's legs for a leg stun then follow that up with a 
    throat slit melee from behind.
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S VZ61 MACHINE GUN
    
                         .-------------------------------.
                         | VZ61 (MG)                     |
                         |===============================|
                         | Firepower:    100             |
                         | Capacity:     260             |
                         | Reload Speed: 2.83 sec.       |
                         | Special:      Critical 37.5%  |
                         '-------------------------------'
    
    VZ61
    ----
    
    + Knocks down and staggers normal Majini quickly
    
    - Low damage
    
    
    Even though Sheva's machine gun has low firepower, this gun's capacity and 
    overall rate of fire allows Sheva to spread constant firepower on any target. 
    It's an overall good weapon to stagger a whole group of Majini as well.  
    Whenever a group is in front of Sheva, simply hold down the trigger and wave 
    the machine gun fire over the group to instantly stop a good majority of 
    attacks that they might be preparing.
    
    A machine gun can also be used for precision fire to set up melee stuns with a 
    single tap of the trigger.  Simply aim at a Majini's legs with the machine gun 
    then tap the trigger.  If the Majini kneels down into a leg stun pose then run 
    behind it and perform Sheva's throat slit instant kill melee attack.  This can 
    be a very effective technique when surrounded by a crowd.  Her other melees 
    will allow her to knock down a whole crowd.
    
    With this machine gun being able to knock down a Majini very easily, Sheva can 
    simply aim for a Majini's legs then knock it down with a few shots.  Sheva can 
    run up to the grounded Majini and perform her impale ground melee for an 
    instant kill the majority of the time since her ground melee takes off quite a 
    bit.  A player can't really spam this ground melee as much as one can easily do 
    with Battle Suit Jill's ground melee since Sheva's ground melee takes much 
    longer both in the initial kill and in the recovery.  She's still invincible 
    during the entire animation, but the move can easily miss its target with how 
    long it takes for her to stab and it's not instant enough.  It's not a bad 
    technique, but I wouldn't recommend spamming it that much like one can do with 
    Battle Suit Jill's ground melee.
    
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S DRAGUNOV SVD RIFLE
    
    Dragunov SVD
    ------------
    
    + Good rate of fire
    
    + Overall good damage for quick single enemy kills
    
    + Decent capacity
    
    - Scope zoom could be better for more accurate aim from a distance
    
                         .-------------------------------.
                         | Dragunov SVD (RIF)            |
                         |===============================|
                         | Firepower:    1,300           |
                         | Capacity:     13              |
                         | Reload Speed: 2.41 sec.       |
                         | Special:      Semi-auto       |
                         '-------------------------------'
    
    The Dragunov SVD rifle is pretty much the highlight gun for Sheva.  Its high 
    damage allows her to shoot most normal Majini for an instant kill.  From a 
    distance, she can easily get quite a number of kills in seconds with this 
    rifle's high rate of fire.  If Sheva can find a high platform that overlooks an 
    entire area then she can easily watch over the entire area and gain quite a 
    number of kills at a high rate.  The scope zoom feature does not zoom in as far 
    as the PSG-1 rifle scope but one can easily work with the Dragunov's limited 
    zoom and score plenty of long range hits.
    
    Sheva's rifle is also a good boss killer and boss stunner.  She's not going to 
    stun a boss instantly so she needs to be at a distance while firing, but she 
    can easily spam rifle shots on a boss and defeat the boss rather quickly 
    without the need to get in close range or perform any type of melee attack on 
    the boss for extra damage.
    
    The rifle has a capacity of 13 shots, which is very helpful when fighting a 
    boss, but the problem with Sheva's rifle is that she will need to start hording 
    ammo from the beginning.  She does not start with any type of ammo for the 
    rifle, so she must kill enemies in order to gain ammo for her most valuable 
    weapon.
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S MELEE ATTACKS
    
                                    MELEE ATTACKS
           .--------------------------------------------------------------.
           | Melee Command        | Type of Melee                | Damage |
           |==============================================================|
           | Roundhouse           | Head Stun Melee              |   350  |
           | Twist Kick           | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   250  |
           | Knee                 | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   250  |
           | Somersault           | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   350  |
           | Throat Slit          | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |  Kill  |
           | Impale               | Ground Melee                 |   800  |
           | Skull Crusher        | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 3,000  |
           | Spinning Back Kick   | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 3,000  |
           | Pivot Kick           | Partner Assist Melee         |   450  |
           | Somersault           | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
           | Stab                 | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  |   900  |
           '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Sheva has some overall weak melees and her guns do not really work well with 
    any of them.  The best she can do in the way of melee kills is perform a leg 
    stun to a Majini then run behind it and trigger her throat slit or knock it to 
    the ground and perform her ground melee.  Her ground melee takes off 800 damage 
    per hit, so it is most likely going to kill any grounded enemy.  She can even 
    kill off most Majini that simply get knocked down without taking a gunshot 
    first.
    
    The main problem with her ground melee is that the entire animation takes so 
    long.  The beginning stab is so long sometimes that a Majini can quickly get up 
    from being grounded before Sheva can plunge the knife into the Majini.  The 
    entire ground melee animation takes up more time than any other ground melee.
    
    The 5 second bonus that Sheva gains per ground melee is still useful for an 
    instant kill but a player shouldn't try to spam this move since she only gains 
    about two seconds out of the five second bonus with the ground melee already 
    taking up around 3 seconds total to perform.  Her ground melee is a lot more 
    useful during a duo game where the other player can be killing while Sheva is 
    stabbing. At least then, the five second bonus feels more worthwhile.
    
    With both her instant kill melee and her ground melee, a player can easily take 
    that time to quickly pull up the inventory and reload or make adjustments to 
    her inventory slots.  Both animations are long enough to allow for this action 
    and one should take advantage of it if either melee is performed.
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for an instant kill.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for BSAA Sheva.
    
    -----------------------------------------
    Town, Base and Wetland Majini Melee Kills
    -----------------------------------------
    
    ** M92F or VZ61 leg stun shot --> Throat Slit
    
    Perform a leg stun with the M92F or the VZ61 machine gun by shooting a Majini 
    in the legs then quickly run behind it and activate the throat slit melee.  
    This is the best melee combination for BSAA Sheva and Clubbin' Sheva since it's 
    the easiest to activate.  With BSAA Sheva's enormous amount of ammo and light 
    damage with the VZ61, a player can tap a Majini's leg with a single shot and 
    set it up for this instant stun melee kill rather easily.
    
    With Wetland Majini, I recommend keeping Sheva's handgun.  Her handgun takes 
    off more damage per shot, so if the Wetland Majini is knocked down during any 
    shot then it will have a higher chance of remaining grounded with the higher 
    damaging handgun rather than the light damage from the machine gun.  The VZ61 
    machine gun also has a higher chance of grounding a Wetland Majini which will 
    make it harder on Sheva since she might constantly knock the Majini down 
    allowing it to get up because of the machine gun's light damage.  The machine 
    gun works well for shield Wetland Majini since it's rapid fire will surely 
    cause a leg stun without the risk of knocking it down while it still retains 
    its shield, but for normal Wetland Majin, I recommend using the handgun.
    
    This melee kill combination is pretty much the bread and butter of Sheva's 
    melee kills.  Her instant kill melee is more effective than other characters 
    since she ends the animation quickly after the kill - almost directly after the 
    5 bonus seconds are received.  Sheva players can literally work their way 
    through a crowd while performing leg stuns and gaining invincibility off of her 
    throat slit.
    
    ** VZ61 shots to ground a Majini --> Impale
    
    Point toward the legs of the Majini then fire until it falls.  Run up to its 
    grounded body and perform Sheva's Impale to kill off the Majini.  This will 
    usually kill a Majini regardless of the damage it has taken before a fall.  The 
    only normal Majini that it won't kill without any damage beforehand is the 
    Majini with sunglasses in Public Assembly.
    
    Once again, for Wetland Majini it is best to shoot with Sheva's handgun since 
    she will have a higher chance of keeping the Majini grounded after it falls 
    with the higher damaging handgun as opposed to the machine gun.  It is possible 
    to spray rapid fire on a Majini that is falling so that it remains grounded 
    once it hits the ground, but this takes much practice.
    
    A Sheva player doesn't want to restart to her ground melee too much since 
    you're not really gaining much time because of long recovery animation after 
    the stab.  This works really well for when a Majini is suddenly knocked down 
    without receiving any damage though because the high damage will finish it off 
    for a melee kill.
    
    ** Impale
    
    As already mentioned, Sheva's Impale ground melee will kill off just about any 
    type of Majini with one hit no matter if it has received damage from a 
    knockdown or not.  The only Town Majini that this will not kill is the Majini 
    with sunglasses in the Public Assembly stage.
    
    For the Majini with the sunglasses, walk to his head portion then perform the 
    head crush impale while facing his head.  The VZ61 is perfect for tripping a 
    Majini and setting it up for this ground melee.  Once again, you don't want to 
    resort to this melee often since a Sheva player will not gain much of a time 
    advantage due to her recovery after the stab.
    
    Sheva's ground melee is sometimes so slow that a Majini can escape from it.  
    This can really go against a Sheva player since the player is already giving up 
    time to perform the slow ground melee.  Try to make sure to perform the Impale 
    very quickly after a Majini is grounded.  If you wait around, the Majini might 
    get up shortly before the stab.
    
    ** VZ61 shots for a leg stun --> Somersault (shield Wetland Majini)
    
    Like with STARS Chris' melee kill for shield Wetland Majini, a Sheva player 
    needs to get the feel of how many shots will kill off a Wetland Majini then 
    simply aim for its legs and hold down the fire button for a certain amount of 
    time then run up and perform a Somersault to kill it off.  This works slightly 
    better than the Throat Slit if a player can learn the timing.  The Throat Slit 
    still works, but you'll gain more time by performing a well-timed Somersault 
    kill.
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S EFFECTIVE PARTNERS
    
    ----------
    BSAA Chris
    ----------
    
    BSAA Sheva can blast a boss with her Dragunov SVD rifle while a BSAA Chris 
    player blasts the boss with his shotgun from close range.  Sheva can also keep 
    the kill streak going with a quick hit from her rifle.  If the Sheva player 
    decides to discard her handgun then give her handgun ammo to BSAA Chris.
    
    ---------------
    Midnight Wesker
    ---------------
    
    If a BSAA Sheva player decides to discard her M92F handgun then give the 
    Midnight Wesker player all of your handgun ammo.  Midnight Wesker could 
    definitely use it!
    
    --> SCORING HIGH IN SINGLE PLAYER WITH BSAA SHEVA
    
    First of all, discard the M92F handgun and the handgun ammo at the beginning of 
    the battle.  The handgun is useless for BSAA Sheva's melee game and this will 
    keep her from receiving handgun as random drops from enemies.
    
    Sheva can easily leg stun and Throat Slit her way to a high score in single 
    player but she does have some faults that will make the battle tough.  Make 
    sure to tap the trigger when going for a leg stun since a few shots in a row is 
    likely to ground a Majini.  Her VZ61 is good at tripping Majini and staggering 
    an entire crowd.  You don't want to perform ground melees that often unless a 
    Majini falls from her machine gun shots or, especially when a Majini suddenly 
    falls without receiving damage.  Her ground melee will not give off a good time 
    advantage because of the long recovery animation after the stab but when a 
    Majini falls to the ground, and there are no other options for melee, you might 
    as well perform it.
    
    Even though Sheva's Impale ground melee is slow, it can be effective at killing 
    off multiple Majini if they happen to be on the ground.  The stab hit radius 
    will kill off multiple Majini rather easily if they happen to fall on top of 
    each other.  This makes it to where luring Majini into a narrow corridor can 
    pay off.
    
    Sheva's Somersault is not a bad melee to perform to crowds in order to simply 
    ground them.  If you happen to get a leg stun on a Majini that is in a crowd, 
    go ahead and run up to it and perform Sheva's Somersault to knock down that 
    Majini and a few of the crowded Majini also.  Don't expect this to kill off any 
    Majini however unless it is severely weakened.  Sheva can kill at least one off 
    with her Impale ground melee, but she'll most likely only have time for that 
    one kill.  Like with her ground melee alone, you don't want to perform this 
    combination of Somersault followed by a ground melee that much however.
    
    Be sure to collect hand grenades or flash grenades as soon as possible since 
    Sheva needs some sort of quick boss stunning weapon.  A hand grenade or flash 
    grenade will help stun a boss and get rid of surrounding enemies so Sheva can 
    easily stand back and fire her Dragunov SVD rifle at the boss' weak point.  Aim 
    for the boss' head since you have an accurate weapon and this will speed up the 
    kill process.
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY SeitengrateZero
    
    -- Public Assembly
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QRFFwSljI08
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B-8tZr_xmHM
    
    -- The Mines
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lJcBjVgkEpM
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qv9-KfC1g5k
    
    -- Village
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Dut9ieuJkQk
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9sXp08KbMt8
    
    -- Ancient Ruins
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MKzzk132R4w
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5eO51KufId8
    
    -- Experimental Facility
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=t4PEtz_kC4s
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rspeDgRTS2k
    
    -- Missile Area
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OAkInuafQXY
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QYRKNdKlIRY
    
    -- Ship Deck
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9F1vbS2ebII
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q63XzIl7k5g
    
    -- Prison
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fp40dFKa4uQ
    BSAA Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSYTh4N7kR8
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Sheva player can issue 
    with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only be 
    performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Thanks!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Wait!"
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Sheva player can 
    issue to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Sheva
    
        Sheva: "I need your help!"
               "Help me!"
    
    02) While Sheva is in dying status
    
        Sheva: "I need heeeelp!"
               "Help!"
    
    03) When Sheva runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Sheva player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Sheva: "I need ammo"
    
    --> BSAA SHEVA'S PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Sheva player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Sheva: "Nice shot!"
               "Good work!"
               "Nice work!"
    
    02) Partner gives Sheva an item
    03) Partner heals Sheva
    04) Partner resuscitates Sheva
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Sheva: "Thanks partner."
               "I owe you one."
               "Thanks."
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Sheva: "I'm coming!"
               "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
        Sheva: "Roger"
                "Ok."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Sheva has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Sheva: "Nice teamwork!"
               "That's good!"
               "Excellent!"
               "Chobenbeznaz!"
    
    
                                                                             [CS05]
                             __  _                        
                            / _\| |__    ___ __   __ __ _ 
                            \ \ | '_ \  / _ \\ \ / // _` |
                            _\ \| | | ||  __/ \ V /| (_| |
                   __       \__/|_| |_| \___|  \_/  \__,_|        __
                  / /    ___  _         _      _      _         __\ \
                 / /    / __\| | _   _ | |__  | |__  (_) _ __  /_/ \ \
                | |    / /   | || | | || '_ \ | '_ \ | || '_ \      | |
                 \ \  / /___ | || |_| || |_) || |_) || || | | |    / /
                  \_\ \____/ |_| \__,_||_.__/ |_.__/ |_||_| |_|   /_/
    
        .---------------------------------------------------------------------.
        | How to unlock: Achieve an A-rank or higher on "Ancient Ruins" stage |
        '---------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Clubbin' Sheva has quite a bit of firepower in her arsenal and can be a good 
    character from all ranges (close, mid, and long distance).  Her AK-74 is 
    extremely powerful for a machine gun, allowing her take down normal enemies 
    very quickly with rapid fire.  Thanks to her AK's high firepower, she can help 
    out a lot in grave situations when the kill streak clock is about to expire. 
    Her rifle packs quite a punch per shot and her Jail Breaker shotgun has some 
    good range and overall stopping power.
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |Machine Gun|    S75    |  Shotgun  |
                       | Ammo (100)|   (RIF)   |Shells (20)|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |   Jail    |
                       |  AK-74    |   Rifle   |  Breaker  |
                       |   (MG)    | Ammo (10) |   (SG)    |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Sheva begins with only a moderate supply of ammo for every weapon in her 
    inventory.  Her AK-74 only has a capacity of 50 bullets at a time and Sheva 
    packs in an additional 100 machine gun bullets along with this weapon.  Her 
    Jail Breaker shotgun has a capacity of 8 and she has an extra supply of 20 
    shotgun shells to accompany this.
    
    Her rifle has a capacity of 20 and she brings along 10 extra bullets along with 
    this, which means that a player really will not need to seek out rifle ammo for 
    quite a while with the starting amount.  She doesn't start with any type of 
    healing item, so a player will have to quickly find some sort of healing item 
    just in case things get ugly.
    
    Have you noticed anything different about her inventory compared to other 
    characters yet?  Kind of crowded with weapons and ammo, isn't it?  With 
    Clubbin' Sheva's surplus of guns and ammo from the start, it wouldn't be a bad 
    idea to discard something, especially if there is a certain type of weapon that 
    you feel you don't need.  Really, I'd recommend getting rid of her rifle ammo.  
    With the S75 having a capacity of 20 and the fact that she can't fire it that 
    fast at all, I don't really think a player will need the extra rifle ammo.  
    Instead of discarding it, a Clubbin' Sheva player could also find the nearest 
    Battle Suit Jill or BSAA Sheva player and give it to that character.  That 
    character will need it much more than Clubbin' Sheva.
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S AK-74
    
                          .-------------------------------.
                          | AK-74 (MG)                    |
                          |===============================|
                          | Firepower:    200             |
                          | Capacity:     50              |
                          | Reload Speed: 2.83 sec.       |
                          | Special:      --------------  |
                          '-------------------------------'
    
    AK-74
    -----
    
    + Extremely good damage for a machine gun
    
    + Effective boss killer (with stun support)
    
    - Slow reload animation
    
    - The low capacity keeps the player reloading often
    
    
    The Ak-74 is easily the bread and butter of Sheva's arsenal.  At 200 damage per 
    shot fired, this weapon can take down normal Majini within just a few shots.  
    This weapon can be the saving grace of a kill streak timer that has almost 
    expired.  Say, a Majini grabs Sheva and the timer is just about to expire when 
    Sheva fights off the Majini, Sheva can quickly perform rapid fire shots on a 
    nearby Majini and kill the Majini within one second to save the current kill 
    streak.
    
    It's good to learn how many shots each Majini type will take when using the AK. 
    One can easily raise the AK then simply hold down the trigger for a precise few 
    seconds to get a kill without wasting ammo; this is an incredibly useful 
    technique to use once a combo bonus egg timer has been picked up.  Knowing how 
    long to hold down the trigger takes practice along with the knowledge of how 
    many hits each enemy type will take.  It is always best to shoot a Majini from 
    close range with the AK rather than having to worry about the inaccuracy of its 
    long range fire.
    
    In Public Assembly, the AK can kill most Town Majini in four shots.  If a Sheva 
    player can hit a Majini with three shots and achieve a leg stun then Sheva can 
    run up and perform a Somersault melee attack and kill the enemy for an extra 
    five bonus seconds.  It's a good technique to try for while killing off Majini 
    with the AK, but one should not get too bogged down in trying to get three 
    shots then suddenly get surrounded in the process.  Sheva can always perform a 
    single shot to the leg of a Majini for a leg stun then run behind the Majini 
    and perform her Throat Slit, which is really her best melee kill option.
    
    The AK is also a good boss killer... with a grain of salt.  The AK by itself is 
    not all that good at stunning a boss unless Sheva spams ammo on a boss' weak 
    point or simply spams ammo so badly on the boss that it forces it into a stun.  
    It's really best to use the Jail Breaker shotgun to stun a boss then run toward 
    the boss and let loose with the AK.  It's amazing how quick the AK can take 
    down some bosses by laying down firepower from close range.
    
    The only real flaw with the AK is its capacity.  Since the capacity is so 
    small, a player will be forced to reload constantly.  Inventory reloaders will 
    even feel a slight burden thanks to the low capacity since it begins to become 
    a pain to pull up the inventory to reload after every encounter.  The gun has a 
    slow reload animation, but reloading through the inventory menu can easily 
    solve this.
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S JAIL BREAKER
    
                         .---------------------------------.
                         | Jail Breaker (SG)               |
                         |=================================|
                         | Firepower:    180               |
                         | Capacity:     8                 |
                         | Reload Speed: 2.24 sec.         |
                         | Special:      Attack Range: 15  |
                         '---------------------------------'
    Jail Breaker
    ------------
    
    + Much greater damage than one initially thinks because of its spread
    
    + More effective at a greater range than a standard shotgun
    
    + Good rate of fire for a shotgun
    
    - Low capacity keeps the player reloading often
    
    
    The Jail Breaker is a decent shotgun that can dish out much greater damage than 
    one would normally think just by looking at its stats.  Even though it appears 
    to be weaker than a handgun, this shotgun works just as well as any other 
    shotgun from close range.  The shots are tightly spread, so they basically hit 
    the full areas of the target per shot fired from close range.  The Jail Breaker 
    has a tendency to perform critical headshots from close range much like BSAA 
    Chris's Ithaca.
    
    The shotgun is effective at close range, mid range and long range.  Most close 
    range shots on a Majini will kill it within the shot fired, but mid range shots 
    will only knock it down a Majini most of the time.  Sheva could follow up that 
    knockdown with her ground melee.  Don't always rely on the ground melee to 
    finish the job however since Sheva's is rather slow with her ground melee 
    attack.
    
    The Jail Breaker can be a good boss stunning weapon, but because of the way the 
    gun is held, Sheva has to aim almost directly upwards in order to hit a boss' 
    head if that is its weak point. The Jail Breaker can be decent for taking down 
    bosses, but the AK really overshadows this shotgun when it comes to damaging a 
    boss.  The Jail Breaker is mainly best to use for stuns so Sheva can quickly 
    switch to the AK to finish the job with a boss enemy.
    
    For Reapers, the Jail Breaker can be an effective stunning weapon because of 
    its tight spread.  Sheva can literally blast a Reaper that is dashing toward 
    her to hit its back weak points as it scurries, or she can quickly perform a 
    blast to its chest weak point when it opens and most likely hit it because of 
    the guns spread over the majority of the Reaper.  She can continue to fire with 
    the Jail Breaker or take out the AK at that time and further damage the Reaper.
    
    It has a rather low capacity, which means you'll be reloading quite a bit, so 
    make sure to use inventory reloading to your advantage.  The reload animation 
    isn't all that bad for a shotgun, but why reload during gameplay when one can 
    simply use the inventory menu to do so?
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S S75 RIFLE
    
                          .-------------------------------.
                          | S75 (RIF)                     |
                          |===============================|
                          | Firepower:    2,000           |
                          | Capacity:     20              |
                          | Reload Speed: 2.24 sec.       |
                          | Special:      --------------  |
                          '-------------------------------'
    
    + Very high firepower per shot
    
    + High capacity
    
    - Constant bullet ejection per shot and no kind of rapid fire
    
    - Doesn't stun bosses easily
    
    
    For long range shots, Sheva can switch to her S75 rifle.  This weapon has quite 
    a high firepower and packs in a really good capacity.  With the gun's high 
    firepower, one might assume that this weapon could completely own a boss.  If a 
    boss enemy is at an extremely long range, this rifle could be effective against 
    a boss enemy, but from close range, don't ever try to use this weapon against a 
    boss enemy.
    
    Trying to fire this weapon from even mid range against the Executioner will 
    likely make the Executioner knight Sheva with a most devastating overhead blow 
    (overhead swing) when she ejects that bullet to fire again.  This rifle might 
    have a magnum's high firepower but it is still not a magnum, so it will not 
    stun a boss in one hit and the bullet ejection will keep Sheva from spamming a 
    boss with shots in order to stun the boss quickly.  It is possible to stun a 
    boss such as the Executioner, Chainsaw Majini and Gatling Gun Manjini then 
    stand over it and perform the following: rifle shot -> rifle shot -> rifle shot 
    (cancel final shot into melee attack) -> melee attack.  This can be effective 
    but the surrounding Majini will likely ruin the full sequence.
    
    In a way, this weapon is really only useful in certain instances (such as 
    shooting off a Majini from a partner that is at the other side of the Public 
    Assembly area) and should only be used for long distant attacks because of the 
    amount of preparation needed in between shots.  I'd actually recommend 
    discarding this weapon if you simply can't find a use for it.  Sheva's 
    inventory is already overcrowded anyway, so why not make a little room?  A 
    player could at least discard the extra ammo for the rifle at the start.  
    Sheva's starting capacity with this weapon should really be enough to last her 
    for quite a while.
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S MELEE ATTACKS
    
           .--------------------------------------------------------------.
           | Melee Command        | Type of Melee                | Damage |
           |==============================================================|
           | Roundhouse           | Head Stun Melee              |   350  |
           | Twist Kick           | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   250  |
           | Knee                 | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   250  |
           | Somersault           | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   350  |
           | Throat Slit          | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |  Kill  |
           | Impale               | Ground Melee                 |   800  |
           | Skull Crusher        | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 3,000  |
           | Spinning Back Kick   | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 3,000  |
           | Pivot Kick           | Partner Assist Melee         |   450  |
           | Somersault           | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
           | Stab                 | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  |   900  |
           '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Sheva's ground melee attack is the only real damaging melee that she carries 
    and this melee takes quite a while to perform.  Even though Sheva can easily 
    spam melee ground kills after many AK or mid range Jail Breaker shots, her 
    ground melee will only reward a player with the usual five second bonus, even 
    after the full three seconds that it takes to perform the entire stabbing 
    animation, so Sheva will only gain about two seconds to her advantage per 
    ground melee attack.
    
    Her ground melee is still useful to perform against a Majini, but it's really 
    best to not spam it that much since you're not really gaining much of a time 
    bonus per melee kill while using it.  With the ground melee taking off 800 
    damage per hit, this move is going to kill most Majini even without the need 
    for gunfire, so a Sheva player could run up and stab a Majini that happens to 
    get knocked over during a group attack and still manage to kill it with out the 
    need of extra damage.  The ground melee will dish out a head smash when it is 
    done while facing a Majini's head, but this is really not needed with the 
    amount of damage that this move already takes off.
    
    In order to receive a good time bonus, quickly shoot each Majini in the leg for 
    a leg stun then rush behind it and perform Sheva's Throat Sloat or use Sheva's 
    AK to shoot at the legs of a Majini then, after three shots, run up to the 
    Majini if it is stunned then perform Sheva's somersault melee for an instant 
    kill that will add an additional five seconds to the clock.  It's best not to 
    stand back and count the shots.  Get a feel of how many shots will come out of 
    the gun while holding the button to fire at a Majini's legs then perform the 
    somersault after shooting it a few times.
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for an instant kill.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for Clubbin' Sheva.
    
    --------------------
    Town and Base Majini
    --------------------
    
    ** AK leg stun --> Throat Slit
    
    Perform a leg stun with the AK machine gun by shooting a Majini in the legs 
    then quickly run behind it and activate the throat slit melee.  This 
    combination is still really the highlight of this Sheva type as well.
    
    ** AK shot --> AK shot --> AK leg stun --> Somersault
    
    Much like STARS Chris Uppercut melee kill, you have to get the feel of holding 
    down the trigger to get this stun.  It's best to aim down at the Majini's legs 
    then quickly fire off three shots then perform a Somersault melee if it is in a 
    leg stun pose.
    
    ** AK shot --> AK shot --> AK head stun --> Roundhouse
    
    This combination can work well.  The good thing about it is that a headshot is 
    a definite stun and Sheva's AK doesn't have a high critical rate, so it can 
    give you a setup for roundhouse melee kill if all else fails.  The headshot can 
    be performed to a standing Majini after a player tries to hit it twice in the 
    legs without any type of success with a leg stun; this idea is what adds use to 
    the head stun melee combination.
    
    ** Impale
    
    Sheva's Impale ground melee will kill off just about any type of Majini with 
    one hit no matter if it has received damage from a knockdown or not.  The only 
    Majini that this will not kill is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public 
    Assembly stage.  For the Majini with the sunglasses, walk to his head portion 
    then perform the head crush impale while facing his head.  The AK can sometimes 
    knock down a Majini to set it up for this ground melee.
    
    --------------
    Wetland Majini
    --------------
    
    Clubbin' Sheva's AK works rather well against Wetland Majini.  It's actually 
    very helpful for setting up melee kill opportunities thanks to its quick 
    damaging rate.
    
    ** AK shot --> AK shot --> AK leg stun --> Somersault
    
    After three hits from Sheva's AK a normal Wetland Majini will be weak enough 
    for Sheva to finish it off with a Somersault.
    
    ** AK shot --> AK shot --> AK leg trip --> Impale
    
    The best part about the AK's damage is that it will ground a Wetland Majini and 
    make it stay grounded after three shots to where Sheva can finish it off with 
    her ground melee.  It's always best to go for a Somersault finish, but if the 
    Majini falls during the stunning process then it will usually not get up.
    
    ** AK shot --> AK head stun --> Roundhouse
    
    This combination works extremely well for when a Wetland Majini suddenly gets 
    up after a quick knockdown, like if the Majini fell after the first shot.  
    Stand over it and aim for its head when it gets up then tap the trigger for a 
    quick head stun.  Finish it off with Sheva's Roundhouse to kill it.
    
    ** AK shot to leg --> AK shot to leg --> Somersault (explosive arrow and shield 
    Majini)
    
    Fire twice a the legs of a Wetland Majini that carries explosive arrows or a 
    shield then simply run up to it and perform a Somersault to finish it off.
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S EFFECTIVE PARTNERS
    
    ----------
    BSAA Chris
    ----------
    
    Clubbin' Sheva can blast a boss with her S75 rifle while a BSAA Chris player 
    blasts the boss with his shotgun from closer range.  Sheva can also join in 
    with a Chris player with her AK or Jail Breaker from close range.
    
    --> SCORING HIGH IN SINGLE PLAYER WITH CLUBBIN' SHEVA
    
    First of all, discard the S75 rifle and the rifle ammo to avoid having random 
    rifle ammo drops.  The bullet ejection per shot kills its use in single player 
    while fighting an enemy boss so it is useless.
    
    Clubbin' Sheva is mainly going to have use the AK to set up melee kill 
    opportunities.  Use leg shots on every Majini that you run across and try to 
    perform a leg stun followed by a Throat Slit instant kill melee.  If the Majini 
    is not stunned after two shots to the leg then quickly shoot it in the head and 
    perform Sheva's Roundhouse melee to kill it off.  Sheva's Somersault is 
    actually rather useful against a group of Majini.  It can knock a crowd to the 
    ground and Sheva might be able to work two Majini into one ground melee kill if 
    the Majini are near each other while on the ground.
    
    Sheva needs to find some hand grenades or flash grenades in order to stun 
    bosses.  It's really best to damage a boss from close range with Sheva's Jail 
    Breaker.  Run up to it and stun it then perform constant blast with Sheva's 
    Jail Breaker  Don't use the AK at that time unless you have a bunch of 
    stockpiled ammo since the AK is the key to Sheva's melee opportunities.  The AK 
    can be really effective at whittling down a boss' health however.
    
    It's rather hard to get a good score on stages with Town Majini while using 
    Clubbin' Sheva since they have more health when compared to Wetland Majini.  
    With Wetland Majini, Clubbin' Sheva really shines since they have lower health 
    allowing Sheva to damage and set them up quicker for melee kills.
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY FoxyAreku
    
    -- Ship Deck
    Clubbin' Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jW65kXxJNmE
    Clubbin' Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tDWa2mA4F7E
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Sheva player can issue 
    with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only be 
    performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Thanks!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Wait!"
    
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Sheva player can 
    issue to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Sheva
    
        Sheva: "I need your help!"
               "Help me!"
    
    02) While Sheva is in dying status
    
        Sheva: "I need heeeelp!"
               "Help!"
    
    03) When Sheva runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Sheva player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Sheva: "I need ammo"
    
    
    --> CLUBBIN' SHEVA'S PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Sheva player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Sheva: "Nice shot!"
               "Good work!"
               "Nice work!"
    
    02) Partner gives Sheva an item
    03) Partner heals Sheva
    04) Partner resuscitates Sheva
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Sheva: "Thanks partner."
               "I owe you one."
               "Thanks."
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Sheva: "I'm coming!"
               "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
        Sheva: "Roger"
                "Ok."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Sheva has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Sheva: "Nice teamwork!"
               "That's good!"
               "Excellent!"
               "Chobenbeznaz!"
    
    
                                                                             [CS06]
                                        __                                  __
       __  _                           / / _____        _  _             _  \ \
      / _\| |__    ___ __   __ __ _   / / /__   \ _ __ (_)| |__    __ _ | |  \ \
      \ \ | '_ \  / _ \\ \ / // _` | | |    / /\/| '__|| || '_ \  / _` || |   | |
      _\ \| | | ||  __/ \ V /| (_| |  \ \  / /   | |   | || |_) || (_| || |  / /
      \__/|_| |_| \___|  \_/  \__,_|   \_\ \/    |_|   |_||_.__/  \__,_||_| /_/
    
        .--------------------------------------------------------------------.
        | How to unlock: Achieve an A-rank or higher on "Missile Area" stage |
        '--------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Tribal Sheva comes equipped with the Longbow weapon, which has the ability to 
    take down any normal Majini in one shot.  She is easily the best choice for any 
    player that wants to simply achieve a high combo.  She is a literal combo 
    queen.  Her Longbow weapon is the only gun type weapon in the game that has to 
    aimed manually without a laser pointer, but once a player has found the correct 
    positioning for shooting a foe with her arrows, Tribal Sheva can be effective 
    at both close range, mid range, and long range.
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |Incendiary |           |
                       |           |Grenade (3)|           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |  Grenade  |
                       |  Longbow  | First Aid |  Launcher |
                       |(infinity) |   Spray   |   (ICE)   |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |   Flash   |           |
                       |           |  Grenade  |           |
                       |           |    (3)    |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Upon first glance, you'll notice that Sheva has the special Longbow weapon.  
    This weapon comes complete an infinite supply of arrows, so Sheva won't be 
    needing any extra type of ammo for the weapon.  It really helps her to save 
    space, allowing her to carry extra healing items and grenade rounds.
    
    Speaking of grenades, Sheva brings along a grenade launcher packed with 6 
    Nitrogen rounds from the start.  With her good amount of inventory space, she 
    can pack a whole variety of grenade rounds throughout her inventory slots.
    
    She also has set of 3 Incendiary and Flash Grenades.  Each of these can be 
    helpful for crowds or the flash grenades can allow her to deal with parasitic 
    enemies rather easily.  Another good part about having grenades in two 
    inventory slots is that she can easily get rid of them by tossing all three at 
    once if she needs some extra inventory space; no need to discard them, just 
    toss them toward the nearest area or enemy for extra inventory space.
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S LONGBOW
    
                         .-------------------------------.
                         | Longbow                       |
                         |===============================|
                         | Firepower:    1,500           |
                         | Capacity:     Infinite        |
                         | Reload Speed: 1.00 sec.       |
                         | Special:      --------------  |
                         '-------------------------------'
    
    Longbow
    -------
    
    + Instant kill on normal Majini
    
    + Infinite ammo
    
    - No laser pointer
    
    - Requires a second of reload per shot regardless of whether another is made
    
    Sheva's Longbow is easily the most unique weapon in The Mercenaries.  The bow 
    carries no laser pointer, so a player has to get the feel of aiming with this 
    weapon by lining up the arrow head with a target.  The aiming is not much of a 
    problem when the weapon carries an infinite supply of arrows however.  Each 
    shot fired will easily take down a normal Majini most of the time.  The weapon 
    is a complete booster so long as Sheva has foes to shoot.
    
    The Longbow can only hit a single enemy at a time, so Sheva will need to result 
    to other weapons for crowds, or run away then turn and shoot each crowd member 
    individually. Both her incendiary grenades and flash grenades can work well for 
    stunning a crowd, so Sheva can shoot each enemy while it staggers.  
    
    The bow can be used in the same way as a sniper rifle while Sheva is on a high 
    platform.  She can overlook an area and simply make it her shooting gallery 
    while she picks off each individual Majini below her.  The bow carries a slight 
    second of reload per shot fired regardless of whether a player continues to 
    shoot or not.  This second of reloading can get her hit easily, especially when 
    trying to use this weapon against a boss.
    
    The Longbow can be an effective boss killer from a distance.  It stuns bosses 
    in about three arrow shots, so Sheva cannot afford to be in close range of a 
    boss enemy while using this weapon.  It's best to stun the boss with a grenade 
    round or grenade then spam the boss with continuous arrow shots. 
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S GRENADE LAUNCHER
    
    Sheva starts with Nitrogen rounds and can find Flame, Explosive, Acid, Flash, 
    and Electric rounds from enemy drops or breakable objects.
    
                                GRENADE LAUNCHER AMMO
          .----------------------------------------------------------------.
          | Acid Rounds                   |  Electric Rounds               |
          |================================================================|
          | Firepower:    500             |  Firepower:    400             |
          | Effect: Penetrates armor and  |  Effect: Instantly stuns       |
          | stuns with acid damage as     |  multiple enemies with         |
          | acid spreads from each shot   |  electricity.                  |
          '----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Electric Rounds
    ---------------
    
    + Electric rounds can instantly stun a Reaper all the way if one is shot 
      directly toward it and another is shot directly toward its shoulder weak 
      point.
    
    + Electric rounds can instantly stun a whole crowd of enemies and have the 
      possibility of setting some up for a melee attack in their weakened state 
      from the electric shock.
    
    + Electric rounds can instantly defeat parasitic enemies quickly
      Kipepeo (1 shot) [a shot to the ground will hit these in the air]
      Bui kichwa (1 shot)
      Cephalo (2 shots)
      Duvalia (2-3 shots)
    
    + Electric Rounds can destroy wooden doors.
    
    - Electric Rounds can cause electrical damage to a character if shot from close 
      range.
    
    - It usually takes two Electric Rounds to defeat a normal Majini.
    
    Electric rounds can work well to stun a group of normal Majini and kill them 
    all within two shots. Electric rounds are also very effective against annoying 
    parasitic enemies such as Duvalias and Cephalos; two shots will instantly kill 
    a Cephalo and around three will kill a Duvalia.  Kipepeos can also be easily 
    defeated with Electric rounds by simply firing one at the ground to catch it in 
    the air, eliminating the need of having to aim into the air and follow the 
    little bastards with a gun.  Flash rounds are no doubt better at defeating 
    parasitic enemies, but they don't really damage normal enemy types any.
    
    Acid Rounds
    -----------
    
    + Acid Rounds can instantly stun a Reaper for its first weakness phase then a 
      Reaper can be shot again to enter its major weakness phase and skip the 
      second.
    
    + Acid Rounds can instantly defeat a group of Licker Betas with its acid spread
    
    + Acid Rounds can deliver acid damage to an entire crowd of enemies with acid 
      spread.  Spam them against a crowd (usually 2 shots) to defeat them quickly.
    
    + Acid Rounds can break cracked walls and destroy wooden doors.
    
    - Acid Rounds cannot defeat most normal enemies in one hit.
    
    - Acid Rounds can cause damage to a player from an extremely close range.
    
    Acid rounds can hit all surrounding enemies in a group with acidic damage once 
    the shot is fired at one enemy in a group.  Even though they cannot kill a 
    normal Majini with one hit, they can be spammed on a group (2 shots) to take 
    down the entire group instantly.
    
    Acid rounds are highly effective against Reapers.  Two well-timed acid rounds 
    shot at a Reaper will make it to where the Reaper will showcase its major chest 
    weak point, to which Sheva can finish it off with a few arrows to the chest 
    weak point.
    
    These rounds are also highly effective against Licker Betas in the Experimental 
    Facility stage.  The acid area effect can take some extreme damage from a 
    Licker and almost always kill them with one hit.
    
          .----------------------------------------------------------------.
          | Explosive Rounds              |  Flame Rounds                  |
          |================================================================|
          | Firepower:   1,000            |  Firepower:    500             |
          | Effect: Explosive damage on   |  Effect: Instant burning       |
          | target creating an area       |  damage on target creating     |
          | affect on surrounding targets |  area affect around target     |
          '----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Flame Rounds
    ------------
    
    + Flame Rounds can instantly engulf a whole crowd of enemies in flames.  Spam 
      them against enemy groups (usually 2 shots) for good results.
    
    + Flame Rounds can break cracked walls and destroy wooden doors.
    
    - Flame Rounds cannot defeat most normal enemies in one hit.
    
    - Flame Rounds can cause flame damage to a character if shot from close range.
    
    Flame rounds can work much like electric rounds and acid rounds in that they 
    can instantly defeat a whole crowd with spread damage in two shots.  Flame 
    rounds produce a burning spread effect that will stagger and knock down any 
    enemies that are caught in the blaze produced by a flame round.
    
    Explosive Rounds
    ----------------
    
    + Explosive Rounds can instantly defeat an entire crowd of enemies.
    
    + Explosive Rounds can break cracked walls and destroy wooden doors.
    
    - Explosive Rounds can cause damage to a character if shot from close range.
    
    Explosive rounds are the ultimate instant Majini group killer.  Arm Explosive 
    rounds to instantly take down a whole group of Majini in one shot.  They don't 
    even have to be shot directly.  The spread of the explosion is enough to kill 
    off any normal Majini in Mercenaries.
    
    These are also very effective against Licker Betas.  Explosive rounds are not 
    as damaging as acid rounds, but they will sometimes instantly kill a Licker 
    when shot toward one.  If the shot doesn't kill the Licker then it will 
    certainly knock it down.  These actually have a rather good chance at setting a 
    Licker up for stabbing melee kill since the explosive rounds have a better 
    chance at leaving a Licker alive when compared to an acid round.  Watch for the 
    Licker to fall on its back and kick its legs up in the air after being hit with 
    an explosive round then rush in and perform a stab melee kill to it.
    
          .----------------------------------------------------------------.
          | Flash Rounds                  |  Nitrogen Rounds               |
          |================================================================|
          | Firepower:   100              |  Firepower:    100             |
          | Effect: Instant blinding stun |  Effect: Instant freeze on     |
          | on multiple enemies. Instant  |  normal enemies.  Staggers     |
          | kill on parasitic enemies.    |  other enemies with damage.    |
          '----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Flash Rounds
    ------------
    
    + Flash Rounds instantly kill parasitic enemies such as Cephalos and Duvlias.
    
    + Can instantly stun all nearby enemies and set them up for melees.
    
    + Like Acid Rounds, Flash Rounds can instantly stun a Reaper for its first 
      weakness phase then a Reaper can be shot again to enter its major weakness 
      phase and skip the second.
    
    + Partner specific strategy for Wesker (Midnight) and Wesker (S.T.A.R.S.) 
      partner; a flash round sets up enemies for Wesker's Cobra Strike melee.
    
    - Basically no damage against normal enemies or big enemies.
    
    - Since there is little damage done to an enemy, a follow-up melee hit will 
      likely not kill the enemy.
    
    - Blinds players for a few seconds if shot too close to either player.
    
    - Causes enemies with dynamite and explosive arrows to explode and makes Majini 
      with cocktails drop their cocktails.
    
    I do not recommend Flash rounds at all for a Tribal Sheva player because she 
    cannot really get any use out of them with her instant kill bow that has no 
    potential to weaken an enemy for a head stun melee kill once a flash round is 
    used.  They do have a few uses though for the obvious instant kill on 
    parasites, but more importantly for helping out a Wesker partner.
    
    Flash rounds basically do not damage, they blind yourself and the other player, 
    they set enemies and bosses up for melees but they don't damage enough for any 
    melee kills unless you count a standing melee followed by a ground melee, which 
    takes too long to mess with.  The only positive aspect of a flash round against 
    enemies for a Tribal Sheva player is that they can take down a whole group of 
    parasitic enemies with one shot.  I'd recommend substituting Electric rounds in 
    place of Flash rounds.  Even though electric rounds take two shots to kill off 
    parasitic enemies, they will come in good use for other enemies as well.
    
    There is one partner specific strategy that one can take advantage of with 
    Flash rounds however.  When a Tribal Sheva player plays alongside a STARS 
    Wesker or Midnight player, the Flash rounds have a whole new reason.  One flash 
    round shot at a whole group of enemies can stun them all and set them up for 
    Wesker's Cobra Strike Melee, which takes 1,200 damage all the time and always 
    guarantees a kill on a normal Majini enemy.  Wesker has enough time per flash 
    round stun to get around three melee attacks which will instantly give the team 
    15 seconds of extra time.  Sheva could take that time to shoot some of the 
    staggered Majini with the Longbow.
    
    Flash Rounds are also highly effective when shot at Reapers.  Much like the 
    Acid Rounds, two well-timed flash rounds shot at a Reaper will make it to where 
    the Reaper will showcase its major chest weak point, to which Sheva can finish 
    it off with a few arrows to the chest weak point.  Flash rounds are able to 
    hurt a player, but the player has to basically shoot them against a wall that 
    the player is standing right beside in order for a flash round to damage the 
    player.  Getting damaged by one is very rare.
    
    Much like a nitrogen round, flash rounds can make some Majini instantly explode 
    or it can damage them greatly based on what weapons they carry. When a Majini 
    carries explosive arrows or dynamite, it will instantly explode when a flash 
    round is shot in its area.  When a Majini carries a cocktail, the flash round 
    will cause it to drop its cocktail and burn itself and anything that surrounds 
    it.  This can be really bad on stages such as The Mines, Missile Area and Ship 
    Deck where Majini with dynamite appear in great number.  Not only can this ruin 
    melee kills, but it can cause a player to get hit in the process of shooting a 
    flash round.
    
    Nitrogen Rounds (starts with this)
    ---------------
    
    + Nitrogen Rounds can instantly freeze a group of enemies and set them up for 
      one hit shots or instant melee kills.
    
    + Each instant melee kill after a freeze adds five bonus seconds to the clock.
    
    - Nitrogen Rounds are not always effective against big enemies.
    
    Nitrogen rounds are highly effective for groups of Majini.  Simply fire a 
    Nitrogen round directly into a group and freeze the whole crowd.  Sheva can 
    finish off each frozen Majini with a roundhouse melee attack, which will add 
    five seconds to the clock per hit.  When Sheva can group a bunch of frozen 
    Majini together then perform melee attacks to each single frozen Majini in a 
    crowd, she can get quite the amount of bonus time with the extra five seconds 
    per straight punch.  The most important factor to keep in mind about a nitrogen 
    round is that a single hit will not kill an enemy, only freeze it, so you don't 
    want to use these when you're pressed for time because a frozen enemy will not 
    register as a kill until it has been shattered.
    
    Some bigger enemies such as Big Man Majini and Lickers can be shot with 
    nitrogen rounds as well.  Frozen Lickers can be hit with a melee attack once 
    they are frozen, but you'll need to have a Majini in the way.  Basically Sheva 
    will have to kick the Majini and hit the frozen Licker in the process.  A Sheva 
    player can also lead Lickers toward a railing and freeze them while on the 
    other side of the railing and then hop over the railing to break them for a 
    melee kill.  If Sheva makes contact with a frozen Licker while hopping over the 
    railing then the Licker will shatter and the player will receive a 5 second 
    bonus for the shatter.  Frozen Lickers can also be be shattered with an arrow 
    or knife slash.
    
    When aiming at a crowd of Majini, don't ever fire a nitrogen round when a 
    Majini is equipped with either explosive arrows, cocktails or lit dynamite.  
    These type of enemies will explode when frozen and they will shatter any nearby 
    frozen Majini along with them and ruin your melee kill setups.  Kill these 
    enemies off first while they are in a crowd then freeze the crowd.
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S INCENDIARY GRENADES
    
                               .--------------------.
                               | Incendiary Grenade |
                               |====================|
                               | Direct Hit:  500   |
                               | Area Effect: 500   |
                               '--------------------'
    
    + Burns or staggers target in its flames
    
    - The flames don't do enough damage to instantly kill an enemy
    
    - Incendiary grenade can cause the thrower to get flamed rather easily
    
    Incendiary grenades produce an area of flames that will burn all enemies caught 
    in those flames once the grenade hits the ground.  Sheva can use these grenades 
    for crowds of Majini.  It will not kill them by itself, but Sheva can use an 
    incendiary grenade to stun a group of Majini or stagger a boss enemy as it 
    burns the area around them.  While the enemies are affected by the flames, 
    Sheva can pull out her bow then quickly pick off the enemies while they burn.
    
    Incendiary grenades can easily backfire on the user however.  If a Majini 
    suddenly steps in the way while throwing one, then the thrower can suffer burn 
    damage as the incendiary grenade falls to the nearby ground.  Be cautious while 
    using these and don't toss them at a Majini that is running directly toward 
    Sheva.
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S FLASH GRENADES
    
                              .---------------------.
                              | Flash Grenade       |
                              |=====================|
                              | Direct Hit:  0      |
                              | Area Effect: 0      |
                              '---------------------'
    
    + Instantly kills all parasitic enemies in the immediate area
    
    + Stuns and sets normal enemies up for head stun melees
    
    - No damage to non-parasitic enemies
    
    If a parasitic enemy such as a Duvalia, Cephalo, Bui kichwa, or Kipepeo is in 
    the area then simply toss a flash grenade to instantly kill the parasite.  Any 
    parasitic enemy in the immediate area will fall in the burst of light.  
    Whenever a Cephalo or Duvalia is forming from a Majini, make sure that it forms 
    all the way and begins to move before tossing the flash grenade.  If a grenade 
    is tossed too early then it might not affect the parasitic enemy.
    
    Flash grenades can also be useful in intense situations since they will 
    instantly stun most normal enemies and most boss enemies in the current area. 
    Enemies will be set up for a head stun melee attack while they stagger, so 
    Sheva can run up and perform her Roundhouse to all stunned enemies.  Be on the 
    lookout for normal enemies and boss enemies that wear masks.  An enemy with a 
    mask will not be affected by the burst of light from a flash grenade.
    
    Like with any type of blinding flash, a Wesker player can take advantage of 
    these flash grenades when teamed up with Tribal Sheva.  When several Majini are 
    around, a Tribal Sheva player can toss a flash grenade and allow for Wesker to 
    perform constant Cobra Strikes against all staggering Majini.  It might even 
    pay the Tribal Sheva player to give all of her flash grenades to a Wesker 
    player if the Wesker player knows of the effectiveness of the Cobra Strike 
    melee.
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S MELEE ATTACKS
    
           .--------------------------------------------------------------.
           | Melee Command        | Type of Melee                | Damage |
           |==============================================================|
           | Roundhouse           | Head Stun Melee              |   350  |
           | Twist Kick           | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   250  |
           | Knee                 | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   250  |
           | Somersault           | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   350  |
           | Throat Slit          | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |  Kill  |
           | Impale               | Ground Melee                 |   800  |
           | Skull Crusher        | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 3,000  |
           | Spinning Back Kick   | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 3,000  |
           | Pivot Kick           | Partner Assist Melee         |   450  |
           | Somersault           | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
           | Stab                 | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  |   900  |
           '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Sheva's melee attacks are all rather weak and Tribal Sheva's weapon setup does 
    not help a Sheva player to set up melee attacks that often.  Her grenade 
    launcher and flash grenades are the only reason to ever resort to melee.  Her 
    starting set of nitrogen rounds that come loaded in the grenade launcher can 
    help her to set up some good melee opportunities however.
    
    Since her roundhouse stretches far around the area in front of her, one 
    nitrogen round that is shot at a group of Majini can help her to take down 
    several Majini with one roundhouse while attempting to shatter her victims.  In 
    a way, it is good to try to hit as many individual frozen Majini as possible 
    for the extra 5 second bonus associated with each melee kill, but Sheva's 
    roundhouse can really help out for when more than three Majini are frozen at a 
    time, since she likely can't hit a big number individually with her melee 
    attack.
    
    As usual, Sheva's ground melee stab can nearly always finish off any Majini 
    that falls, damaged or not.  Even though her ground melee is slow, it is almost 
    always an instant kill and one can take advantage of its length by pulling up 
    the inventory during the animation in order to make adjustments.
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for an instant kill.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for Tribal Sheva.
    
    -----------------------------
    Town, Base and Wetland Majini
    -----------------------------
    
    ** Knife Slash to Legs --> Throat Slit or Impale
    
    A player has to be determined in order to get a melee kill with Tribal Sheva 
    outside of her nitrogen rounds, so a player might want to actually use her 
    knife in order to set up melee kills.  The knife can work well at times or it 
    can get her trouble.  Aim toward a Majini's legs while in close range then 
    slash and watch for a stun or knockdown then quickly run behind the Majini as 
    it kneels down or perform a ground melee if it falls to the ground.
    
    It's best to mix between her bow and knife when going for melee kills.  Only 
    shoot the bow to keep the kill streak going and resort to the knife for melee 
    kills, except for when she has nitrogen rounds and a big group of Majini are 
    nearby.
    
    ** Nitrogen Round Freeze --> Roundhouse
    
    This is about the only chance that Tribal Sheva has for a melee kill.  Allow a 
    whole swarm of Majini to surround Sheva then aim the grenade launcher at the 
    ground or between a whole group of Majini then fire.  Quickly run up to them 
    all and perform a Roundhouse on each one (or several) to shatter them for a 
    melee kill.  Nitrogen rounds can be SO effective at building up time thanks to 
    Sheva's wide Roundhouse melee.  Sheva can literally build up 30 seconds on the 
    clock with one Roundhouse on grouped Majini that are frozen.
    
    Be sure to NOT attempt to freeze a Majini with a cocktail.  The Majini's 
    cocktail will explode and shatter any nearby frozen Majini and ruin the melee 
    kills opportunities.  Kill off a Majini with a cocktail when one is in a group 
    then quickly freeze the rest.
    
    ** Impale
    
    Just like with other Sheva types, Sheva's Impale ground melee will kill off 
    just about any type of Majini with one hit no matter if it has received damage 
    from a knockdown or not.  The only Majini that this will not kill is the Majini 
    with sunglasses in the Public Assembly stage.  For the Majini with the 
    sunglasses, walk to his head portion then perform the head crush impale while 
    facing his head.
    
    Tribal Sheva can only perform this on a Majini that she has hit with her 
    Roundhouse or a Majini that has fallen due to a grenade launcher attack (flame 
    round, acid round) or possibly a Majini that has gotten burned due to a 
    cocktail.  An incendiary grenade and flash grenade (after the roundhouse) can 
    be another good setup.
    
    Remember that it is best not to perform Sheva's ground melee much however since 
    she won't gain much out of the bonus seconds because of the rising animation 
    after a stab.
    
    ** Flash Round Stun --> Roundhouse --> Impale
    
    You don't really want to do this that much unless a crowd is around since 
    Sheva's' the combination listed above takes a good amount of time to initiate. 
    If Sheva can hit multiple Majini with her Roundhouse after a stun, then a 
    player might be able to rush up to the grounded Majini if they land near each 
    other then perform her ground melee to both of them while they are next to each 
    other.
    
    ** Knock off a grabbing Majini that grabs from behind --> Impale
    
    Yep, Tribal Sheva definitely has to take every melee chance that is handed to 
    her, even something as minor as this, so if a Majini ever grabs her from 
    behind, and she knocks it off without a partner's help, quickly line up with 
    the grounded Majini then perform Sheva's ground melee Impale to finish it off.
    
    ----------------------
    Licker Beta Melee Kill
    ----------------------
    
    ** Explosive Round/Acid Round shot --> Stab
    
    If a player can find explosive rounds in the Experimental Facility stage then 
    load them in the grenade launcher then fire one explosive round at a group of 
    Lickers or a single Licker.  The Licker will sometimes fall over on its back 
    and kick its leg when it has been hit along the front portion of its body.  Run 
    up to the Licker at that time and you'll get the "Stab" melee command in order 
    to finish it off for a melee kill.  The explosive round hit can't be a direct 
    hit on the Licker or the explosion will kill it.  Acid rounds can work in the 
    same way, but an Acid Round is usually too powerful for a Licker to survive for 
    a follow-up melee kill.  It's best to watch the kill streak and see if your 
    character has gained a kill from the explosive round before running up to 
    attempt a melee to a Licker.
    
    ** Nitrogen Round Shot --> Hop over nearby railing to hit frozen Licker
    
    A player can achieve a melee kill on a Licker by leading a Licker next to a 
    railing.  Freeze the Licker with a nitrogen round then hop over the railing so 
    that Sheva hits the frozen Licker with a portion of her body.  The hit will 
    shatter the Licker and give the player a +5 second bonus for a melee kill.  
    This can be done on multiple frozen Lickers so long as Sheva hits them while 
    hopping over a railing.
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S EFFECTIVE PARTNERS
    
    -------------------------------
    Midnight Wesker or STARS Wesker
    -------------------------------
    
    In a way, it is hard to match Sheva up with any other player when attempting a 
    high score since, other than her nitrogen rounds, she focuses on instant kills 
    rather than melee kills.  A Tribal Sheva player that realizes this can act as a 
    really good support character for any Wesker type.  She should really give the 
    Wesker player her flash grenades so he can toss them and set up Cobra Strike 
    melees on his own.
    
    Find flash rounds and fire them toward a crowd of Majini so that Midnight 
    Wesker can kill them all with his Cobra Strike melee.  Sheva can add to the 
    melee kills by shooting a nitrogen round toward a group of Majini then her and 
    Wesker can shatter them.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------
    Battle Suit Jill, STARS Chris and Tribal Sheva on Ex Facility
    -------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Tribal Sheva can really shine on the Experimetnal Facility stage with just 
    about any character.  If the player uses her correctly then she can easily 
    group aggressive Base Majini then freeze them all with a nitrogen round and 
    melee kill their frozen bodies to build up time for the team.  She can even 
    melee kill Lickers with her nitrogen rounds by hopping over a railing so that 
    her body hits a frozen Licker.
    
    Her Longbow should only be used to keep the kill chain going or to help out 
    with killing Lickers once all nitrogen rounds have been used up.  Much like 
    STARS Chris, she can find acid rounds that can easily kill off multiple Lickers 
    in a group.
    
    --> SCORING HIGH IN SINGLE PLAYER WITH TRIBAL SHEVA
    
    Tribal Sheva mainly needs to work on keeping the kill streak going for as long 
    as possible to help her gain more points.  A player needs to pick up all the 
    combo bonuses to help gain more points as well.  Each arrow will instantly kill 
    off a Majini so she won't have many problems at taking down the majority of the 
    150 enemies per stage.  Sheva cannot depend on melee kills that much at all.  
    She can gain melee kills through knife slashes (stunning the Majini by slashing 
    at its legs) but this is not that effective for multiple Majini.
    
    Save the nitrogen rounds for when a group of Majini surround Sheva then quickly 
    aim at the ground then fire to freeze them all.  Shatter them with Sheva's 
    Roundhouse for melee kills.  Sheva can build up some very high bonus second 
    increases with nitrogen rounds thanks to her Roundhouse range at times.  It's 
    best to stand in an open area and allow Majini to surround Sheva or catch 
    Majini as they group up in a narrow corridor.  MAKE SURE that you don't hit a 
    Majini with a cocktail, dynamite or explosive arrows with a nitrogen round 
    since their flame explosions will shatter the rest of the frozen Majini for a 
    normal kill; take out the bow and shoot them first then freeze the rest.  
    Nitrogen rounds are Sheva's answers to crowds and this grenade ammo should be 
    the only type that she should pick up for the most part.
    
    Sheva has some slight problems with bosses but she can still handle them rather 
    well.  It only takes a few hits from her arrows to stun a boss and then she can 
    spam the boss with arrows.  Use flash grenades for a quick stun on a boss if 
    needed.  Flash rounds also make effective boss stunner, so be sure to grab them 
    if they are found in a random item drop from an enemy.  You can also spam a 
    boss with Sheva's incendiary grenades.  They really serve no other purpose to 
    her, besides hitting a chicken, so give them another use.
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY FoxyAreku
    
    -- Village
    Tribal Sheva SS Rank - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AaoAIfxzEcQ
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY Matreezaz
    
    -- Public Assembly
    Tribal Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5wSctm2rSBo
    Tribal Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AMluePjx3cA
    
    -- Experimental Facility
    Tribal Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BTW4x6FUeOI
    Tribal Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_cp0Y0zvIAE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY PHI7710
    
    -- Prison
    Tribal Sheva SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sn2mjrUdLU4
    Tribal Sheva SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2So96yj3c8Q
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Sheva player can issue 
    with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only be 
    performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Thanks!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Sheva: "Wait!"
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Sheva player can 
    issue to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Sheva
    
        Sheva: "I need your help!"
               "Help me!"
    
    02) While Sheva is in dying status
    
        Sheva: "I need heeeelp!"
               "Help!"
    
    03) When Sheva runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Sheva player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Sheva: "I need ammo"
    
    --> TRIBAL SHEVA'S PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Sheva player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Sheva: "Nice shot!"
               "Good work!"
               "Nice work!"
    
    02) Partner gives Sheva an item
    03) Partner heals Sheva
    04) Partner resuscitates Sheva
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Sheva: "Thanks partner."
               "I owe you one."
               "Thanks."
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Sheva: "I'm coming!"
               "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
        Sheva: "Roger"
                "Ok."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Sheva has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Sheva: "Nice teamwork!"
               "That's good!"
               "Excellent!"
               "Chobenbeznaz!"
    
    
                                                                             [CS07]
                                   __                           __
                   __   _  _  _   / /    ___  __    _      _    \ \
                   \ \ (_)| || | / /    / __\/ _\  /_\    /_\    \ \
                    \ \| || || || |    /__\//\ \  //_\\  //_\\    | |
                 /\_/ /| || || | \ \  / \/  \_\ \/  _  \/  _  \  / /
                 \___/ |_||_||_|  \_\ \_____/\__/\_/ \_/\_/ \_/ /_/
    
       .-----------------------------------------------------------------------.
       | How to unlock: Achieve an A-rank or higher on "Public Assembly" stage |
       '-----------------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    BSAA Jill is an overall fun character to use with her weapon setup.  With her 
    starting flash grenades, she is extremely effective in stages with a bunch of 
    parasitic enemies and she has a few other tricks up her sleeves that give her 
    an edge as well.  Did someone mention headshots?  Well, if you're good at 
    precision aiming with a laser pointer, then go and buy yourself a sandwich (a 
    Jill sandwich from Chris' Fine Foods of course) and read on because you're 
    going to have some fun after unlocking this old partner.
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  Handgun  |   Flash   |Machine Gun|
                       | Ammo (50) |Grenade (5)| Ammo (150)|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |   PX4     |           |  H&K MP5  |
                       |   (HG)    |           |   (MG)    |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | First Aid |           |
                       |           |   Spray   |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Jill brings along some decent supplies for her journey.  She has a PX4 handgun 
    with a capacity of 25, which is quite nice, especially considering that she 
    brings along 50 extra handgun bullets to go along with it.  Her handgun is just 
    as useful as her machine gun, so you'll want to collect handgun ammo just as 
    much as machine gun ammo.
    
    She also brings along an H&K MP5 machine gun with a capacity of 150.  Jill 
    carries an extra 150 bullets with this weapon.  The MP5 is very useful for 
    crowds and overall quick enemy kills, so Jill will always want to stay stocked 
    up on machine gun ammo.
    
    On certain stages, a player will be extremely happy that Jill has packed in an 
    extra 5 flash grenades.  Nothing is quite as pleasing as tossing a single flash 
    grenade to quickly light up an intense battle with 3 Duvalias and thereby take 
    all three down with one blinding flash.  Jill also brings along a first aid 
    spray which is always helpful to have during the intense battles in The 
    Mercenaries.
    
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S PX4 HANDGUN
    
                         .-------------------------------.
                         | PX4 (HG)                      |
                         |===============================|
                         | Firepower:    300             |
                         | Capacity:     25              |
                         | Reload Speed: 1.70 sec.       |
                         | Special:      Critical 87.5%  |
                         '-------------------------------'
    
    + Extremely high critical rate means just about every headshot will give out an 
      instant head pop
    
    + Decent damage for a handgun
    
    + Decent capacity
    
    
    The Px4 handgun deals out some pretty good damage per shot and can help Jill to 
    set up some good stuns for a melee kill.  She can easily shoot a normal Majini 
    in the legs two times and run up then perform her Sweep Kick from the front of 
    the Majini for an instant melee kill.  If the Majini happens to fall to the 
    ground during the process then Jill can easily finish the job with her Double 
    Knee Drop ground melee.
    
    Would you just look at this weapon's critical rate?  Freaking 87.5%!  Usually 
    critical headshots are uncommon, but with BSAA Jill, its uncommon NOT to get a 
    critical headshot when aiming at a Majini's head.  If a player wants to see her 
    roundhouse melee anytime soon then that person had best take out her MP5 and 
    try for a head stun because the majority of all head shots with the PX4 are 
    going to pop the head of each Majini that Jill aims at.
    
    At 25 shots, the PX4 also has a pretty good capacity, so Jill is less likely to 
    run out of ammo during intense situations while using it.  Much like any other 
    handgun, the reload speed isn't that long, but it would really be best to still 
    try for inventory reloads when possible.
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S H&K MP5
    
                        .---------------------------------.
                        | H&K MP5 (MG)                    |
                        |=================================|
                        | Firepower:    120               |
                        | Capacity:     150               |
                        | Reload Speed: 2.10 sec.         |
                        | Special:      Level 4 Piercing  |
                        '---------------------------------'
    
    + Level 4 piercing
    
    + Weapon fire is good for crowds and more accurate
    
    + Weapon fire is more accurate than most machine guns allowing for precision 
      aiming for melee stuns
    
    - Low firepower
    
    
    The H&K MP5 is an overall descent single enemy killer.  Even with its low 
    firepower, just aim for a Majini's mid section then hold down the trigger for a 
    few seconds until it flies back and let go and it will be dead upon hitting the 
    ground the majority of the time.  It's really best not to spread fire to other 
    parts of the body since you'll only wind up taking more time to kill a Majini 
    if it stumbles to the side.  This weapon can be used to knock a Majini over as 
    well and set it up for Jill's Double Knee Drop ground melee attack.  Her ground 
    melee will always kill a normal Majini since it takes 1,200 damage per hit, so 
    it doesn't matter when a Majini falls during the blast.
    
    The MP5's armor piercing special ability makes a BSAA Jill player incredibly 
    useful to have around for shielded enemies.  The MP5's bullets will go through 
    shields as if they weren't even there!  It can also hit multiple enemies that 
    happen to stand in line while aiming at a group.  Much like any machine gun, 
    Jill can sweep through a crowd and stun all the enemies if they ever start to 
    gang up on her.  This can be effective when you're expecting them to attack 
    anytime soon.
    
    To me, the H&K MP5 always stands out from the other machine guns because it 
    seems to be more accurate overall.  One can easily aim toward the head, arm or 
    leg of a Majini and perform a single fire tap for some instant stuns to that 
    region of the body most of the time.  With Jill, a player can perform a single 
    tap stun to the legs of the Majini then run up and perform Jill's Head Grab 
    from behind the Majini.  This is an excellent way to have a break from the 
    action in order to quickly cycle through the inventory or perform a quick 
    inventory reload during the kill animation.
    
    If a player is attempting to fight a boss enemy with BSAA Jill then the MP5 
    will be the best choice.  It might be a good idea to take advantage of a flash 
    grenade to stun the boss then stand back and fire constant MP5 machine gun 
    blast directly at the stunned boss.  The MP5 by itself can stun a boss enemy 
    but it takes a lot hits in order to stun the boss.  BSAA Jill should really be 
    more of a support character in helping another player to take down a boss enemy 
    rather than going at it solo, but even by herself, she can take down a boss 
    enemy with her MP5... it's just going to take a lot of firing.
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S FLASH GRENADES
    
                              .---------------------.
                              | Flash Grenade       |
                              |=====================|
                              | Direct Hit:  0      |
                              | Area Effect: 0      |
                              '---------------------'
    
    + Instantly kills all parasitic enemies in the immediate area
    
    + Stuns and sets normal enemies up for head stun melees
    
    - No damage to non-parasitic enemies
    
    Jill's five flash grenades make her unique in one aspect for sure.  If a 
    parasitic enemy such as a Duvalia, Cephalo, Bui kichwa, or Kipepeo is in the 
    area then simply toss a flash grenade to instantly kill the parasite.  Any 
    parasitic enemy in the immediate area will fall in the burst of light.  
    Whenever a Cephalo or Duvalia is forming from a Majini, make sure that it forms 
    all the way and begins to move before tossing the flash grenade.  If a grenade 
    is tossed too early then it might not affect the parasitic enemy.
    
    Flash grenades can also be useful in intense situations since they will 
    instantly stun most normal enemies and most boss enemies in the current area. 
    Enemies will be set up for a head stun melee attack while they stagger, so Jill 
    can run up and perform her Sweep Kick to all stunned enemies.  Be on the 
    lookout for normal enemies and boss enemies that wear masks.  An enemy with a 
    mask will not be affected by the burst of light from a flash grenade.
    
    One very good teammate for BSAA Jill to have is either of the Wesker 
    characters.  When several Majini are around, a BSAA Jill player can toss a 
    flash grenade and allow for Wesker to perform constant Cobra Strikes against 
    all staggering Majini.  It might even pay the Jill player to give all of her 
    flash grenades to a Wesker player if the Wesker player knows of the 
    effectiveness of the Cobra Strike melee.
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S MELEE ATTACKS
    
           .--------------------------------------------------------------.
           | Melee Command        | Type of Melee                | Damage |
           |==============================================================|
           | High Kick            | Head Stun Melee              |   350  |
           | Roundhouse           | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   250  |
           | Reverse Roundhouse   | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   250  |
           | Sweep Kick           | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   350  |
           | Head Grab            | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |  Kill  |
           | Double Knee Drop     | Ground Melee                 | 1,200  |
           | Flip Kick            | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 2,000  |
           | Cartwheel Kick       | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 2,000  |
           | Double Kick          | Partner Assist Melee         |   350  |
           | Sweep Kick           | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
           | Stab                 | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  |   900  |
           '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    The majority of Jill's melee attacks are rather weak much like Sheva's but her 
    ground melee attack is extremely powerful.  If a player can knock a Majini to 
    the ground with gunfire to the legs from Jill's MP6 or PX4, or simply find a 
    grounded Majini that has fallen based on being bumped, a Double Knee Drop 
    ground melee can be performed on the grounded Majini for an instant kill.  No 
    firepower is needed when the attack takes 1,200 damage per hit.
    
    For a Town Majini, BSAA Jill's Sweep Kick can easily kill a Majini after Jill 
    has shot the Majini at least twice in the legs with the PX4 handgun.  This will 
    give the player an extra five bonus seconds for the kill.  Just make sure that 
    the Majini has sustained two shots of damage from the handgun before the Sweep 
    Kick melee is performed and it will kill the Majini.  If the Majini falls to 
    the ground while shooting then simply perform Jill's Double Knee Drop.
    
    --> BSAA JILL MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for an instant kill.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for BSAA Jill.
    
    --------------------
    Town and Base Majini
    --------------------
    
    ** MP5 shots to ground Majini --> Double Knee Drop
    
    This is the main combination that a gamer will want to perform with BSAA Jill. 
    Not only does it provide quite a bit of invincibility but her double knee will 
    instantly kill any Majini.  The back flip animation of Jill also has the chance 
    to knock down any Majini that is in the way to set them up for another Double 
    Knee Drop, though it's not as effective at knocking a Majini down as Jill's 
    Head Grab dive.
    
    ** Double Knee Drop
    
    Jill's ground melee will kill any Majini that it hits whether the Majini was 
    damaged prior to the fall or not.  For this reason, Jill can seek out any 
    Majini that has been knocked down due to a recent Head Grab melee that she 
    performed or any Majini that happens to fall during the battle and perform her 
    ground melee for an instant kill.
    
    Any Majini that is caught close enough to Jill during her Double Knee Drop 
    melee will be killed off as well.  Luck plays a big roll in hitting more than 
    one Majini with the Double Knee Drop, but performing it in the midst of a crowd 
    will certainly help.
    
    ** MP5 or PX4 leg stun --> Head Grab
    
    This combination works extremely well for gaining invincibility, cycling 
    through the inventory during the animation and knocking down Majini afterwards 
    to set them up for a Double Knee Drop.  It's so very vital to Jill's melee 
    game.  When Jill is surrounded by several Majini, try to get a leg stun one of 
    them then quickly run behind it and perform the Head Grab melee.
    
    Jill will perform a dive after breaking the Majini's neck that has a real good 
    habit of instantly knocking down any Majini that are in front of her.  A player 
    can run up to those grounded Majini then perform a Double Knee Drop to finish 
    at least one of them off since her Double Knee Drop ground melee is so 
    damaging.
    
    ** PX4 shot --> PX4 leg stun shot --> Sweep Kick
    
    This sequence is about as good as it gets with the PX4 handgun when used to set 
    up a melee kill.  The bad part about this sequence is that the third shot will 
    kill off a Town Majini, so if a leg stun is not gotten with the second shot 
    then the next hit with the PX4 will off the Majini.
    
    --------------
    Wetland Majini
    --------------
    
    NOTE: Against Wetland Majini, both the PX4 handgun and the MP5 machine gun work 
    rather well at damaging, stunning and grounding the Majini for BSAA Jill to 
    melee.  It is kind of a tossup on which weapon to use against Wetland Majini 
    with this Jill type.  Really both weapons work well, but I prefer the MP5 
    myself since I favor rapid machine gun fire.  Because of the usefulness of both 
    weapons, it might be a good idea to keep the PX4 handgun in the Village and 
    Ancient Ruins stage.
    
    ** MP5 shot --> MP5 shot --> MP5 shot --> MP5 shot --> MP5 head stun shot --> 
    High Kick
    
    After a normal Wetland Majini has taken 4 MP5 shots, it can be finished off 
    with a head stun shot from the MP5 followed by a High Kick.  The best way to 
    perform this sequence is to ground a Majini with rapid fire.  If it gets up 
    then take the chance that it has been hit by four shot and fire at its head to 
    stun it then quickly run up and perform a High Kick melee attack.
    
    ** MP5 shot --> MP5 shot --> MP5 shot --> High Kick (shield Wetland Majini)
    
    Like with STARS Chris, you have to get the feel of this one rather than stand 
    back and count the shots.  Hold the trigger down long enough for three shots 
    while aiming at a shield Majini's legs then run up and perform a High Kick 
    melee to kill it off.  Thankfully the shield will not get in the way thanks to 
    the MP5's piercing property, so a BSAA Jill player won't even have to worry 
    about hitting the shield instead of the Majini.
    
    ** MP5 or PX4 leg stun --> Head Grab
    
    Shoot a Wetland Majini's legs to stun it then run behind it and perform a Head 
    Grab instant kill melee like with a Town Majini.
    
    ** PX4 shot --> PX4 leg shot --> Sweep Kick (shield Majini)
    
    Perform two shots while aiming at a shield Majini's legs then finish it off 
    with a Sweep Kick melee.
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S EFFECTIVE PARTNERS
    
    ---------------
    Midnight Wesker
    ---------------
    
    BSAA Jill can be the absolute best partner for any Midnight Wesker player 
    (other than himself).  Jill brings along flash grenades that can stun all 
    nearby enemies and set them up for Cobra Strikes for the Midnight Wesker 
    player.
    
    It may be best to actually give the Midnight Wesker player the flash grenades 
    if the two plan to stay separate for the majority of the battle.  Of course 
    Jill running into Plagas enemies is a factor that may convince a Jill player 
    otherwise since she has a hard time fighting off Plagas enemies without her 
    flash grenades.
    
    If a Jill player decides to discard the PX4 handgun then give then give all of 
    her handgun ammo to Midnight Wesker.  Midnight Wesker also makes a good boss 
    killer for a BSAA Jill player.
    
    Since Midnight Wesker and BSAA Jill both try to spam melees to build up bonus 
    second time when using them effectively, this is one of the best pairs you'll 
    find in Duo play Mercs!
    
    ------------
    STARS Wesker
    ------------
    
    Again, BSAA Jill can set enemies up for Wesker' Cobra Strike with her flash 
    grenades.  Simply toss a flash grenade toward a group of Majini to set them up 
    for Wesker's Cobra Strike melee.  If a Jill player decides to discard the PX4 
    handgun then give then give all of her handgun ammo to STARS Wesker.  STARS 
    Wesker also serves as a good boss killer for his BSAA Jill partner.
    
    ----------------
    Battle Suit Jill
    ----------------
    
    Both Jill types can constantly perform Double Knee Drops and Head Grabs for 
    melee kills to add bonus seconds to the clock.  Battle Suit Jill can help a 
    BSAA Jill player with bosses.  BSAA Jill can help out in stunning the boss to 
    which Battle Suit Jill has problems with and Battle Suit Jill can help to 
    damage the boss quickly to which BSAA Jill has problems with.  It's a good 
    pair, but both need to stay a bit close to each other in order to make this duo 
    work well.
    
    ------------
    Safari Chris
    ------------
    
    Since Jill cannot handle bosses well, Safari Chris can stand by with his rocket 
    launchers and be ready for any approaching boss.  Try to hurt my vulnerable 
    partner that spams Double Knee Drop all day and I'll be ready for you, my dear 
    boss boy!
    
    --> SCORING HIGH IN SINGLE PLAYER WITH BSAA JILL
    
    First of all, discard the PX4 handgun and the handgun ammo at the beginning of 
    the battle.  Jill's main weapon should always be her MP5 machine gun while in 
    single player mode.  The PX4 will only make it harder for a player, especially 
    one trying to attempt melees since luck plays a big role in achieving a melee 
    kill with the PX4 handgun when approaching a third shot to a standing Town 
    Majini since the third shot will kill it off.
    
    Jill has nearly no problem whatsoever against normal Majini since she can 
    easily ground them with her MP5 and seek cover through leg stuns followed by 
    Head Grab melees and even knock down more Majini directly after performing her 
    Head Grab melee.  It's so important to not get surrounded while fighting normal 
    Majini.  Spread fire among a crowd while aiming at their legs then pick out one 
    Majini and either perform a ground melee or a Head Grab instant kill melee.  In 
    the midst of a standing crowd, always choose a Head Grab over a Double Knee 
    Drop since this will likely knock down other Majini and set them up for a 
    Double Knee Drop after the Head Grab.
    
    Sometimes a Jill player might have to quickly perform a Sweep Kick on a leg 
    stunned Majini that is in a crowd for the sake of invincibility from the 
    surrounding horde of Majini.  This isn't necessarily bad, but a player should 
    only perform a Sweep Kick only when absolutely needed.  Thankfully, it will set 
    up a Majini for a Double Knee Drop.
    
    It's best to lead Majini into a tight space rather than out in the open.  A 
    player can lead them into a corridor or other tight area where they can easily 
    be grouped.  This will greatly increase the chance of hitting multiple Majini 
    with Jill's Double Knee Drop after they have been grounded.  Use flash grenade 
    to stun a horde of Majini if they become to aggressive.  You'll mainly want to 
    save flash grenades for parasitic enemies such as Cephalos however since Jill 
    doesn't have a powerful weapon to defeat them normally.
    
    Speaking of powerful weapons, it is so very vital that Jill grab up any type of 
    grenade or even a rotten egg if one happens to fall from a random enemy drop.  
    Rotten eggs are the most damaging weapon available to Jill since they take off 
    2,000 damage per hit.  Jill will absolutely need to take advantage of any extra 
    explosive weapon that she can get to help stun and damage a boss.  Stun a boss 
    with a hand grenade or rapid fire to a weak point such as the head then run up 
    to it and spray the boss with continuous MP5 fire to its weak point.  If Jill 
    has a rotten egg then toss it at the boss while it is stunned for some heavy 
    damage.  Hit the boss with a melee then run up and start blasting the boss in 
    its weak point once again.
    
    Jill can also use her flash grenades to stun a boss but again, it's best to 
    save those for parasitic enemies.  Hand grenades, rotten eggs, and even 
    incendiary grenades (spam them) play a vital role in helping Jill out with 
    bosses.  Without these, a Jill player is going to have to spam the MP5 on a 
    boss' weak point then continue to spam that weak point when the boss is finally 
    stunned.  Once all bosses in a stage, especially the Executioner and Gatling 
    Gun Majini, have been defeated, it's smooth sailing from then on with Jill's 
    Head Grab melee and constant Double Knee Drops on Majini.
    
    With Wetland Majini, a Jill player is mainly going to have to focus on using 
    Head Grabs for quick kills since the Majini get up too fast to perform Jill's 
    Double Knee Drop half the time.  Another method is to wait right up above a 
    grounded Wetland Majini after it has been knocked down from gunshot then 
    quickly shoot it in the head with the MP5 when it rises then perform Jill's 
    High Kick.  The High Kick might finish off the Majini if enough damage was 
    delivered to the Majini beforehand.
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY etet
    
    -- Public Assembly
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OrboZ7eS9pg
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=koTWeWFJ-wc
    
    As you can see, the player in these videos discards the handgun near the 
    beginning in favor of more machine gun pickups.  The player mainly focuses on 
    tripping Majini with the MP5 and performing Double Knee Drops.  Head Grabs are 
    performed while in a crowd for the sake of invincibility and in an attempt to 
    knock down the crowded Majini.  The player quickly seeks out the nearest fallen 
    Majini after a Head Grab and performs a Double Knee Drop to the grounded 
    Majini.
    
    Sometimes the player is forced to perform a Sweep Kick instead a Head Grab 
    because the crowd of Majini surround the player too much and the player needs 
    some sort of invincibility from the surrounding Majini attack, so the melee is 
    definitely needed in order to keep from getting hit.
    
    The player is forced to spam every single weapon at the player's disposal come 
    boss time.  It is best to stock up on hand grenades, incendiary grenades and 
    rotten eggs in order to quickly stun and damage a boss such as the Executioner. 
    The player continuously fires the MP5 at the Executioner's head weak point 
    while in close range to his stunned body.  It is so very important to lay down 
    firepower as much as possible from close range.  It's also important to 
    performs a melee to the boss and knock the boss back then quickly run forward 
    and continue firing.  Jill will push the boss away from any surrounding Majini, 
    which helps to get her out of harm's way for a bit while she is free to attack 
    the boss before it recovers.
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY Silent_Zone7
    
    -- Ancient Ruins
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZSk_6kcWKck
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NKPFNyt-Ezo
    
    -- Experimental Facility
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5q4toGkwLCE
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mf6atrWvF5k
    
    -- Missile Area
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxgJPAUaJo0
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eUua8ZPCjNs
    
    -- Ship Deck
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v-IN7zK3hiA
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HOr7FW-y4kY
    
    -- Prison
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ORnGetRrpFU
    BSAA Jill SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FQ1s41EWPhY
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY FoxyAreku
    
    -- Experimental Facility
    BSAA Jill SS Rank - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQRQJ-q8lic
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Jill player can issue 
    with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only be 
    performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Jill: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Jill: "Thanks!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Jill: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Jill: "Wait!"
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Jill player can issue 
    to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Jill
    
        Jill: "Give me a hand!"
              "Help me!"
    
    02) While Jill is in dying status
    
        Jill: "Neeeed help!"
              "Ugh, help me!"
    
    03) When Jill runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Jill player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Jill: "I need ammo"
    
    --> BSAA JILL'S PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Jill player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Jill: "Good work!"
              "Nice work!"
              "Nice one!"
    
    02) Partner gives Jill an item
    03) Partner heals Jill
    04) Partner resuscitates Jill
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Jill: "You really bailed me out back there."
              "I owe you one."
              "Thanks."
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Jill: "I'm coming!"
              "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
        Jill: "Roger"
              "Ok."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Jill has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Jill: "Good work!"
              "That's good!"
              "Yes!"
    
    
                                                                             [CS08]
    
                                    __   _  _  _ 
                                    \ \ (_)| || |
                                     \ \| || || |
                                  /\_/ /| || || |
            __                    \___/ |_||_||_|                    __
           / /    ___         _    _    _         __         _  _    \ \
          / /    / __\  __ _ | |_ | |_ | |  ___  / _\ _   _ (_)| |_   \ \
         | |    /__\// / _` || __|| __|| | / _ \ \ \ | | | || || __|   | |
          \ \  / \/  \| (_| || |_ | |_ | ||  __/ _\ \| |_| || || |_   / /
           \_\ \_____/ \__,_| \__| \__||_| \___| \__/ \__,_||_| \__| /_/
    
         .-----------------------------------------------------------------.
         | How to unlock: Achieve an A-rank or higher on "Ship Deck" stage |
         '-----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Battle Suit Jill is an overall effective killing machine for single Majini at 
    long range or close range.  Thanks to the quick rate of fire of her rifle, she 
    can stand at a distance and rack up kills or simply spam a boss enemy with 
    constant firepower.  Her machine gun can allow her to spread fire upon a group 
    and it also gives her the advantage she needs in knocking an enemy to the 
    ground for her extremely powerful ground melee.
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |Machine Gun|   Hand    |  Rifle    |
                       | Ammo (150)|Grenade (3)| Ammo (30) |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |   VZ61    |           | H&K PSG-1 |
                       |   (HG)    |           |   (RIF)   |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |   Mixed   |           |
                       |           |   Green   |           |
                       |           |   Herb    |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Jill comes equipped with a VZ61 machine gun with a capacity of 300 bullets 
    which will last her for quite a while without the need to reload if used 
    effectively.  She also packs in an extra 150 machine gun bullets to go along 
    with that extremely high capacity.
    
    Jill's other main weapon is an H&K PSG-1 rifle that comes with a low capacity 
    of 9 bullets.  Thankfully, Jill has an extra 30 rifle bullets to along with her 
    rifle, which are much needed since this weapon will be the best weapon for a 
    boss enemy.
    
    To round out her inventory Jill also keeps a set of 3 hand grenades and one 
    green + green herb mixture.  I suppose she couldn't find another red herb so 
    just "To hell with it" and combined two of the more common green herbs.
    
    Even though Jill brings along extra ammo for both guns, she will need to 
    constantly horde ammo for both of them.  Her machine gun is going to be fired 
    quite a bit with is low firepower and her rifle will constantly need to be 
    reloaded, so she will need plenty of extra ammo to keep her alive an well 
    throughout each stage.
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S VZ61 MACHINE GUN
    
                          .-------------------------------.
                          | VZ61 (MG)                     |
                          |===============================|
                          | Firepower:    100             |
                          | Capacity:     300             |
                          | Reload Speed: 2.83 sec.       |
                          | Special:      Critical 37.5%  |
                          '-------------------------------'
    
    VZ61
    ----
    
    + Quick normal Majini knockdowns and staggers from blasts
    
    - Very low firepower
    
    
    Even though Jill's machine gun has low firepower, this gun's capacity and 
    overall rate of fire allows Jill to spread constant firepower on any target. 
    It's an overall good weapon to stagger a whole group of Majini as well.  
    Whenever a group is in front of Jill, simply hold down the trigger and wave the 
    machine gun fire over the group to instantly stop a good majority of attacks 
    that they might be preparing.
    
    A machine gun can also be used for precision fire to set up melee stuns with a 
    single tap of the trigger.  Simply aim at a Majini's legs with the machine gun 
    then tap the trigger.  If the Majini kneels down into a leg stun pose then run 
    behind it and perform Jill's Head Grab instant kill melee attack.  This can be 
    a very effective technique when surrounded by a crowd.  Her other melees will 
    allow her to knock down a whole crowd.
    
    The VZ61 machine gun can be used for a quick knockdown on Majini as well.  If 
    Jill aims for the legs and performs rapid fire to a standing Majini, it will 
    likely fall within a few hits.  And this brings up to the reason why you can 
    see so many Battle Suit Jill high scores on the leaderboards of Public 
    Assembly!  Read on.
    
    When dealing with a Majini that will not get up quickly after a knockdown, Jill 
    can fire at the Majini's legs to knock it down then run up to the Majini and 
    perform her Double Knee Drop ground melee for an instant kill thanks to its 
    deliverance of 1,200 damage per hit.  This move can be spammed over and over 
    and over during a Duo game since Jill have some sort of support at that time.  
    It will add 5 seconds to the clock every time that Jill performs this move, and 
    she can perform it very often thanks to the quick knockdown and the fact that 
    she is invincible throughout the whole melee attack animation.
    
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S H&K PSG-1 RIFLE
    
                          .-------------------------------.
                          | H&K PSG-1 (RIF)               |
                          |===============================|
                          | Firepower:    1,200           |
                          | Capacity:     9               |
                          | Reload Speed: 1.70 sec.       |
                          | Special:      Level 8 Scope   |
                          '-------------------------------'
    
    H&K PSG-1
    ---------
    
    + Effective firepower that kills single enemies quickly
    
    + Extremely good rate of fire
    
    + High level of zoom for more accurate and distant shots
    
    
    One can easily get in the mindset that Jill has entered a shooting gallery once 
    she pulls out the PSG-1 rifle.  The 1,200 damage that this weapon carries means 
    it will usually kill any normal Majini that is hit anywhere on its body.  Jill 
    can really take advantage of this weapon's high rate of fire and simply shoot 
    at single Majini from a distance to rack up kills very quickly.  She can 
    actually get far away and look toward a spawn point where Majini drop from and 
    constantly shoot them as they fall.
    
    If Jill can find a high platform in an area that overlooks the majority of the 
    current stage (such as the execution platform in Public Assembly), then she can 
    get a good view of the surrounding area and take potshots at any enemy of her 
    choosing so long as she has the ammo to keep her going and makes sure to watch 
    her back every now and then.
    
    Not only is this weapon good for normal Majini but it can completely obliterate 
    a boss enemy very quickly and its accurate aim through the scope will allow a 
    player to quickly target a boss' weak point to stun it for another player.  
    This weapon can take down a boss enemy very quickly without the need for an 
    added melee.  Simply stand at a distance from the boss enemy and spam rifle 
    fire!  If a boss enemy is close, then simply toss one of Jill's hand grenades 
    to stun it and get other enemies away from it then start spamming that rifle 
    fire on the boss enemy from close range.
    
    Jill can literally spend a good majority of her battle at some high platform 
    that overlooks a good amount of the area and simply watch the battle through 
    her sniper scope.  The only time that she needs to move is to watch her back 
    and collect ammo for her rifle.
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S HAND GRENADES
    
                              .---------------------.
                              | Hand Grenade        |
                              |=====================|
                              | Direct Hit:  1,500  |
                              | Area Effect: 1,000  |
                              '---------------------'
    
    + Can easily take down a group of normal Majini or stun a boss enemy.
    
    + Useful against Cephalos and Duvalias with direct hit.
    
    - Bouncing can sometimes mess up a precise direct hit.
    
    
    Jill's hand grenade can really help her out a lot more than with other 
    characters.  They fit her weapon combination well.  When assaulted by a group 
    of Majini, Jill can quickly spread fire over the entire group with her machine 
    gun in order to stun them then toss a hand grenade into the crowd to finish the 
    job.
    
    As always, the hand grenade is also an effective boss stunner and this can 
    really come in handy for Jill since her rifle is not an instant stunning 
    weapon, so she can quickly toss a hand grenade toward an advancing boss enemy 
    to stun it then take out her rifle and fill the boss full of constant rifle 
    fire until it is defeated.
    
    The hand grenades can be useful at instantly defeating Cephalos and Duvalias if 
    they are caught in the direct hit area (the grenade is tossed below one) of the 
    hand grenade's explosion.  As usual, the hand grenade will bounce a bit, which 
    can mess up precision aiming with one.
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S MELEE ATTACKS
    
          .--------------------------------------------------------------.
          | Melee Command        | Type of Melee                | Damage |
          |==============================================================|
          | High Kick            | Head Stun Melee              |   350  |
          | Roundhouse           | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   250  |
          | Reverse Roundhouse   | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   250  |
          | Sweep Kick           | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   350  |
          | Head Grab            | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |  Kill  |
          | Double Knee Drop     | Ground Melee                 | 1,200  |
          | Flip Kick            | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 2,000  |
          | Cartwheel Kick       | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 2,000  |
          | Double Kick          | Partner Assist Melee         |   350  |
          | Sweep Kick           | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
          | Stab                 | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  |   900  |
          '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Jill's melee attacks are much like Sheva's melees overall in that they are low 
    damaging for the most part except for when it comes to Jill's ground melee.  
    Her Double Knee Drop ground melee can be heavily exploited on Majini that stay 
    grounded after Jill uses her machine gun to knock down a Majini through 
    gunfire.  Her Double Knee Drop does 1,200 damage per hit so no normal Majini is 
    going to survive that amount of damage.  Jill can easily run through the Public 
    Assembly and shoot Majini to knock them down then perform her ground melee 
    continuously and achieve a high score through added seconds to the clock by 
    doing so while she has some sort of support in Duo mode!
    
    A quick tap of her machine gun to a Majini leg for a leg stun followed by her 
    Head Grab instant kill melee attack from behind will give players all the time 
    they will need to quickly bring up the inventory and cycle through it to make 
    adjustments or reload any weapons by combining the ammo with the gun all during 
    the long animation of a single kill.
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for an instant kill.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for Battle Suit Jill.
    
    -----------------------------------------
    Town, Base and Wetland Majini Melee Kills
    -----------------------------------------
    
    NOTE: This version of Jill has a rather hard time with Wetland Majini since she 
    only has a light damage machine gun for melee killing them.  It is best to try 
    for a quick single tap leg stun to instant kill them with a Head Grab or spam 
    fire as the Wetland Majini falls in order to keep it grounded while trying to 
    perform a Double Knee Drop.  Remember to quickly let up on the trigger once the 
    Wetland Majini's body completely hits the ground however, or it will get up for 
    sure.
    
    ** VZ61 shots to ground Majini --> Double Knee Drop
    
    This is the main combination that a gamer will want to perform with Battle Suit 
    Jill.  Not only does it provide quite a bit of invincibility but her double 
    knee will instantly kill any Majini.  The back flip animation of Jill also has 
    the chance to knock down any Majini that is in the way to set them up for 
    another Double Knee Drop, though it's not as effective at knocking a Majini 
    down as Jill's Head Grab dive.
    
    With Battle Suit Jill, she can ground a Majini more easily with her VZ61 
    machine gun.  It takes very little effort to knock a Majini down when aiming at 
    its legs with this weapon.  This little aspect makes Jill more effective at her 
    ground melee game when compared to BSAA Jill, but in turn, a player has to be 
    more precise when attempting a leg stun because of the gun's rapid grounding 
    shots.
    
    ** Double Knee Drop
    
    Jill's ground melee will kill any Majini that it hits whether the Majini was 
    damaged prior to the fall or not.  For this reason, Jill can seek out any 
    Majini that has been knocked down due to a recent Head Grab melee that she 
    performed or any Majini that happens to fall during the battle and perform her 
    ground melee for an instant kill.
    
    Any Majini that is caught close enough to Jill during her Double Knee Drop 
    melee will be killed off as well.  Luck plays a big roll in hitting more than 
    one Majini with the Double Knee Drop, but performing it in the midst of a crowd 
    will certainly help.
    
    ** VZ61 leg stun --> Head Grab
    
    Since Battle Suit Jill's VZ61 will ground a Majini much easier than BSAA Jill's 
    MP5, a Jill player will have to be more careful when firing at a Majini's leg 
    in an effort to stun the Majini.  Perform a single tap of the trigger while 
    aiming at a Majini's leg.  If more than one shot hits the Majini, then the VZ61 
    has a higher potential to ground a Majini when compared to the MP5.
    
    The Head Grab will give a Jill player plenty of invincibility time, time to 
    cycle through the inventory and it will also knock down other Majini that are 
    in Jill's way when she leaps off the Majini's head.  It's best to perform this 
    combination in crowds so Jill will have the potential to knock down grouped 
    Majini with her leap.  This will set them up for a Double Knee Drop.
    
    ** VZ61 shots for a leg stun --> Sweep Kick (shield Wetland Majini)
    
    Like with STARS Chris' or BSAA Sheva's melee kill for shield Wetland Majini, a 
    Jill player needs to get the feel of how many shots will kill off a Wetland 
    Majini then simply aim for its legs and hold down the fire button for a certain 
    amount of time then run up and perform a Sweep Kick to kill it off.  This works 
    slightly better than the Head Grab if a player can learn the timing.  The Head 
    Grab still works, but you'll gain more time by performing a well-timed Sweep 
    Kick kill.
    
    --> EFFECTIVE PARTNERS FOR BATTLE SUIT JILL
    
    ----------
    BSAA Chris
    ----------
    
    Battle Suit Jill can use her PSG-1 rifle to help out a Chris player that fights 
    off a boss.  While Chris is in close range and shooting the boss with his 
    shotgun, a Jill player can be at long range and shoot the boss with her PSG-1 
    rifle.
    
    ---------
    BSAA Jill
    ---------
    
    Both Jill types can constantly perform Double Knee Drops and Head Grabs for 
    melee kills to add bonus seconds to the clock.  Battle Suit Jill can help a 
    BSAA Jill player with bosses.  BSAA Jill can help out in stunning the boss to 
    which Battle Suit Jill has problems with and Battle Suit Jill can help to 
    damage the boss quickly to which BSAA Jill has problems with.  It's a good 
    pair, but both need to stay a bit close to each other in order to make this duo 
    work well.
    
    ----------------
    Battle Suit Jill
    ----------------
    
    Battle Suit Jill goes along well with a duplicate of herself.  Both Jill 
    players can constantly perform Double Knee Drops and Head Grab melee kills on 
    Majini then gang up on a boss and shoot the boss with her PSG-1 rifle.
    
    ---------------
    Midnight Wesker
    ---------------
    
    Wesker can spam his Cobra Strike melee against Majini to build up time and 
    Battle Suit Jill can spam her Double Knee Drop on grounded Majini to build up 
    time.  It's a match made in heaven.  Stay separate.  Both players can handle 
    bosses rather well, but a Jill player will have to be more careful.
    
    --> SCORING HIGH IN SINGLE PLAYER WITH BATTLE SUIT JILL
    
    Battle Suit Jill comes with a good arsenal for both bosses and normal Majini, 
    so her single player game won't be near as hard BSAA Jill's.  Like BSAA Jill, a 
    Battle Suit Jill player needs to focus on melee kills through Double Knee Drops 
    and Head Grabs.  Since Jill's VZ61 machine gun will ground a Majini so quickly, 
    Jill will not have any problems in performing her Double Knee Drops that often.
    
    A player will have to be more precise in single shots when attempting to 
    perform a Head Grab melee to a Majini however.  Aim for the legs then tap the 
    trigger until a leg stun is achieved then quickly run behind the stunned Majini 
    and perform the Head Grab to kill it off and possible knock down other Majini 
    when Jill dives off it's head.  Try to work Majini into a narrow corridor and 
    Jill will be able to make better use of her Head Grab for knocking down Majini.
    
    Come boss time, Jill would normally have some slight problems in stunning a 
    boss with her rifle alone, but thankfully she comes prepared with hand 
    grenades, which can easily stun a boss and set it up for PSG-1 rifle fire.  
    Stun the boss by tossing a hand grenade at it then spam the boss with 
    continuous rifle fire.  Don't even attempt a melee since that will mess up 
    Jill's perfectly nestled sniping position.  Keep the boss at long range and 
    fire at it continuously.  A player should only have to use one hand grenade if 
    the player spams rifle fire enough.  The only exception here is surrounding 
    Majini, so a Battle Suit Jill player might have to run away then turn and fire 
    at the boss from a less crowded portion of the area.
    
    Battle Suit Jill's main problem lies in Wetland Majini.  She can't ground a 
    Majini well since the Majini will usually get up after being grounded with 
    light damage and Jill can't quickly shoot the Majini in the head for a head 
    stun after it rises because of the VZ61's high critical rate, so a Battle Suit 
    Jill player will need to focus on mainly Head Grab melees when attempting to 
    fight normal Wetland Majini.
    
    Leg VZ61 shots work well for shield Wetland Majini (leg shots + Sweep Kick) and 
    explosive arrow Wetland Majini (they're grounded for a while after the first 
    knockdown), but not for normal Wetland Majini.  Leg shots along with a Sweep 
    Kick can be useful for knocking down crowds of Wetland Majini with Battle Suit 
    Jill since there is really no other option to weaken them for melees.
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY Silent_Zone7
    
    -- Ancient Ruins
    Battle Suit Jill SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VxPfnNxHPv4
    Battle Suit Jill SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qh1RP5h8KEE
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Jill player can issue 
    with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only be 
    performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Jill: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Jill: "Thanks!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Jill: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Jill: "Wait!"
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Jill player can issue 
    to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Jill
    
        Jill: "Give me a hand!"
              "Help me!"
    
    02) While Jill is in dying status
    
        Jill: "Neeeed help!"
              "Ugh, help me!"
    
    03) When Jill runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Jill player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Jill: "I need ammo"
    
    --> BATTLE SUIT JILL'S PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Jill player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Jill: "Good work!"
              "Nice work!"
              "Nice one!"
    
    02) Partner gives Jill an item
    03) Partner heals Jill
    04) Partner resuscitates Jill
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Jill: "You really bailed me out back there."
              "I owe you one."
              "Thanks."
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Jill: "I'm coming!"
              "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
        Jill: "Roger"
              "Ok."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Jill has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Jill: "Good work!"
              "That's good!"
              "Yes!"
    
    
                                                                             [CS09]
                         __    __            _               
                        / / /\ \ \ ___  ___ | | __ ___  _ __ 
                        \ \/  \/ // _ \/ __|| |/ // _ \| '__|
                         \  /\  /|  __/\__ \|   <|  __/| |   
                __        \/  \/  \___||___/|_|\_\\___||_|         __
               / /          _      _         _         _      _    \ \
              / /    /\/\  (_)  __| | _ __  (_)  __ _ | |__  | |_   \ \
             | |    /    \ | | / _` || '_ \ | | / _` || '_ \ | __|   | |
              \ \  / /\/\ \| || (_| || | | || || (_| || | | || |_   / /
               \_\ \/    \/|_| \__,_||_| |_||_| \__, ||_| |_| \__| /_/
                                               |___/             
    
         .-----------------------------------------------------------------.
         | How to unlock: Achieve an A-rank or higher on "The Mines" stage |
         '-----------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Midnight Wesker is easily the most strategic character in The Mercenaries.  He 
    requires much more thought in order to play effectively; a player cannot simply 
    outgun a group of enemies with this Wesker.  Midnight Wesker has a moderate 
    damage handgun and the most damaging magnum out of any of the Mercs characters 
    as his two main guns.  All thanks to his weak handgun and powerful head stun 
    melee, Midnight Wesker can easily help out in achieving the highest possible 
    score in The Mercenaries.
    
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  Handgun  |   Hand    |  Magnum   |
                       | Ammo (50) |Grenade (5)| Ammo (6)  |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  H&K P8   |           | S&W M500  |
                       |   (HG)    |           |   (MAG)   |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           | Proximity |           |
                       |           |   Bomb    |           |
                       |           |    (5)    |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Wesker begins his battle with only two guns and two explosive weapons.  His 
    handgun, which already has a descent capacity of 21 bullets, comes with an 
    incredibly helpful 50 extra handgun bullets.  Wesker's Magnum only has a 
    capacity of 6 and he has 6 extra bullets in his inventory for a total of 12 
    boss killer shots, which is pretty good considering the intense firepower of 
    the weapon.
    
    In order to take down groups of enemies, Wesker has 5 hand grenades and 5 
    Proximity Bombs.  Both of these weapons can be used effectively for whenever 
    Wesker is overwhelmed with a mob of enemies.  They can also be used to stun 
    bigger enemies.
    
    
    -- MIDNIGHT WESKER'S H&K P8 HANDGUN
    
    H&K P8
    ------
    
    + Can set up a normal Majini for a head stun melee with little damage.
    
    + Piercing effect allows shots to travel through up to 3 enemies along with any 
      shields that enemies might carry.
    
    
    The H&K P8 handgun is Wesker's absolute best weapon for normal enemies.  Why in 
    the world would a handgun be so effective?  Well, let's take a look at the 
    handgun.
    
                         .---------------------------------.
                         | H&K P8 (HG)                     |
                         |=================================|
                         | Firepower:    300               |
                         | Capacity:     21                |
                         | Reload Speed: 1.53 sec.         |
                         | Special:      Level 3 Piercing  |
                         '---------------------------------'
    
    At first glance at the weapon's stats, one might notice the level 3 piercing 
    special ability.  This allows each shot fired to move through up to 3 enemies 
    at a time.  This can make Wesker's handgun effective against a small crowd of 
    enemies that stand in a line and he can fire right through an enemy's shield. 
    This is far from the best aspect of the handgun however.
    
    Notice that there is no mention of a critical headshot percentage, which means 
    that it is low.  I very rarely get any critical headshots with Midnight Wesker. 
    Also notice that the handgun's firepower is only decent.  The fact that the 
    handgun's firepower is rather low and it doesn't get critical headshots that 
    often is the most effective aspect of this weapon to Wesker.
    
    Wesker can easily aim for the head of any normal type of Majini (Town, Wetland 
    or Base) and fire to stun that Majini with a head stun and prep it for a melee 
    attack.  Wesker can rush up and perform his Cobra Strike melee attack from this 
    head stun and instantly kill any normal Majini enemy, get a few seconds worth 
    of invincibility and get five bonus seconds added to the clock.  This head fire 
    + melee technique can be spammed in both single and duo play to get a very high 
    score as seconds keep getting added to the clock after every melee attack.  His 
    Cobra Strike takes 1,200 damage per hit and no normal Majini can withstand that 
    much damage and still remain standing.
    
    Since the handgun's firepower is so low, a player can accidentally miss a 
    headshot and still be able to try again without killing the Majini and thanks 
    to the low critical rate, Wesker is less likely to perform a critical headshot 
    while attempting a head stun.  STARS Wesker cannot perform a head stun + melee 
    technique as well since his Samurai Edge handgun is much more powerful and has 
    a higher critical headshot rate.
    
    If you find yourself having problems with achieving headshots for a head stun 
    setup, then aim for the legs of a Majini then fire twice with the handgun and 
    perform a Tiger Uppercut melee or rush behind the Majini and perform Wesker's 
    Mustang Kick.  All of this considers that the Majini is stunned in the leg from 
    the second shot obviously.  When a Majini falls from attempting the two shots 
    then simply perform a Windfall ground melee to kill it off.  All of these 
    techniques will give a player a 5 second bonus melee kill bonus as well.
    
    The handgun's level 3 piercing can actually help out a bit while aiming at a 
    Majini's legs since, if a group of Majini happen to be in a line, each shot 
    might pierce through the first and hit the one behind in the leg as well.  This 
    means, Wesker could actually get one in a leg stun pose then have the other 
    behind it fall to the ground for a quick Tiger Uppercut and Windfall one right 
    after the other if a player is quick enough!
    
    The H&K P8 is going to be Wesker's most useful weapon, so place the ammo in the 
    center of the inventory menu right at the start of each playthrough and quickly 
    reload through the inventory menu after every melee.  Since a high scoring 
    player will be performing constant melees with Midnight Wesker, a player really 
    does not have to set up the inventory at all, since plenty of time to cycle 
    through the inventory menu is already give during a Cobra Strike melee 
    animation.  The handgun does not have a lengthy reload animation at all, but 
    why go through any seconds of reload for such a useful weapon?
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S S&W 500 MAGNUM
    
                        .---------------------------------.
                        | S&W M500 (MAG)                  |
                        |=================================|
                        | Firepower:    4,300             |
                        | Capacity:     6                 |
                        | Reload Speed: 3.53 sec.         |
                        | Special:      Level 2 Piercing  |
                        '---------------------------------'
    
    S&W 500
    -------
    
    + Most damaging Magnum among the Mercs characters.
    
    + Can be an extremely damaging long range weapon with precision aiming.
    
    - Poor rate of fire, worse than a shotgun.
    
    - Lengthy reload time (Inventory reloaders need not worry here however).
    
    
    Midnight Wesker has the most damaging magnum which will help out greatly for 
    any boss type enemy.  His magnum takes away an astonishing 4,300 damage per 
    shot fired.  The majority of boss enemies are not going to survive more than 2 
    blasts from Wesker's magnum.
    
    With so much power comes a great flaw however with this gun's kickback per shot 
    fired.  Wesker's magnum has a poor rate of fire - pretty much equal to a 
    shotgun's rate of fire (only slightly worse) - so the gun's shots cannot be 
    spammed near as much as other magnum's.  Even if his weapon can't hit as 
    quickly as other magnum's the intense firepower per blast makes up for that 
    shortcoming when used against a boss enemy; as previously mentioned, it usually 
    only takes about 2 shots to finish a boss enemy.
    
    This magnum can also be an effective long range killer from a distance.  With 
    precise aiming, one can easily kill a boss enemy from nearly the other side of 
    an area thanks to the laser sighting.  All shots will take the same amount of 
    damage no matter the distance!
    
    I wouldn't recommend using this weapon that much at all against normal enemies, 
    unless it is absolutely necessary.  The gun's poor rate of fire takes too long 
    when up against multiple enemies and you'll constantly have to reload thanks to 
    the guns limited capacity.  Only fire at a normal enemy if it happens to be in 
    the way while aiming at a boss enemy.  With the gun's level 2 piercing, it will 
    fire through at least one enemy and still hit another.
    
    This gun is incredibly useful for Cephalos.  It can really be deemed as 
    Midnight Wesker's Cephalo killer.  Whenever a Majini suddenly spawns a Cephalo, 
    simply switch to this magnum then fire at any portion of its body to kill it 
    off instantly!  For close range Cephalo battles, this the M500 magnum can be a 
    kill streak saver.
    
    Always reload through the inventory when using this weapon; reload after each 
    use to keep from performing an accidental reload animation.  The magnum has a 
    hefty reload speed that will get Wesker hit rather easily if he is forced to 
    reload using the reload animation.
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S HAND GRENADES
    
                               .---------------------.
                               | Hand Grenade        |
                               |=====================|
                               | Direct Hit:  1,500  |
                               | Area Effect: 1,000  |
                               '---------------------'
    
    + Can easily take down a group of normal Majini or stun a boss enemy.
    
    + Useful against Cephalos and Duvalias with direct hit.
    
    - Bouncing can sometimes mess up a precise direct hit.
    
    
    ** MAJOR TIP: When attempting to melee kill all enemies in a stage, do not use 
    Wesker's hand grenades to finish off a crowd since you're ruining your chance 
    for melee kills.  Only use Wesker's hand grenades for Lickers, bosses and to 
    break down breakable walls when going for all melee kills.
    
    Much like BSAA Chris, Midnight Wesker comes equipped with 5 hand grenades, 
    which can really help him out for defeating crowds or stunning distant boss 
    enemies.  When up against crowds, hand grenades are much quicker than using a 
    proximity bomb but the bouncing of a hand grenade can sometimes throw off 
    precision aiming for that direct area that one always tries for when using a 
    hand grenade.  Keep in mind that hand grenades that are tossed at groups of 
    Majini will mess up the possibility of melee kills against them so only use 
    them in emergencies.
    
    Midnight Wesker's hand grenade are best used to destroy breakable walls in 
    areas such as Public Assembly and the Prison.  Hand grenades can also be 
    effective against Cephalo enemies.  Simply toss the grenade right at a Cephalo 
    when it first spawns from a Majini and it will most likely land below it and 
    place the Cephalo in the direct hit range of the blast.
    
    With Midnight Wesker's unique proximity bomb weapon, it's easy to disregard his 
    hand grenades, but his hand grenades are still every bit as useful with good 
    accuracy when compared to a proximity bomb.
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S PROXIMITY BOMBS
    
                               .---------------------.
                               | Proximity Bomb      |
                               |=====================|
                               | Direct Hit:  1,500  |
                               | Area Effect: 1,000  |
                               '---------------------'
    
    + Effective against groups and boss enemies.
    
    + Always a direct hit on the enemy that triggers the explosion.
    
    - Slow process of attack, since the bomb must first be placed then an enemy 
      must be lured toward it.
    
    
    ** MAJOR TIP: A player that is attempting all melee kills with Midnight Wesker 
    should discard these bombs except for in the Experimental Facility when dealing 
    with Lickers.  They only ruin the chance for melee kills.
    
    Wesker is the only character out of the group of mercs that has proximity bombs 
    from the start.  These can be used effectively against both normal enemies and 
    boss enemies.  Simply place the proximity bomb on the ground then run the other 
    way while a normal enemy or boss enemy follows after Wesker.  These will almost 
    always stun or at least knock down any boss enemy that triggers the proximity 
    bomb.  When it comes time for a Chainsaw to go into berserk fury of chainsaw 
    slashes, simply lay a proximity in front of its path then allow it to step over 
    the bomb and it will stun it then simply finish it off with the magnum.
    
    When Wesker is overwhelmed by a group of enemies, he can simply turn and place 
    a proximity bomb then run away and listen for the explosion to confirm a hit as 
    kill totals are displayed along the side of the screen.  The blast radius can 
    easily take down the majority of a normal enemy crowd if they all stay 
    together.  Like with the hand grenades however, his proximity bombs will mess 
    up potential melee kills against Majini, so they should only be used in 
    emergencies.
    
    Wesker's proximity bombs are also highly effective against Cephalos or the very 
    annoying Duvalia.  The second that one forms, simply place a proximity bomb 
    then run away and lead it toward the bomb.  One proximity bomb will always be 
    enough to finish off either enemy type since walking over it will always give 
    off a direct hit damage amount.  Of course using Midnight Wesker's magnum is 
    the best option still.
    
    Proximity bombs will be received more frequently for either player during 
    runthroughs with Midnight Wesker,  Remember that an armed proximity bomb will 
    have a flashing red light shining from the middle top portion of the bomb.  
    Much like a hand grenade, a proximity bombs can be just as deadly to either 
    player, so try to be at a safe distance whenever an enemy manages to trigger 
    one or a character will suffer damage.
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S MELEE ATTACKS
    
           .--------------------------------------------------------------.
           | Melee Command        | Type of Melee                | Damage |
           |==============================================================|
           | Cobra Strike         | Head Stun Melee              | 1,200  |
           | Panther Fang         | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   300  |
           | Jaguar Kick          | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   300  |
           | Tiger Uppercut       | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   400  |
           | Mustang Kick         | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |   500  |
           | Windfall             | Ground Melee                 |   600  |
           | Rhino Charge         | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 4,000  |
           | Ghost Butterfly      | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 4,000  |
           | Ram Horn             | Partner Assist Melee         |   500  |
           | Tiger Uppercut       | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
           | Stab                 | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  | 1,200  |
           '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Thanks to a whopping 1,200 damage per hit, Wesker's Cobra Strike melee attack 
    from a head stun is basically all a player should ever do in terms of melee 
    moves.  Simply use the handgun to perform a head stun then perform a Cobra 
    Strike for a kill against a normal Majini.  No extra damage is needed.  Rinse 
    and repeat and you'll likely end the stage with a high score based on the 
    amount of leftover seconds built up through constant melee kills.
    
    If Wesker can obtain a flash grenade or team up with a character that starts 
    with flash grenades or can shoot flash rounds from a grenade launcher then he 
    can heavily exploit his Cobra Strike melee around three times in a row on a 
    group of enemies while they are staggering from a flash explosive.  He can 
    quickly build up 15 seconds on the clock in a little under 5 seconds while 
    using a flash explosive.  If you ever happen to find a flash grenade with 
    Wesker then simply toss it toward a mob of enemies and then perform constant 
    Cobra strikes against the individual enemies until they manage to recover.
    
    Wesker's Windfall ground melee attack can be very useful for any grounded 
    enemies that happen to get knocked down while shooting them with a handgun.  It 
    has the same power as Chris' stomp, so make sure that the enemy has sustained 
    some damage before performing it in order to guarantee a kill.  Much like 
    Chris' stomp, Wesker will smash the head of any enemy that he brings his foot 
    down upon while facing the head of a fallen enemy.  Notice that Wesker's back 
    melee attack from a leg stun does not kill; it only takes 500 damage from a 
    normal enemy.  Thanks to the damage rate, Wesker cannot count on a leg stun + 
    back melee instant kill like every other character can, but he more than makes 
    up for it with his head stun melee.
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S DASH ATTACK
    
               .---------------------------------------------------.
               |  Command    |  PlayStation 3  |     Xbox 360      |
               |===================================================|
               |    DASH     |       R3        |        RS         |
               |---------------------------------------------------|
               |  TURN WHILE |  Right analog   | Right thumbstick  |
               |   DASHING   | in a direction  |  in a direction   |
               |   (CHANGE   |      + X*       |       + A*        |
               |  DIRECTION) |  (during dash)  |   (during dash)   |
               |---------------------------------------------------|
               | RISING KNEE |       R1**      |        RT**       |
               |             |  (during dash)  |   (during dash)   |
               '---------------------------------------------------'
    *  Can turn (change direction) up to the three times while dashing.  A 
    direction change must be done during the first few steps of each dash.
    *  Use "Left analog/thumbstick in a direction + X (or A)" with control types A 
    or C.
    ** [] (or X) with control types A or C.
    
    Wesker's special dash attack can be performed at any time by pressing in on the 
    right thumbstick.  Press in on the thumbstick to make Wesker charge then 
    suddenly dash across the current area.  Wesker can change direction during the 
    first few animation frames (or steps) of the dash by pressing in another 
    direction with the right thumbstick and tapping the run button at the same 
    time.  He can turn backward, to the right and to the left while dashing.  
    Wesker can perform a total of three direction changes per dash.  Wesker can 
    also end any dash with a rising knee melee attack by pressing the R1 (or RT) 
    button at any time during any portion of the dash.
    
    Each dash performed takes away a small chunk of Wesker's health, but multiple 
    dashes during a single dash will not drain Wesker's health.  Don't spam this 
    move too much or Wesker will wind up in orange health rather easily.  He will 
    not be able perform it when near dying status but can perform it more once 
    healed with a healing item.
    
    This move is most effective when used against a crowd of enemies since each 
    dash will damage an enemy as Wesker dashes by them.  Simply stand in front of a 
    group of enemies then push in on the right thumbstick to begin the dash then 
    quickly change direction by pressing back on the right thumbstick and the run 
    button to run back into the enemy crowd and damage them with another quick 
    dash.  Keep changing directions and running back and forth through a crowd to 
    damage all the enemies in that group.  When Wesker changes direction for the 
    third time, be sure to press the R1 (or RT) button to perform a knee while 
    ending the dash.
    
    Key aspects of Wesker's Dash:
    
    1) An enemy killed by a dash will give Wesker 5 bonus seconds.  This is PERFECT 
       for the Bui kichwa enemies in the Village stage.
    2) An enemy killed by the rising knee will give Wesker 5 bonus seconds.
    3) Wesker is completely invincible once he begins to dash. *
    4) Each dash is like an arm stun melee, in that it will bounce an enemy so that 
       a partner can hit the Majini with another bouncing arm stun melee.  It's 
       much like the start of a tag team melee sequence for Chris' Haymaker and 
       other character specific tag team melee attacks.
    
    (*Wesker is NOT invincible during the charging animation for the dash)
    
    - Youtube video of Wesker dash move with turning displayed
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8dZngR95jGQ
    
    (please note that the player in ^that video is not Berserker)
    
    - Discussion on Tag Team Commands from a Dash
    
    Whenever Wesker hits a Majini with a dash, that dash is much like an arm stun 
    melee attack that makes a Majini stagger.  Whenever Wesker dashes back and 
    forth while turning, each hit delivered to a Majini will be like a separate arm 
    stun melee.  So, basically it's as if the game is counting his dashes as two 
    characters tag teaming a Majini.
    
    With that in mind, a partner can rush up to any Majini that Wesker has hit 
    twice with a dash and get an instant tag team melee command on the Majini.  For 
    instance, if Wesker hits a Majini twice by dashing and turning then dashing 
    directly into it again, then a Chris player can run to the back of that Majini 
    to get a Back Hand command or to the front of the Majini to get a Haymaker 
    command.  Any Majini that has only been hit once by Wesker will result in a 
    normal arm stun melee attack if the partner tries to hit the staggering Majini.
    
    It's all very interesting how Wesker's dash can work when two players cooperate 
    during one his Wesker's dashes when he dashes back and forth among a group of 
    Majini.  The partner character can get a 5 second bonus per Majini melee kill 
    resulting from a dash hit stagger and Wesker himself can get a 5 second bonus 
    per Majini that is killed by a dash or his Rising Knee at the end of the 
    dashes!
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for a more damaging 
        melee that might kill him off.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for Midnight Wesker.
    
    -----------------------------------------
    Town, Base and Wetland Majini Melee Kills
    -----------------------------------------
    
    ** P8 head stun shot --> Cobra Strike
    
    This is by far the best melee setup for Midnight Wesker and really the best 
    melee kill sequence in Mercs.  One headshot will stun any Majini unless they 
    wear head armor.  Wesker's Cobra Strike takes off 1200 damage, so it is a 
    guaranteed kill on normal Majini.
    
    Another good feature of the Cobra Strike is that it can hit multiple Majini 
    that happen to get in the way.  Wesker can sometimes defeat around three Majini 
    with one Cobra Strike and the player will gain 15 bonus seconds for that hit 
    since it will kill them all.  If possible, it is a good idea to lead Majini 
    into a narrow area in order to have a better chance at hitting multiple Majini 
    by hitting one in the head while it is next to a group then Wesker can run up 
    and perform his Cobra Strike to possibly defeat multiple Majini.  Shoot one in 
    the head and literally allow other Majini to group around it then perform 
    Wesker's Cobra Strike to kill off multiple Majini with one Cobra Strike.
    
    Midnight Wesker's P8 handgun takes off the perfect amount of damage to where he 
    can perform two head stuns on one Majini and the Majini will still live, so 
    there is room for error here, unlike with STARS Wesker.  The only flaw present 
    with this melee kill is that Wesker has a small chance of getting a critical 
    headshot.  That cannot be remedied.
    
    Cephalos will also spawn often while Wesker attempts this combination.  A 
    player should always be ready to immediately switch to his M500 magnum then 
    shoot the Cephalo in any portion of the body to kill it off.  Any shot with the 
    M500 will finish off the Cephalo.  A Midnight Wesker player should learn to 
    respond automatically to a Cephalo spawning with this method.
    
    ** P8 shot --> P8 leg stun shot --> Tiger Uppercut [mainly for shield Wetland 
    Majini]
    
    A player can always resort to two handgun shots to the legs then perform a 
    Tiger Uppercut for a melee kill.  This sequence can be good to use when aiming 
    for the head becomes an issue.  Sometimes when a Majini is right up next to 
    Wesker, it is rather hard to aim for the head.  This is also good for 
    countering a Majini attack.  So, if Wesker shoots an attacking Majini to stop 
    its attack while it is in close range, he could quickly aim for the legs then 
    shoot for a possible leg stun and perform a Tiger Uppercut to finish it off.
    
    The key word there though is "possible".  If Wesker shoots the head of the 
    Majini after a P8 shot then he gets a guaranteed head stun without killing off 
    the Majini except for the case of a random critical headshot.  So still, the 
    head stun + Cobra Strike wins for the most part, but this is one exception.
    
    This sequence is absolutely perfect for a Wetland Majini with a shield.  Wesker 
    can use his handgun's piercing properties to shoot right through the wooden 
    shield then shoot the Majini in the leg and perform a Tiger Uppercut to finish 
    it off.  On the Village and Ancient Ruins stage, this melee kill sequence is a 
    godsend.
    
    ** P8 leg stun shot --> Mustang Kick [shield Wetland Majini]
    
    Aim for the legs of a shield Wetland Majini then shoot it once and then run 
    behind it and perform a Mustang Kick to finish it off for a melee kill.  This 
    will save ammo when compared to the usual two handguns shots followed by a 
    Tiger Uppercut.
    
    ** P8 arm stun shot --> Panther Fang --> Dash
    
    This combination should really only be done when you're aiming for the head of 
    a Majini with the handgun and the arm is accidentally shot.  Run up to the 
    Majini and perform a quick Panther Fang then use Wesker's dash to finish off 
    the Majini for a melee kill.  Quickly perform a Rising Knee after the dash to 
    stop the dash instantly after the kill.
    
    ** P8 leg trip shot --> Windfall
    
    After a Majini has been hit with one shot from the P8 handgun, a Windfall to 
    any portion of the body will kill it off for a melee kill.
    
    ** Walk around to head portion of undamaged grounded Majini --> Windfall
    
    Like all Chris types with his Stomp, Midnight Wesker can achieve a head crush 
    on an undamaged grounded enemy by walking over to the head portion and 
    performing a Windfall ground melee to crush the Majini's head.
    
    ** Dash
    
    Wesker can perform his dash directly into a crowd of Majini and dash back and 
    forth against the crowd to possibly finish them off with a dash which will 
    count as a melee kill.  A player can turn back and forth while dashing into and 
    out of a crowd and trap them.  Wesker can also hit a Majini with his Rising 
    Knee finisher at the end of the dashes.  See the melee section for Wesker to 
    find out how to control the dash.
    
    Each dash hit will hit a Majini much like an arm stun melee, so in Duo play, 
    the partner can rush up to any Majini that Wesker hits and perform a melee to 
    the staggering Majini.  If the partner waits until the Wesker has hit a Majini 
    at least twice then the partner can run up to that Majini and receive a tag 
    team melee command to finish off that one Majini or multiple Majini with one 
    melee.
    
    ** Dash on weak Majini
    
    When a Majini has been severely weakened to where a gun blast will kill it, 
    quickly perform Wesker's Dash to kill it off with the dash hit for a melee 
    kill.  This is really effective in duo play while with a partner that has 
    accidentally performed a ground melee too early to where the melee doesn't 
    finish off the Majini.  If the partner doesn't kill a Majini with a ground 
    melee, then Wesker can finish off the Majini with a dash for a melee kill.
    
    ** Dash --> Rising Knee
    
    Wesker's Rising Knee finisher at the end of a Dash will kill off any normal 
    Majini that it hits.  Dash directly toward a Majini that stands in your path 
    (preferably one that stands still) then hit it with Wesker's Rising Knee to 
    kill it off quickly and get to your destination faster while doing so.
    
    ** Flash Grenade/Round --> Cobra Strike
    
    BE SURE to pick up any flash grenades that Wesker comes across since he can 
    toss these at a group of Majini to set them all up for head stun melee attacks. 
    A Wesker player can run up to each of the stunned Majini and finish it off with 
    his Cobra Strike melee for an instant kill.
    
    Partners that join Wesker in Duo mode can help a Wesker player out by tossing a 
    flash grenade or shooting a flash round toward a group of Majini to stun the 
    surrounding Majini for him.  It's really best to give the Wesker player flash 
    grenades rather than toss them for him since you don't want to accidentally 
    blind your Midnight Wesker player and mess up his Cobra Strike spammage, now do 
    you?
    
    -------------------------
    Big Man Majini Melee Kill
    -------------------------
    
    ** M500 shot to leg (leg stun) --> Cobra Strike
    
    If the Big Man Majini is hit anywhere else other than the leg, then a single 
    M500 magnum shot will kill him instantly, but if he is shot in the leg then he 
    will fall to his knees then a Midnight Wesker player can quickly finish him off 
    with the Cobra Strike melee for a melee kill.
    
    * M500 shot to leg (leg stun) --> Dash
    
    This is more of failsafe melee method in case you miss the Cobra Strike.  The 
    Big Man Majini will be weak enough to kill off with a dash after a M500 shot to 
    the legs.
    
    ---------------------
    Bui kichwa Melee Kill
    ---------------------
    
    ** Dash
    
    Wesker can dash directly into any Bui kichwa in the Village stage and finish it 
    off immediately for a melee kill.  The Bui kichwa cannot survive a single dash 
    from Wesker.  It is imperative that you learn how to turn while using Wesker's 
    dash in order to further exploit this method.  Dash directly into a crowd of 
    Wetland Majini and Bui kichwa and dash back and forth (back + Run on 
    thumbstick) to finish off the Bui kichwa and possible some Wetland Majini.  See 
    Wesker's melee section to learn how to control his dash.
    
    Keep in mind that in Duo mode, the partner can perform melees to the staggering 
    Majini that Wesker has hit since this dash works as an arm stun hit.  After 
    Wesker hits a single Majini twice, the partner can run up to that Majini and 
    perform a tag team melee to finish off single or multiple Majini with one 
    melee.
    
    -----------------
    Licker Melee Kill
    -----------------
    
    ** Dash
    
    A Dash can kill a Licker if a Wesker player dashes back and forth while hitting 
    one with each dash.  It can take a few dashes, but Wesker can kill off multiple 
    Lickers by doing this.
    
    ** Dash --> Rising Knee
    
    Wesker can kill off a single or close group of Lickers instantly for melee 
    kills with his Rising Knee finisher from a dash.
    
    -----------------------
    Giant Majini Melee Kill
    -----------------------
    
    ** M500 shot to body --> P8 shot to leg --> P8 shot to leg --> P8 shot to leg 
    --> Panther Fang
    
    Really this takes more time and special attention than it's worth, but the 
    Giant Majini will take slight less damage when shot in the body with the M500 
    to where 3 more handgun shots and a Panther Fang will finish it off.
    
    ----------------------------------
    Gatling Gun Majini (Yellow outfit)
    ----------------------------------
    
    ** M500 shot to body --> M500 shot to body --> Ghost Butterfly
    
    ** M500 shot to leg --> M500 shot to head --> Rhino Charge
    
    The first magnum shot will always stun the Gatling Gun Majini, so shoot him 
    again with the M500 magnum then perform the melee to finish him off
    
    -------------------------------
    Gatling Gun Majini (Red outfit)
    -------------------------------
    
    ** M500 shot to body --> M500 shot to body --> M500 shot to body --> Ghost 
    Butterfly
    
    Since it's hard to get all three shots in during one stun, it might be best to 
    wait and restun the Gatling Gun Majini with the third hit.
    
    ------------------------------
    Red Chainsaw Majini Melee Kill
    ------------------------------
    
    ** M500 leg stun shot --> M500 shot to body --> Tiger Uppercut
    
    Shoot the red Chainsaw Majini in the leg one time with the M500 magnum to make 
    it kneel over then shoot it once in the body with the M500 magnum and perform 
    Wesker's Tiger Uppercut for a melee kill.
    
    ------------------
    Prison Executioner
    ------------------
    
    ** M500 shot to body --> M500 shot to body --> M500 shot to leg --> M500 shot 
    to leg
    
    ---------------
    Red Executioner
    ---------------
    
    ** M500 shot to body (or possibly leg) --> M500 shot to head --> M500 shot to 
    head --> M500 shot to head --> M500 shot to head --> Tiger Uppercut
    
    ------------------
    Chicken Melee Kill
    ------------------
    
    ** Dash
    
    Wesker can dash right through a chicken and kill it with a melee kill.  This 
    might be more trouble than it's worth, but Wesker can indeed melee kill a poor 
    chicken.
    
    --> EFFECTIVE PARTNERS FOR MIDNIGHT WESKER
    
    ---------------
    Midnight Wesker
    ---------------
    
    Midnight Wesker's most effective partner is actually another Midnight Wesker.  
    Care to take a guess why?  That's right, because both of the Wesker players can 
    perform continuous head stuns and Cobra Strikes to exploit the five second 
    bonus per melee kill until the end of the round.
    
    ---------
    BSAA Jill
    ---------
    
    BSAA Jill is the absolute best of partners for Midnight Wesker outside of a 
    Midnight Wesker mirror match.  Jill has the flash grenades that a Midnight 
    Wesker player so desires, so she can give them to Wesker or keep them for 
    herself to toss at grouped Majini.  If a Jill player decides to discard her PX4 
    handgun then that player should give the spare handgun ammo to Midnight Wesker. 
    The only flaw here is that Wesker player is going to nearly always have to help 
    Jill take on a boss since she lacks the stopping power to kill a boss quickly.
    
    ----------------
    Battle Suit Jill
    ----------------
    
    Jill can easily spam her Double Knee Drop ground melee on Majini while Wesker 
    is busy Cobra Striking his way to a high score.  Battle Suit Jill can fend off 
    a boss enemy by herself better than a BSAA Jill player as well, so a Midnight 
    Wesker player will not have to worry about keeping her in sight in order to 
    help out.
    
    -----------
    STARS Chris
    -----------
    
    If STARS Chris can find some flash rounds, he can shoot them into a crowd of 
    Majini so that Midnight Wesker can perform his Cobra Strike to all of them.  Be 
    careful not to blind your Midnight Wesker player however and don't shoot a 
    flash round while a Majini with a cocktail or a Majini with dynamite is present 
    or you might accidentally burn or damage the Wesker with the flame explosion or 
    normal explosion as the Majini drops the explosive weapon.  I personally play 
    as STARS Chris a bunch and love the feeling of shooting a flash round into a 
    Majini crowd and then issuing the "Go" command to my high scoring Wesker tool.
    
    A STARS Chris player should also give Midnight Wesker some of his magnum ammo 
    in stages with many bosses, especially on Ship Deck and in the Prison.  I'd 
    actually recommend that the Chris player not even stock any ammo in the 
    inventory except for what is already in the gun; give all magnum inventory ammo 
    to the Midnight Wesker player.  A Midnight Wesker player's magnum will surely 
    finish off a boss well before Chris' M29 magnum will.
    
    ----------
    BSAA Sheva
    ----------
    
    If a BSAA Sheva player discards her handgun (which is rather useless) then she 
    can give her handgun ammo to a Midnight Wesker player.  Her ammo will keep him 
    well stocked for quite a while.  Sheva can have a good melee kill game with 
    only her VZ61 alone so she does not really need her handgun.
    
    ------------
    Tribal Sheva
    ------------
    
    This is arguable.  Tribal Sheva can gain flash rounds that will help out a 
    Midnight Wesker player much like STARS Chris with his grenade launcher stun, 
    but the fact that Tribal Sheva is a one hit kill character with little 
    possibility of melee kills makes her quite the opposite of what a Midnight 
    Wesker player is trying to achieve.  I just wanted to mention her grenade 
    launcher with possible flash round use here mainly.
    
    --> SCORING HIGH WITH MIDNIGHT WESKER IN SINGLE PLAYER
    
    A player might want to simply discard Wesker's proximity bombs when staring 
    with him since Wesker's proximity bombs will only ruin potential melee kills on 
    Majini if they are used.  A Midnight Wesker player can easily spam the head 
    stun + Cobra Strike melee kill throughout a single player session.  The only 
    problem that Midnight Wesker might face is that he doesn't have a weapon that 
    can deal with crowds that well.
    
    His main weapon to hit multiple Majini with is his Cobra Strike, so in the 
    midst of a crowd, his best option is to shoot a Majini in the head for a head 
    stun then perform a Cobra Strike for invincibility and in an attempt to finish 
    off multiple Majini with one melee.  Keep in mind that a crowd will usually 
    allow a player enough time to aim and shoot directly after the player is hit if 
    you happen to get by a crowd member.  Crowded Majini tend to stand and watch 
    rather than attack at times to which a Midnight Wesker player can take 
    advantage of precise head shots.
    
    A Wesker player can lead Majini into a tight area such as a corridor or narrow 
    path then shoot one Majini in the head while they are grouped and run up then 
    perform his Cobra Strike to possibly finish off multiple Majini with one melee. 
    Always be ready to switch to the M500 magnum to kill off any Cephalo that 
    spawns to save your kill streak since the Majini death before the spawning does 
    NOT count as a kill.
    
    When a boss shows itself, quickly take out the M500 magnum then shoot the boss. 
    Shoot the boss once to stun it then shoot it again and be sure to aim for its 
    weak point if if has one when going for the second shot in order to have a 
    better chance at finishing it off.
    
    Don't use hand grenades to stun a boss since these will only kill off Majini 
    that are grouped around it and ruin your possible melee kills.  Hand grenades 
    with Wesker should be used to destroy breakable walls in the Public Assembly 
    and Prison stages in order to gain easier access to items and open new paths 
    for Wesker to save time.  They can also be used to quickly defeat a chicken 
    with the blast radius.
    
    Finding a flash grenade plays a big part in Wesker's melee game since he can 
    toss the grenade to set all surrounding Majini up for a head stun, to which he 
    can perform a Cobra Strike to all stunned Majini to finish them off.  With a 
    flash grenade comes the question of whether to finish off a possible Cephalo 
    that might spawn or move on to the next stunned Majini quickly.  If the Majini 
    are grouped close to each other then ignore the Cephalo and finish it off 
    later, but if only a few Majini were stunned then go ahead and take out the 
    magnum then finish it off immediately.
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY SeitengrateZero
    
    -- Public Assembly
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dyXkMWC_kO8
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EcYHiDQ7t2c
    
    -- The Mines
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7X4MsN7F3HY
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9-Z8zLKWje0
    
    -- Village
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IhVejvEmGW8
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D2IVWm2X8js
    
    -- Ancient Village
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XWuM-rLWaxY
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uSD43OyseYA
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS by BigKahoona22
    
    -- Public Assembly
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kAK0qVK9CKg
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WmOEIZepObk
    
    -- Village
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RZrxKVXF1SQ
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hzcpo3OBBuE
    
    -- Missile Area
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KdcXZuCPr1s
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6brrxummWiI
    
    -- Ship Deck
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ICnDQaSoCWA
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6O233Q-K_5Q
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY Dreamer RD
    
    -- Village
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZSewUXMs1I4
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aT6ICu4NbrU
    
    -- Ship Deck
    
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7q8yb42OVA4
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sQaTMrcKCQc
    
    -- Prison
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OOwWcZQrkSM
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F5CVdw7Ce40
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY ROGERROCKMORE
    
    -- Prison
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bnftSPMakCQ
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-IULf5sBqZw
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY FoxyAreku
    
    -- Prison
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AKWhtYyFSZM
    Midnight Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rMhWpgn2bbI
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Wesker player can 
    issue with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only 
    be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Wesker: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Wesker: "It was in your best interest to assist me!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Wesker: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Wesker: "Wait!"
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Wesker player can 
    issue to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Wesker
    
        Wesker: "Your assistance is required!"
                "Help!"
    
    02) While Wesker is in dying status
    
        Wesker: "How is this possible!?"
                "You failed me!"
    
    03) When Wesker runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Wesker player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Wesker: "I need ammo!"
    
    --> MIDNIGHT WESKER'S PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Wesker player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Wesker: "Impressive!"
                "Good work!"
                "Nice work!"
    
    02) Partner gives Wesker an item
    03) Partner heals Wesker
    04) Partner resuscitates Wesker
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Wesker: "It was in your best interest to assist me."
                "I suppose I should thank you!"
                "Ha!"
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Wesker: "I'm coming!"
                "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
        Wesker: "Affirmative"
                "Fine."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Wesker has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Wesker: "You're getting better!"
                "Not bad!"
                "Good teamwork!"
    
    
                                                                             [CS10]
                        __    __            _               
                       / / /\ \ \ ___  ___ | | __ ___  _ __ 
                       \ \/  \/ // _ \/ __|| |/ // _ \| '__|
                        \  /\  /|  __/\__ \|   <|  __/| |   
                   __    \/  \/  \___||___/|_|\_\\___||_|     __
                  / /  __    _____    _         __     __     \ \
                 / /  / _\  /__   \  /_\       /__\   / _\     \ \
                | |   \ \     / /\/ //_\\     / \//   \ \       | |
                 \ \  _\ \ _ / /_  /  _  \ _ / _  \ _ _\ \ _   / /
                  \_\ \__/(_)\/(_) \_/ \_/(_)\/ \_/(_)\__/(_) /_/
    
    
          .--------------------------------------------------------------.
          | How to unlock: Achieve an A-rank or higher on "Prison" stage |
          '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    There is a reason why this former S.T.A.R.S. Alpha team leader stands on his 
    high place above all others on the main title screen of The Mercenaries 
    challenge mode.  Is it his Samurai Edge handgun that is superior to all other 
    handguns in damage?  Not really.  Surely it's his L. Hawk magnum with its 
    decent magnum damage and high piercing, right?  Getting warmer and there's only 
    one option left.  Yes, that's right, buddy, the Hydra.  This shotgun can kill 
    off the majority of boss enemies in about two hits from close range and it 
    makes mincemeat out of normal Majini!
    
    
    --> STARS WESKER' INVENTORY
    
                       .-----------------------------------.
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  Handgun  |  L. Hawk  |  Shotgun  |
                       | Ammo (30) |   (MAG)   |Shells (10)|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |  Samurai  |           |           |
                       |   Edge    |           |   Hydra   |
                       |   (HG)    |           |   (SG)    |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |-----------+-----------+-----------|
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       |           |           |           |
                       '-----------------------------------'
    
    Any hardcore Resident Evil fan will first notice that Wesker has the famed 
    Samurai Edge customized handgun that was specialized at the Kendo shop in 
    Raccoon City. The Samurai Edge handgun is exclusive to The Mercenaries mode and 
    exclusive to the STARS Wesker character.  At 400 damage per shot, this gun 
    packs the most power out of any character handgun.  The gun carries a decent 15 
    bullet capacity and Wesker brings along an extra 30 handgun bullets.
    
    His L. Hawk magnum carries an 8 bullet capacity.  Wesker does not bring along 
    any magnum ammo for the L. Hawk, which is actually a good thing, if you ask me. 
    You see, Wesker's main stopping power comes in the form of the Hydra shotgun 
    and he really only needs to resort to the L. Hawk magnum for long range shots, 
    so additional magnum ammo would only crowd his inventory much like Clubbin' 
    Shevas crowded inventory of weapons and ammo.
    
    Wesker's Hydra shotgun has a low capacity of 6 bullets.  He only brings along 
    10 extra shotgun shells to go along with his Hydra.  A STARS Wesker player 
    really needs to start stocking up on shotgun ammo very early to compensate for 
    the 16 shells that Wesker begins with.
    
    It's best to set up Wesker's inventory so that his Hydra can be reloaded 
    through the inventory menu.  A Wesker player that reloads in real time has just 
    severely ruined the effectiveness of Wesker's Hydra game.  STARS Wesker is a 
    killing machine, don't ruin that rampage by severely crippling him with the 
    Hydra's lengthy reload animation!
    
    --> STARS WESKER' SAMURAI EDGE HANDGUN
    
                        .---------------------------------.
                        | Samurai Edge (HG)               |
                        |=================================|
                        | Firepower:    400               |
                        | Capacity:     15                |
                        | Reload Speed: 1.70 sec.         |
                        | Special:      ----------------  |
                        '---------------------------------'
    
    Samurai Edge
    ------------
    
    + High firepower
    
    - The Firepower can mess up potential melee attacks since it kills off Majini 
      too quickly in some cases
    
    
    No, for the last time, the Samurai Edge is not a sword!  The Samurai Edge has 
    the highest firepower of any of the handguns in The Mercenaries.  This weapon 
    can bring down the majority of Majini in three shots and it can be used to set 
    up some effective melee stuns.
    
    Unlike Midnight Wesker, STARS Wesker's handgun takes off more than Midnight 
    Wesker's handgun which means that STARS Wesker will only have one chance to go 
    for a head stun to perform a Cobra Strike afterward.  If a STARS Wesker player 
    misses the head and hits another part of the body, then the second attempt at a 
    headshot on that Majini will kill off the majority of Majini types, so the 
    Wesker player will have to take a chance on a leg stun shot.
    
    For a simple Town Majini, Wesker can simply aim for the legs and shoot once for 
    a potential leg stun.  Directly after the first shot, he can run behind the 
    Majini and perform his Mustang Kick melee in order to get a melee kill for 5 
    bonus seconds.  If the first hit does not stun the Town Majini, then Wesker can 
    shoot again and hopefully get a leg stun with the second shot.  After a second 
    shot his frontal Tiger Uppercut will easily finish the weakened Majini off for 
    a melee kill.
    
    With only a capacity of 15 and extra starting ammo of 30, Wesker is going to 
    have to switch over to the Hydra early in the battle most likely.  Don't limit 
    yourself to only the handgun since Wesker should really be played as more of a 
    powerhouse than a bonus second grabber.
    
    --> STARS WESKER' HYDRA SHOTGUN
    
                        .---------------------------------.
                        | Hydra (SG)                      |
                        |=================================|
                        | Firepower:    500               |
                        | Capacity:     6                 |
                        | Reload Speed: 3.67 sec.         |
                        | Special:      Attack Range: 15  |
                        '---------------------------------'
    
    Hydra
    -----
    
    + Heavy damage from up close
    
    - Very low capacity
    
    - Painfully long reload animation
    
    - Can ruin melee kills rather easily against grouped Majini
    
    
    Wesker's Hydra is easily the most powerful shotgun in The Mercenaries.  Don't 
    let that 500 firepower fool you.  This gun can kill a boss enemy in two hits if 
    Wesker is close enough for the boss to feel the full spread of the gunshot.  
    The gunshot spread from close range deals some extremely intense damage!  Each 
    spread portion of the gunshot most likely deals 500 damage.  If you shoot the 
    Hydra at a wall, you'll see multiple indentions where the shot spreads - each 
    spread portion most likely takes 500 damage so an up close blast where the full 
    spread hits takes some extreme damage, basically equal to that of M500 magnum.
    
    One shot from this gun can break a Wetland Majini's shield and kill it all in 
    the same shot.  It can instantly defeat a Cephalo from close range while aiming 
    at its head.  If a crowd is in front of Wesker then aim forward and shoot about 
    two times with the Hydra and the crowd will no longer be there after both 
    shots; it's a magic trick.
    
    The Hydra is effective at mid range, but it doesn't take off near as much 
    damage as it will from close range.  You want Wesker to be right up in an 
    enemy's face when he shoots this gun so that enemy can feel all of love that is 
    packed into a single Hydra shot.
    
    With all that power comes some faults however.  The gun has a painfully long 
    3.67 seconds of reload animation per reload and the gun can only carry six 
    shotgun shells at a time.  This gun is going to be reloaded very often and at 
    the rate that a Wesker player will be using this gun, the reload time can 
    easily sneak up on a player.
    
    The Hydra shotgun's extremely long reload animation can be solved by simply 
    reloading through the inventory menu often.  I would highly recommend reloading 
    after about two or three shots also.  With this weapon's low capacity, the 
    reload time can so very easily sneak up on a player and make that player go 
    through a reload animation that is very likely to get Wesker hit in the 
    process.
    
    Another flaw, from a melee kill perspective is that the Hydra's spread can ruin 
    multiple melee kills when used against grouped Majini.  If you ever need to use 
    this at the spur of the moment to keep a kill chain going then you might 
    accidentally hit more than one Majini and thereby ruin multiple melee kills in 
    the process.  The same flaw is also present when shooting bosses, if the boss 
    isn't big enough to be hit by the entire close range spread.
    
    --> STARS WESKER' L. HAWK MAGNUM
    
                        .---------------------------------.
                        | L. Hawk (MAG)                   |
                        |=================================|
                        | Firepower:    2,300             |
                        | Capacity:     8                 |
                        | Reload Speed: 1.53 sec.         |
                        | Special:      Level 5 Piercing  |
                        '---------------------------------'
    
    L. Hawk
    -------
    
    + Decent damage for a magnum
    
    + Quick reloading, much like a handgun
    
    + Much more effective at long range when compared to the Hydra shotgun
    
    
    When it comes to instant damage, the L. Hawk magnum takes a backseat to the 
    Hydra shotgun when at close range, but from a distance a Wesker player will 
    want to resort to the L. Hawk magnum rather than his other weapons.  This gun 
    takes off some really good damage and it isn't confined to a certain range.  
    With pinpoint aiming the Executioner can be shot from the other side of the 
    Public Assembly and still receive all 2,300 worth of damage rather than nothing 
    from the Hydra or 400 from the Samurai Edge.
    
    The L. Hawk has some an extremely good quick reload animation also.  It even 
    reloads faster than the Samurai Edge!  It packs a decent capacity of 8 magnum 
    bullets at a time as well. I wouldn't really recommend stocking up on magnum 
    ammo throughout a battle since Wesker won't be using this magnum all that much. 
    Due to the Hydra's dominance in damage, little ammo is really needed for the L. 
    Hawk.  Wesker's main focus should be on collecting shotgun shells for his Hydra 
    rather than magnum ammo for the L. Hawk.
    
    Some players prefer to discard the L. Hawk magnum at the beginning of a run. It 
    all depends on the player really.  The Hydra is more damaging from close range, 
    but can ruin potential melee kills at times.  The L. Hawk is weaker, but it has 
    no spread to ruin melee kills and it can damage highly from long range.  This 
    is one of the greatest controversies of using STARS Wesker.  I recommend 
    viewing Big Kahoona 22's solo videos for STARS Wesker below to see how a player 
    can take advantage of all three weapons.
    
    --> STARS WESKER' MELEE ATTACKS
    
           .--------------------------------------------------------------.
           | Melee Command        | Type of Melee                | Damage |
           |==============================================================|
           | Cobra Strike         | Head Stun Melee              | 1,200  |
           | Panther Fang         | Arm Stun Melee (front)       |   300  |
           | Jaguar Kick          | Arm Stun Melee (back)        |   300  |
           | Tiger Uppercut       | Leg Stun Melee (front)       |   400  |
           | Mustang Kick         | Leg Stun Melee (back)        |   500  |
           | Windfall             | Ground Melee                 |   600  |
           | Rhino Charge         | Tag Team Melee (front)       | 4,000  |
           | Ghost Butterfly      | Tag Team Melee (back)        | 4,000  |
           | Ram Horn             | Partner Assist Melee         |   500  |
           | Tiger Uppercut       | Counter Melee on Licker Beta |   600  |
           | Stab                 | Ground Melee on Licker Beta  | 1,200  |
           '--------------------------------------------------------------'
    
    Wesker's leg stun melees go along with the intense damage of his handgun rather 
    well when performed during a leg stun.  A Town Majini will be defeated after 
    one leg stun if a Mustang Kick is used from behind and the Majini will fall 
    from a Tiger Uppercut if two Samurai Edge shots are used for a leg stun.  
    Wesker's Windfall ground melee can be performed on any Majini that falls from 
    any of his gunshots for an immediate kill as well.
    
    STARS Wesker is not really going to be taking advantage of his Cobra Strike 
    head stun melee that much since the Samurai Edge will not allow for too many 
    head stuns.  Half the time a player will gain a critical headshot or take off 
    way too much damage on a Majini from missed shots while trying to aim for the 
    head when attempting a head stun with the Samurai Edge.
    
    Much like Midnight Wesker, STARS Wesker can still take advantage of a flash 
    grenade when thrown at a crowd of Majini in order to set the whole crowd up for 
    constant Cobra Strikes as they stagger after being blinded with a flash grenade 
    toss.  Wesker can also take advantage of a grenade launcher's flash rounds for 
    performing Cobra Strikes to a crowd as well.
    
    --> STARS WESKER' DASH ATTACK
    
               .---------------------------------------------------.
               |  Command    |  PlayStation 3  |     Xbox 360      |
               |===================================================|
               |    DASH     |       R3        |        RS         |
               |---------------------------------------------------|
               |  TURN WHILE |  Right analog   | Right thumbstick  |
               |   DASHING   | in a direction  |  in a direction   |
               |   (CHANGE   |      + X*       |       + A*        |
               |  DIRECTION) |  (during dash)  |   (during dash)   |
               |---------------------------------------------------|
               | RISING KNEE |       R1**      |        RT**       |
               |             |  (during dash)  |   (during dash)   |
               '---------------------------------------------------'
    *  Can turn (change direction) up to the three times while dashing.  A 
    direction change must be done during the first few steps of each dash.
    *  Use "Left analog/thumbstick in a direction + X (or A)" with control types A 
    or C.
    ** [] (or X) with control types A or C.
    
    Wesker's special dash attack can be performed at any time by pressing in on the 
    right thumbstick (or analog).  Press in on the thumbstick to make Wesker charge 
    then suddenly dash across the current area.  Wesker can change direction during 
    the first few animation frames (or steps) of the dash by pressing in another 
    direction with the right thumbstick and tapping the run button at the same 
    time.  He can turn backward, to the right and to the left while dashing.  
    Wesker can perform a total of three direction changes per dash.  Wesker can 
    also end any dash with a rising knee melee attack by pressing the R1 (or RT) 
    button at any time during any portion of the dash.
    
    Each dash performed takes away a small chunk of Wesker's health, but multiple 
    dashes during a single dash will not drain Wesker's health.  Don't spam this 
    move too much or Wesker will wind up in orange health rather easily.  He will 
    not be able perform it when near dying status but can perform it more once 
    healed with a healing item.
    
    This move is most effective when used against a crowd of enemies since each 
    dash will damage an enemy as Wesker dashes by them.  Simply stand in front of a 
    group of enemies then push in on the right thumbstick to begin the dash then 
    quickly change direction by pressing back on the right thumbstick and the run 
    button to run back into the enemy crowd and damage them with another quick 
    dash.  Keep changing directions and running back and forth through a crowd to 
    damage all the enemies in that group.  When Wesker changes direction for the 
    third time, be sure to press the R1 (or RT) button to perform a knee while 
    ending the dash.
    
    Key aspects of Wesker's Dash:
    
    1) An enemy killed by a dash will give Wesker 5 bonus seconds.  This is PERFECT 
       for the Bui kichwa enemies in the Village stage.
    2) An enemy killed by the rising knee will give Wesker 5 bonus seconds.
    3) Wesker is completely invincible once he begins to dash. *
    4) Each dash is like an arm stun melee, in that it will bounce an enemy so that 
       a partner can hit the Majini with another bouncing arm stun melee.  It's 
       much like the start of a tag team melee sequence for Chris' Haymaker and 
       other character specific tag team melee attacks.
    
    (*Wesker is NOT invincible during the charging animation for the dash)
    
    - Youtube video of Wesker dash move with turning displayed
    
    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8dZngR95jGQ
    
    (please note that the player in ^that video is not Berserker)
    
    - Discussion on Tag Team Commands from a Dash
    
    Whenever Wesker hits a Majini with a dash, that dash is much like an arm stun 
    melee attack that makes a Majini stagger.  Whenever Wesker dashes back and 
    forth while turning, each hit delivered to a Majini will be like a separate arm 
    stun melee.  So, basically it's as if the game is counting his dashes as two 
    characters tag teaming a Majini.
    
    With that in mind, a partner can rush up to any Majini that Wesker has hit 
    twice with a dash and get an instant tag team melee command on the Majini.  For 
    instance, if Wesker hits a Majini twice by dashing and turning then dashing 
    directly into it again, then a Chris player can run to the back of that Majini 
    to get a Back Hand command or to the front of the Majini to get a Haymaker 
    command.  Any Majini that has only been hit once by Wesker will result in a 
    normal arm stun melee attack if the partner tries to hit the staggering Majini.
    
    It's all very interesting how Wesker's dash can work when two players cooperate 
    during one his Wesker's dashes when he dashes back and forth among a group of 
    Majini.  The partner character can get a 5 second bonus per Majini melee kill 
    resulting from a dash hit stagger and Wesker himself can get a 5 second bonus 
    per Majini that is killed by a dash or his Rising Knee at the end of the 
    dashes!
    
    --> WESKER STAR'S MELEE KILLS
    
    Killing off any enemy with a melee will give the player a +5 second bonus, 
    which will be added to the clock.  Finishing off as many enemies as a player 
    possibly can with melee kills is one of the main keys to scoring high in the 
    Mercenaries.  All leftover time will be added to a player's main score at 1,000 
    points per second!
    
    Exceptions to melee kills with Town, Base and Wetland Majini:
    
      - Female Majini, explosive arrow Majini and shield Majini all have less life 
        than other normal Town and Wetland Majini so they will die within less 
        shots than what I have listed.
    
      - The Rocket Launcher Majini will always perform a "lean backward" sort of 
        stun after being shot a few times.  This counts as a leg stun, so rush 
        behind him and perform a melee after he leans back for a more damaging 
        melee that might kill him off.
    
      - Another exception is the Majini with sunglasses in the Public Assembly 
        which has more life than the rest of the Majini in Public Assembly.  Kill 
        him off with an instant kill melee or head crush ground melee while facing 
        the head of his grounded body.
    
    The following section lists methods to obtain melee kills for STARS Wesker.
    
    -----------------------------------------
    Town, Base and Wetland Majini Melee Kills
    -----------------------------------------
    
    ** Samurai Edge head stun shot --> Cobra Strike
    
    STARS Wesker can perform the same melee kill sequence as Midnight Wesker by 
    shooting an enemy in the head for a head stun and then follow that up with a 
    Cobra Strike melee, but a player cannot afford to miss with STARS Wesker.  A 
    shot in the head followed by a shot anywhere else on the body from the Samurai 
    Edge handgun is very likely finish off a Majini, so a player must not miss with 
    the handgun most of the time when trying for this melee kill sequence.  Like 
    with Midnight Wesker, a Wesker STARS player can lure Majini into a narrow 
    corridor then shoot one in the head and literally allow other Majini to group 
    around it then perform Wesker's Cobra Strike to kill off multiple Majini with 
    one Cobra Strike.
    
    ** Samurai Edge leg stun shot --> Mustang Kick
    
    Shoot a Majini in the legs with one Samurai Edge shot then quickly run behind 
    it and perform Wesker's Mustang Kick from behind to finish off the Majini.  
    This will finish off most Majini, but every now and then, one might survive, so 
    be prepared to finish if off with a Windfall ground melee just in case.
    
    ** Samurai Edge shot --> Samurai Edge leg stun shot --> Tiger Uppercut
    
    After a Majini has been shot once with the Samurai Edge, another shot can be 
    fired at its legs in an attempt for a leg stun.  Wesker can finish off Majini 
    with a Tiger Uppercut.  This is a perfect setup to know for when a single shot 
    leg stun is missed for the Mustang Kick melee kill or when a shot misses the 
    head and hits the body of a Majini.  Every now and then, two hits from Wesker's 
    Samurai Edge will immediately kill off a Majini however.
    
    ** Samurai Edge leg stun shot --> Tiger Uppercut (explosive arrow and shield 
    Wetland Majini)
    
    A single Samurai Edge handgun shot to the legs for a leg stun followed by a 
    Tiger Uppercut will kill off an explosive arrow Majini and a shield Majini.  
    STARS Wesker can't shoot through wooden shields so a player will have to aim at 
    the shield Majini's legs and avoid hitting the shield.
    
    ** Samurai Edge leg stun shot --> Samurai Edge leg stun shot --> Tiger Uppercut 
    (rocket launcher Majini)
    
    Rocket launcher Base Majini will be stunned after the first shot to the leg 
    while they are not reloading, but a Mustang Kick will not finish them off, so 
    always shoot them twice in the leg then perform a Tiger Uppercut for a melee 
    kill on them.
    
    ** Samurai Edge arm stun shot --> Panther Fang --> Dash
    
    This combination should really only be done when you're aiming for the head of 
    a Majini with the handgun and the arm is accidentally shot.  Run up to the 
    Majini and perform a quick Panther Fang then use Wesker's dash to finish off 
    the Majini for a melee kill.  Quickly perform a Rising Knee after the dash to 
    stop the dash instantly after the kill.
    
    ** Samurai Edge leg trip --> Windfall
    
    After a Majini has been hit with one shot from the Samurai Edge, a Windfall to 
    any portion of the body will kill it off for a melee kill.
    
    ** Walk around to head portion of undamaged grounded Majini --> Windfall
    
    Like Midnight Wesker and all Chris types with his Stomp, STARS Wesker can 
    achieve a head crush on an undamaged grounded enemy by walking over to the head 
    portion and performing Windfall ground melee to crush the Majini's head.
    
    ** Dash
    
    Wesker can perform his dash directly into a crowd of Majini and dash back and 
    forth against the crowd to possibly finish them off with a dash which will 
    count as a melee kill.  A player can turn back and forth while dashing into and 
    out of a crowd and trap them.  Wesker can also hit a Majini with his Rising 
    Knee finisher at the end of the dashes.  See the melee section for Wesker to 
    find out how to control the dash.
    
    Each dash hit will hit a Majini much like an arm stun melee, so in Duo play, 
    the partner can rush up to any Majini that Wesker hits and perform a melee to 
    the staggering Majini.  If the partner waits until the Wesker has hit a Majini 
    at least twice then the partner can run up to that Majini and receive a tag 
    team melee command to finish off that one Majini or multiple Majini with one 
    melee.
    
    ** Dash on weak Majini
    
    When a Majini has been severely weakened to where a gun blast will kill it, 
    quickly perform Wesker's Dash to kill it off with the dash hit for a melee 
    kill.  This is most effective after not getting any type of stun after two 
    Samurai Edge shots.  This is also really effective in duo play while with a 
    partner that has accidentally performed a ground melee too early to where the 
    melee doesn't finish off the Majini.  If the partner doesn't kill a Majini with 
    a ground melee, then Wesker can finish off the Majini with a dash for a melee 
    kill.
    
    ** Knife slash leg stun --> Tiger Uppercut/Mustang Kick/Windfall
    
    After Wesker has shot a Majini twice times (once for females), the next shot 
    will kill the Majini.  In an effort to still gain a melee kill, move up close 
    to the Majini and slash at its legs with Wesker's knife to have a few more 
    chances to get a leg stun or possibly ground the Majini.  Quickly perform the 
    melee once it is stunned or falls.  Be careful about slashing too rapidly since 
    the knife hit might accidentally ground the Majini then another slash might hit 
    it quickly to where it gets up immediately afterward.  This can be substituted 
    in the place of a dash hit on weak Majini if you're life is too low or you lack 
    healing items.
    
    ** Dash --> Rising Knee
    
    Wesker's Rising Knee finisher at the end of a Dash will kill off any normal 
    Majini that it hits.  Dash directly toward a Majini that stands in your path 
    (preferably one that stands still) then hit it with Wesker's Rising Knee to 
    kill it off quickly and get to your destination faster while doing so.
    
    ** Flash Grenade/Round --> Cobra Strike
    
    BE SURE to pick up any flash grenades that Wesker comes across since he can 
    toss these at a group of Majini to set them all up for head stun melee attacks. 
    A Wesker player can run up to each of the stunned Majini and finish it off with 
    his Cobra Strike melee for an instant kill.
    
    Partners that join Wesker in Duo mode can help a Wesker player out by tossing a 
    flash grenade or shooting a flash round toward a group of Majini to stun the 
    surrounding Majini for him.  It's really best to give the Wesker player flash 
    grenades rather than toss them for him since you don't want to accidentally 
    blind your Midnight Wesker player and mess up his Cobra Strike spammage, now do 
    you?
    
    ---------------------
    Bui kichwa Melee Kill
    ---------------------
    
    ** Dash
    
    Wesker can dash directly into any Bui kichwa in the Village stage and finish it 
    off immediately for a melee kill.  The Bui kichwa cannot survive a single dash 
    from Wesker.  It is imperative that you learn how to turn while using Wesker's 
    dash in order to further exploit this method.  Dash directly into a crowd of 
    Wetland Majini and Bui kichwa and dash back and forth (back + Run on 
    thumbstick) to finish off the Bui kichwa and possible some Wetland Majini.  See 
    Wesker's melee section to learn how to control his dash.
    
    Keep in mind that in Duo mode, the partner can perform melees to the staggering 
    Majini that Wesker has hit since this dash works as an arm stun hit.  After 
    Wesker hits a single Majini twice, the partner can run up to that Majini and 
    perform a tag team melee to finish off single or multiple Majini with one 
    melee.
    
    -------------------------
    Big Man Majini Melee Kill
    -------------------------
    
    ** L. Hawk shot to body --> Samurai Edge shot to leg --> Samurai Edge shot to 
    leg --> Cobra Strike
    
    The first magnum hit will weaken a Big Majini just enough to where a two 
    Samurai Edge shots will set it up for a Cobra Strike to finish it off for a 
    melee kill.  The interesting part about this melee kill combination, when 
    compared to Midnight Wesker, is that a STARS Wesker player can actually shoot 
    the Big Man Majini in the legs two more times if the first Cobra Strike chance 
    is interrupted and not run the risk of killing the Majini with the third and 
    fourth Samurai Edge shot.  Basically, the player is not forced into performing 
    a dash to finish off the Big Man Majini with a melee kill if the Cobra Strike 
    chance is missed the first time.
    
    -----------------
    Licker Melee Kill
    -----------------
    
    ** Dash
    
    A Dash can kill a Licker if a Wesker player dashes back and forth while hitting 
    one with each dash.  It can take a few dashes, but Wesker can kill off multiple 
    Lickers by doing this.  It's really best to damage the Licker before dashing 
    however, so that the dash will have a higher chance of killing it off.
    
    ** Dash --> Rising Knee
    
    Wesker can kill off a single or close group of Lickers instantly for melee 
    kills with his Rising Knee finisher from a dash.
    
    ** Samurai Edge shot --> Samurai Edge shot --> Dash
    
    Since STARS Wesker's Samurai Edge is quite damaging, he can shoot a Licker 
    twice and then dash through it for an instant melee kill after the firt dash 
    hit.  One way that a player can really take advantage of this is to find a 
    group of Lickers then shoot the first one twice with the handgun and dash 
    through it to kill it off then perform a Rising Knee on another Licker in the 
    back of the one that was shot for a few Licker melee kills.  Basically, you're 
    killing off the first Licker with the dash then performing a Rising Knee to 
    kill a second Licker.  It might take two dashes in sequence to kill a Licker. 
    One dash is not always a guaranteed kill after two handgun shots.
    
    ** Incendiary Grenade --> Dash --> Dash
    
    A single incendiary grenade can weaken a Licker enough to where two dashes will 
    kill it.  Throw the incendiary grenade then dash and perform a turn during the 
    dash then dash back through the Licker to kill it off for a melee kill.  This 
    is much more effective on groups when compared to the two handgun shots 
    followed by a dash.
    
    ------------------
    Chicken Melee Kill
    ------------------
    
    ** Dash
    
    Wesker can dash right through a chicken and kill it with a melee kill.  This 
    might be more trouble than it's worth, but Wesker can indeed melee kill a poor 
    chicken.
    
    --> EFFECTIVE PARTNERS FOR STARS WESKER
    
    ---------------
    Midnight Wesker
    ---------------
    
    Both Wesker types can still use the head stun + Cobra Strike melee to boost 
    bonus seconds from melee kills, but STARS Wesker is a bit more limited this 
    time, especially if a headshot is missed with STARS Wesker.
    
    ---------
    BSAA Jill
    ---------
    
    BSAA Jill is the absolute best of partners for STARS Wesker.  Jill has the 
    flash grenades that a STARS Wesker player so desires, so she can give them to 
    Wesker or keep them for herself to toss at grouped Majini.  If a Jill player 
    decides to discard her PX4 handgun then that player should give the spare 
    handgun ammo to STARS Wesker since his is rather limited from the start. The 
    only flaw here is that Wesker player is going to nearly always have to help 
    Jill take on a boss since she lacks the stopping power to kill a boss quickly.
    
    ----------------
    Battle Suit Jill
    ----------------
    
    Jill can easily spam her Double Knee Drop ground melee on Majini while Wesker 
    is busy Cobra Striking his way to a high score.  Battle Suit Jill can fend off 
    a boss enemy by herself better than a BSAA Jill player as well, so a Midnight 
    Wesker player will not have to worry about keeping her in sight in order to 
    help out.
    
    -----------
    STARS Chris
    -----------
    
    If STARS Chris can find some flash rounds, he can shoot them into a crowd of 
    Majini so that STARS Wesker can perform his Cobra Strike to all of them.  Be 
    careful not to blind your STARS Wesker player however.
    
    ----------
    BSAA Sheva
    ----------
    
    If a BSAA Sheva player discards her handgun (which is rather useless) then she 
    can give her handgun ammo to a STARS Wesker player.  Her ammo will keep him 
    well stocked for quite a while.  Sheva can have a good melee kill game with 
    only her VZ61 alone so she does not really need her handgun.
    
    --> SCORING HIGH IN SINGLE PLAYER WITH STARS WESKER
    
    STARS Wesker has a much easier single player game than any of the characters in 
    Mercenaries because he has the perfect arsenal of weapons to deal with any 
    situation.  He has a magnum and a very powerful shotgun that can defeat a boss 
    within a few hits.  His magnum can actually be discarded at the beginning of 
    the round in favor of picking up more shotgun ammo and handgun ammo from enemy 
    item drops or a player can keep all three weapons.  His Hydra shotgun from 
    close range is the perfect boss killing machine.  It lacks the long range of 
    the L. Hawk magnum but when in close range, the Hydra's power is simply 
    astonishing to the point of being a tad overpowered for a shotgun.
    
    STARS Wesker can still use a headshot + Cobra Strike melee to his advantage for 
    easy melee kills that will add seconds to the clock but there is no room for 
    error unlike there is with Midnight Wesker.  A STARS Wesker player only gets 
    one chance at a headshot since his handgun is so powerful.  A STARS Wesker 
    player can also use a leg shot + Mustang Kick or two leg shots + Tiger Uppercut 
    to his advantage for melee kills as well.
    
    STARS Wesker can still take advantage of flash grenades and toss them for 
    instant stuns on Majini crowds to set them up for his Cobra Strike melees.  
    Like with STARS Wesker, try to work Majini into a tight corridor when 
    performing Wesker's Cobra Strike melee for a better chance at hitting more than 
    one Majini.  If a Cephalo ever spawns on Wesker then simply take out the Hydra 
    and fire off a shot from close range to finish it off with one shot.
    
    --> STARS WESKER'S VIDEO SHOWCASE
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY BigKahoona22
    
    -- Public Assembly (531K)
    STARS Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hir5q7nvoaM
    STARS Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AjJx6HNQWZ4
    
    -- Public Assembly (603K)
    STARS Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CLIUu483jo8
    STARS Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JTkF8UhCbDw
    
    -- Mines
    STARS Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qwttomqVEDo
    STARS Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p-GWgSlTUdI
    
    -> SOLO VIDEOS BY FoxyAreku
    
    -- Ancient Village
    STARS Wesker SS Rank (Part 1) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HWhcT-4AHQE
    STARS Wesker SS Rank (Part 2) - http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DAwHN4cZsiU
    
    --> STARS WESKER'S BASIC PARTNER COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the basic commands that a Wesker player can 
    issue with the partner assist button followed by a direction.  These can only 
    be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Tap assist button
    02) Hold assist button + Right on the Directional Pad
    
        Wesker: "Come on!"
    
    03) Hold assist button + Left on the Directional Pad
    
        Wesker: "It was in your best interest to assist me!"
    
    04) Hold assist button + Up on the Directional Pad
    
        Wesker: "Go!"
    
    05) Hold assist button + Down on the Directional Pad
    
        Wesker: "Wait!"
    
    --> STARS WESKER' PARTNER ASSIST COMMANDS
    
    The following is a list of all the assist commands that a Wesker player can 
    issue to a partner.  Press the assist button to perform the following responses 
    during the action listed.  These can only be performed in Duo mode.
    
    01) When an enemy has grabbed Wesker
    
        Wesker: "Your assistance is required!"
                "Help!"
    
    02) While Wesker is in dying status
    
        Wesker: "How is this possible!"
                "You failed me!"
    
    03) When Wesker runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY 
        WEAPON)
    04) When a Wesker player requests ammo from a partner
    
        Wesker: "I need ammo!"
    
    --> STARS WESKER' PARTNER RESPONSES
    
    Listed below are the responses that a Wesker player can trigger by pressing the 
    assist button during the following actions.  In order to perform each one with 
    more accuracy, press and hold the assist button when you go to perform each 
    response.  Holding the button for a few seconds will keep your character from 
    accidentally saying "Come on".  If the response doesn't work the first time, 
    then press and hold the assist button again.
    
    When it doesn't work the second time, that usually means either the time for a 
    response has elapsed, or the action was not counted as one that can be 
    responded to; every now and then responses will not activate when they should. 
    These can only be performed in duo mode.
    
    01) Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner 
        handgun, magnum, or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical 
        headshot)
    
        Wesker: "Impressive!"
                "Good work!"
                "Nice work!"
    
    02) Partner gives Wesker an item
    03) Partner heals Wesker
    04) Partner resuscitates Wesker
    05) Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold)
    
        Wesker: "It was in your best interest to assist me."
                "I suppose I should thank you!"
                "Ha!"
    
    06) Partner is in dying status
    
        Wesker: "I'm coming!"
                "Hold on!"
    
    07) Partner performs a request
    08) Partner performs an action command
    09) Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump 
        pose
    
        Wesker: "Affirmative"
                "Fine."
    
    10) Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a 
        Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON 
        BOSSES]
    11) Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack
    12) Partner melee attacks an enemy that Wesker has knocked off the partner with 
        a partner assist melee attack.
    
        Wesker: "You're getting better!"
                "Not bad!"
                "Good teamwork!"
    
    ===============================================================================
                        FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (F.A.Q.)                  [FA00]
    ===============================================================================
    
    [1]
    
    Q) Which character is the easiest to achieve high score with in Mercs?
    
    A) Midnight Wesker.  Shoot Majini in the head with his handgun then perform his 
       Cobra Strike head stun melee on them.  Keep repeating this to gain 5 bonus 
       seconds per kill.  His Cobra Strike takes off 1200 damage per hit so it will 
       always finish off any normal Majini.  Shoot Cephalos and bosses with his 
       magnum.  There are other factors besides the Cobra Strike that make Wesker 
       Midnight very effective but his head stun + Cobra Strike melee is the 
       biggest part of achieving a high score with him.  See his character section 
       for more details on him.
    
    [2]
    
    Q) Why did the stage end when I still have time left over?
    
    A) Because all 150 enemies in the stage were defeated before time ran out.  In 
       the Village stage, there are more than 150 enemies, so there will likely 
       still be enemies on the screen once the stage ends after killing 150 
       enemies.  If a hand grenade is tossed toward the 150th enemy in that stage, 
       you just might kill off multiple enemies and get over 150 kills.  A final 
       melee kill on a single enemy would be more beneficial in score than an 
       explosive for multiple kills however.
    
    [3]
    
    Q) Is there any benefit to finishing a stage with time leftover?
    
    A) You'll gain 1,000 points per extra second when the stage ends with time left 
       over, so yes, very much so.  With a full minute (60 seconds) left over, you 
       will gain an extra 60,000 points.
    
    [4]
    
    Q) Which is more effective at raising a high score: kill chains or melee kills?
    
    A) Both are effective, but melee kills should take priority over chaining kills 
       mainly in Duo play.  Whenever an enemy is killed with a melee, you're 
       basically adding 5,000 points to your total score if the stage is finished 
       by killing all 150 enemies since you'll gain 1,000 points per second 
       leftover.  By keeping a kill streak high, you'll only gain an extra 1,000 
       points per normal enemy defeated.
    
       If a chain can be accomplished while using melee kills in Duo play then both 
       the chained kills and the melee time bonus per kill will add up to a rather 
       high score, but you shouldn't really ever pull out a magnum that much to 
       keep the kill streak going since you're basically giving up 5,000 points by 
       not killing that enemy with a melee.  Once you get into the really high kill 
       streak chains (above 50), it becomes questionable whether you should take 
       out a high powered gun at times to keep the kill chain going or not.  That's 
       more for you to decide.
    
       In single player, the kill chain is just as important as trying for melee 
       kills.  I would actually recommand taking out a high powered gun when the 
       kill streak timer has almost disappeared to keep the chain going for as long 
       as possible in single player since one melee killing character can't build 
       up as much time as two melee killing characters can in Duo play
    
    [5]
    
    Q) Should I run through a stage and hit all time bonuses first, kill enemies as 
       I hit time bonus, or save the time bonuses until right before the end?
    
    A) It's really best to kill enemies along the way to each time bonus.  Some 
       time bonuses are in obscure locations where enemies are less likely to 
       follow at a quick rate, so in single player, you're going to need to lure 
       enemies toward the time bonus if you plan to keep a kill steak going.  As 
       you can imagine, it is much harder to kill off enemies along the way to each 
       time bonus, but it will most likely give you a higher score.
    
       While running and hiitng all time bonuses at the beginning or end of the 
       stage, you're actually wasting time in getting to each one.  That time could 
       have been spent, killing enemies as you progressed through the stage.
    
       In solo play it is MUCH easier to run and hit all the time bonuses before 
       fighting enemies the majority of the time, but with some stages such as 
       Experimental Facility, the time bonuses are not laid out in a convenient 
       arrangement for a player to run and hit them all.  On that stage, you would 
       basically run from the top floor to the bottom while hitting time bonuses or 
       vice versa and waste quite a bit of time in doing so.
    
    [6]
    
    Q) Should I risk the kill streak to collect a combo bonus?
    
    A) In both modes of play, you should always try to obtain combo bonuses.  In 
       single player, to maintain a kill streak, you'll have to lead enemies toward 
       a combo bonus chest or place a proximity bomb along the path to the chest so 
       that an enemy steps across it while your character is grabbing the combo 
       bonus.  It's always best to obtain a combo bonus early in a session or once 
       the kill chain is broken.  Keep in mind that combo bonuses are no longer 
       effective after a kill chain of 50 since a player is already receiving the 
       extra 1,000 points per kill by then.  There are some areas that your 
       character will likely not return to, so you might as well grab the combo 
       bonus while you're there if it doesn't take too much time.
    
       In Duo play, it's best to run and grab a combo bonus while one character is 
       busy killing enemies.  If your partner is surrounded by a few enemies and in 
       the middle of killing them, use that time to your advantage and seek out the 
       nearest combo bonus.  There is ALWAYS the potential that your partner may 
       get grabbed suddenly however, so be ready to quickly shoot off a possible 
       attacking Majini or seek out the nearest enemy and blast it with a powerful 
       weapon if the kill chain number is flashing to continue the kill chain.
    
    [7]
    
    Q) How do I achieve over 800,000 points in a stage such as Public Assembly 
       while playing in Duo mode?
    
    A) - Have a stage strategy set up for a stage.  For instance, a player could 
         plan to have Midnight Wesker break the time bonus on the bus in Public 
         Assembly right around the time that the second Exectuioner spawns in the 
         east so the Wesker player can quickly shoot and kill the Executioner with 
         his magnum from the rooftop of the bus in order to help out a Jill player 
         that is busy apamming double knee drops.
    
       - Chain all 150 enemies in a kill combo.  Restart if the combo is broken 
         before 100.  By that time, the extra points gained from killing bosses 
         should be earned, so the kill streak won't be as vital, though it will 
         still add a bit to the overall score.
    
       - Melee kill fast and kill each enemy quickly.  Move onto the next enemy 
         directly after killing off one with a melee.  Be a complete animal.
    
       - Set enemies up so that one melee kills multiple enemies.  Cobra Strike 
         three Majini at once, Stomp three Majini at once, Uppercut two weak 
         Majini.
    
       - Avoid getting hit or grabbed as much as possible.  If an enemy is about to 
         hit your character then quickly pick up an item off the ground.  Seeking 
         shelter in the invincibility of a melee attack is so very vital for 
         crowds.
    
       - Only pick up items and heal when needed.  If you're about to defeat the 
         last enemy while in cautious status then don't heal, just finish off the 
         enemy as quickly as possible.
    
       - If the final enemy appears on a high ledge or far off area, take out a 
         high powered long distance weapon and shoot it.  It's sometimes not worth 
         the 10 second time bonus to wait for a Majini to fall from a high ledge if 
         it continues to linger there.
    
    [8]
    
    Q) If I hit two Majini with a melee and kill them, do I get the full 10 bonus 
       seconds for both melee kills, or do I only get 5 bonus seconds?
    
    A) The indicator will only show 5 bonus seconds along with a plus sign (+5 
       bonus seconds), but a player will receive 5 bonus seconds for each kill if a 
       single melee finishes off more than one enemy.  So if 3 Majini are killed 
       with one Cobra Strike then the player will instantly receive 15 bonus 
       seconds.
    
    
    ===============================================================================
                                   EVERYTHING ELSE                           [EE00]
    ===============================================================================
    
    *******************************************************************************
                                       UPDATES
    *******************************************************************************
    
    6/19/09 - Added a mention of using Wesker's dash for melee kills on weak 
    enemies and melee kills with his Rising Knee in the Mercenaries section.  Some 
    uses for STARS Chris' flame rounds and flash rounds for melee setups was also 
    added.  A mention of how flash grenades can help out for melee kills was added 
    to the tips section.  A few typos in the Mercs section were fixed as well.
    
    6/22/09 - Added an "Immediate Rocket Launcher Blast While Aiming With Another 
    Weapon" technique to the Safari Chris section.  Big thanks to BossVirgo (Leon) 
    for telling me about this little exploit.
    
    All character names were reversed, so instead of "Chris BSAA", I now have the 
    more common "BSAA Chris" in its place... I'm sure that drove all of you up the 
    wall, didn't it?  The Mercs section for Ship Deck now has a Duo Walkthrough 
    based on Dark Dreamer RD/Dreamer RD's and my stage approach when we play Mercs 
    together. Some videos have been added for BSAA Chris, BSAA Jill and Battle Suit 
    Jill.  More will follow soon.
    
    6/26/09 - Updated the maps for Ancient Ruins and Experimental Facility. All 
    Licker spawn points are now listed on the Experimental Facility maps and the 
    Ancients Ruins maps now have a title like the rest.  A new duo strategy for 
    Experimental Facility was added.  It will most likely give players a higher 
    score, but it's very dangerous.  There is also a new Duo strategy for the 
    Prison.
    
    Also added a new melee kill method for the yellow outfit Gatling Gun Majini for 
    STARS Chris.  A new melee combination for Midnight Wesker was added and the 
    importance of the handgun when dealing with Wetland Majini for BSAA Sheva and 
    BSAA Jill was mentioned.
    
    6/30/09 - New Mercs duo strategies for The Mines and the Village were added.  
    Updated some details of BSAA Chris' Uppecut melee kill a bit and added some 
    more details about Majini with cocktails and dynamite to each of the Wesker 
    Midnight and STARS Chris team mentions under both characters.  Every Chris type 
    now has a mention of his Stomp head crush on undamaged fallen Majini.
    
    7/03/09 - Added several videos for BSAA Chris and BSAA Jill and one video for 
    Tribal Sheva and Midnight Wesker.  Videos for each character will follow 
    eventually.  If you play well with a certain character and would like me to 
    post up the url to your video then let me know.  I'd prefer them to be solo for 
    now.
    
    7/10/09 - Info about killing a chicken with Wesker's dash was added to his 
    section.  Leaderboards info for the PS3 version is now in the basics section.  
    Leaderboard info for the Xbox 360 version will follow next week.  Also added an 
    extra question to the FAQ section.  More videos by SeitengrateZero were added 
    as well.  There is one for BSAA Chris in Missile Area and one for Midnight 
    Wesker in the Village.
    
    7/17/09 - Updated several sections of the Mercs guide.  STARS Chris' and Tribal 
    Sheva's sections were updated with a method to obtain melee kills on frozen 
    Lickers.  STARS Chris' section was also updated in a few other areas such as a 
    mention of how it can be hard to obtain leg stuns or ground enemies with his 
    SIG 556, especially on Base Majini.  Electric round and flash round melee kill 
    setups were also added to the STARS Chris section.  A mention of spike traps 
    was added to the Village stage section.  The Mercs tips section was also 
    categorized since the tips were beginning to get a bit too numerous for an 
    uncategorized list.
    
    A separate beginning strategy was added to the Mines section for the Duo 
    Walkthrough for Player 2.  Several videos were added to various characters 
    section.  Each character now has at least one video except for BSAA Sheva. 
    Extra tips were added the Melee tips section.
    
    7/24/09 - Leaderboards for Xbox LIVE are now up.  Added several extra tips as 
    well.  New vides are added to the each character section and there are also a 
    few duo videos under some stage sections (Public Assembly, Ship Deck, Prison).
    
    7/31/09 - Videos for Safari Chris in Public Assembly, STARS Chris in Public 
    Assembly, BSAA Chris on Ship Deck and Midnight Wesker in Ancient Ruins were all 
    added under the videos section for each character.  Big thanks to xUmbrellaCo, 
    Dreamer RD and Seitengrate for those!  Also the leaderboards for the Xbox 360 
    and PS3 version were captured on video thanks to Seitengrate and the url for 
    those can be found in the Leaderboards portion of the Mercs basics.  Several 
    new tips were added as well.
    
    8/07/09 - Videos for Midnight Wesker in Village (Dreamer RD), STARS Wesker in 
    Public Assembly (BigKahoona22) and BSAA Chris in Prison (SeitengrateZero) were 
    added.  New updated leaderboard info for both consoles from SeitengrateZero 
    were added as well.  Also added an easier method for defeating the Reaper in 
    The Mines section thanks to bobo273 on youtube.
    
    Also added information about using STARS Wesker in Experimental Facility and 
    information about the bad head stun hit detection for a Base Majini in 
    Experimental Facility.  Added notes about the bad Base Majini head stun hit 
    detection in Ex Facility and also added information about a time glitch after 
    hitting the first time bonus in Ex Facillity.  A new incendiary grenade + dash 
    melee kill was added to the STARS Wesker secton - keep forgetting to add this.  
    Information about knife slashing a weak Majini's legs with BSAA Chris and STARS 
    Wesker was added to their melee kill sections.  A few new tips were added here 
    and there as well.
    
    The url to a forum that is dedicated to Resident Evil 5 mercs is now listed at 
    the top of this guide.  Go and join then boast about your high scores!  I also 
    updated my preferences for online friends when dealing with simple greeting 
    messages.
    
    8/10/09 - Oh, dear god...
    
    If you've been attempting to view this guide on GameFAQs over the weekend then 
    you were greeted with my Pro mode guide.  I uploaded my Pro mode guide in place 
    of my Mercs guide on Friday, which means I uploaded it twice.  Way to go 
    Berserker!  Thanks to all the people that informed me about this. Greg, I 
    thought you were joking at first. xD
    
    Anyway, what's new?  Here we go:
    
    Added a new video for STARS Wesker video by Big Kahoona 22 and a new duo video 
    for Experimental Facility.
    
    8/14/09 - Added Midnight Wesker videos for Prison by Dreamer RD and 
    ROGERROCKMORE and added a Tribal Sheva video for Public Assembly by Matreezaz.  
    Added some extra tips to the tips section.  Made some changes to the STARS 
    Wesker section regarding the discarding of his weapons.  Added a Big Man Majini 
    melee kill combination for STARS Wesker.  Xbox 360 Leaderboard update videos 
    are now linked to in the Leaderboards section for 8/13/09 thanks to 
    SeitengrateZero.
    
    8/21/09 - Added Mercs PS3 leaderboard videos for 8/14/09 thanks to 
    ROGERROCKMORE.  Added new duo videos for Missile Area and Ship Deck.  A duo 
    strategy is now up in the Missile Area section.  I only have the duo version of 
    Ancient Ruins to go then I might go back and redo a few duo and solo 
    walkthroughs.  New tips were also added to the Mercs tips section.
    
    8/28/09 - Added Mercs PS3 leaderboard videos for 8/24/09 thanks to 
    ROGERROCKMORE.  Several more tips were added to the Mercs tips section.  A new 
    red chainsaw Majini melee kill is listed for Midnight Wesker.  More melee kills 
    were added to each Chris section for the Gatling Gun Majini.  The Missile Area 
    duo strategy was changed a bit.
    
    9/11/09 - Added new Mercs leaderboard video links for PS3 and Xbox 360.  Also 
    added links to the rest of Seitengrates SS-rank BSAA Sheva runs.  There is also 
    a new STARS Chris solo play video by Big Kahoona 22 in the STARS Chris section. 
    Be sure to check that out!  A new Ship Deck solo video by Dreamer RD is linked 
    to in the Midnight Wesker section.  New Missile Area and Village videos by Big 
    Kahoona 22 are now in the Missile Area and Village sections as well.
    
    9/24/09 - Added a few Safari Chris solo videos from youku.com and a Mines and 
    Village solo Midnight Wesker run by Big Kahoona 22.  A few extra tips were 
    added for Mercs.
    
    10/04/09 - Added the url for the Mercs board at the top of the guide now. 
    Edited the intro for playing online mercs with me.  I'm getting too many friend 
    requests at the moment on PS3 and am nearing my limit, so I can't really accept 
    any more. Added new leaderboards videos by ROGERROCKMORE and Big Kahoona 22.
    
    4/30/11 - Removed several portions of the guide.  Mainly the leaderboards 
    section.  Guide is WAY out of date at the moment.
    
    *******************************************************************************
                                      COPYRIGHT
    *******************************************************************************
    
    This document Copyright 2009 - 2011 Kevin Hall (Berserker)
    
    Resident Evil 5 Copyright 2009 Capcom Ltd.
    
    This document is for private and personal use only.  Do not try to sell this 
    document for profit.  This is a free document and should remain free.  Do not 
    try to reproduce this document in any way, shape, or form.  Do not alter this 
    FAQ in any way.  Use of this guide on any other web site, besides the sites 
    that have contacted me, or as a part of any public display is strictly 
    prohibited, and a violation of copyright.
    
    If you want to use this FAQ on your site, then contact me for permission first. 
    This FAQ can only be found on a few sites as of now and I am keeping a list of 
    those sites.  Contact me if you want to use it.
    
    *******************************************************************************
                                   SPECIAL THANKS
    *******************************************************************************
    
    - Sephirosuy for his RE5 Mercenary maps!  Recommend them on GameFAQs if you 
      enjoy them and visit his site: http://sephirosuy.blogspot.com/
    
    - the_silent_man226 for helping me out with a bunch of testing and offering 
      suggestions.  He's my own personal labrat for RE5 and a very good friend!
    
    - BossVirgo for the lock-on aiming technique during a partner Majini grab and 
      for the quick fire rocket launcher technique.
    
    - Erik (EgHeadFool/Hapkido) for his extra tips for The Mercenaries mode.
    
    - Radian_Planet for the extra info on STARS Chris' melee kills against Wetland 
      Majini.
    
    - xUmbrellaCo, Dreamer RD, Silent_Zone7, SeitengrateZero, kdr, PHI7710 and etet 
      for the youtube videos.
    
    - Dreamer RD on Xbox LIVE for his stage techiniques and also for giving my 
      chosen character an identity.  I am now known as the Chris STARS player that 
      talks so much.  That'll work! Good job! Nice! Thanks!
    
    - Piggyback Official Resident Evil 5 Strategy for hidden weapon stats and 
      mercenary info that is unattainable otherwise.
    
    /\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/
    .,                                                                           ,.
    \ '.              /\   http://berserkersblog.blogspot.com   /\             .' /
     '. '.                                                                   .' .'
       '. '.           ___    __  __  __    __  __          __  __         .' .'
         '.|          / __\  /__\/__\/ _\  /__\/__\  /\ /\ /__\/__\        |.'
      ..,            /__\// /_\ / \//\ \  /_\ / \// / //_//_\ / \//           ,..
     ( \ '.         / \/  \//__/ _  \_\ \//__/ _  \/ __ \//__/ _  \         .' / )
     '. \  '..      \_____/\__/\/ \_/\__/\__/\/ \_/\/  \/\__/\/ \_/      ..'  / .'
      '. \/\  '.                                                       .'  /\/ .'
        '.  \/\/'                                                     '\/\/  .'
          '.....'      T E A R   T H R O U G H   T H E   G A M E!     '.....'
    /\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/